2018 Claritypluginhybrid

User Manual: 2018-claritypluginhybrid

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 591 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

2018 PLUG-IN HYBRID

OWNER’S MANUAL

Event Data Recorders

This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).

The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near

crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a

road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s

systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related

to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of

time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is

designed to record such data as:

•How various systems in your vehicle were operating;

•Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were

buckled/fastened;

WARNING

California Proposition 65 Warning

Operating, servicing and maintaining a

passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle can

expose you to chemicals including engine

exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates, and

lead, which are known to the State of

California to cause cancer and birth defects or

other reproductive harm. To minimize

exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not

idle the engine except as necessary, service

your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and

wear gloves or wash your hands frequently

when servicing your vehicle. For more

information go to

www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/

passenger-vehicle

•How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator

and/or brake pedal; and,

•How fast the vehicle was traveling.

These data can help provide a better understanding of the

circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data

are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation

occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving

conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and

crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law

enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of

personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash

investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required,

and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the

vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that

have the special equipment, can read the information if they have

access to the vehicle or the EDR.

The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by

anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the

vehicle owner.

Service Diagnostic Recorders

This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record

information about powertrain performance. The data can be used

to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians

diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with

data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains

confidential. Some diagnostic and maintenance information is

uploaded to Honda upon vehicle start up.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 0 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act

The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this

vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may

apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/

As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded

by a symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid

damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.

NOTICE

Software End User License Agreement

Your vehicle comes equipped with software, which is governed by

the End User License Agreement in Owner’s Manual, and which

contains a binding arbitration clause. Please refer to the End User

License Agreement for the terms and conditions governing your

use of the installed software, as well as the applications, services,

functions, and content provided through the software. Your use of

the installed software will serve as your consent to the terms and

conditions of the End User License Agreement.

You may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software

by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at American Honda

Motor Co., Inc. Honda Automobile Customer Services Mail Stop

100-5E-8A, 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746.

Privacy Notice

This vehicle may share location and usage information. To manage

this setting, visit www.hondalink.com/vehicle-data-choices.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 1 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

High-Voltage Battery Monitoring System

This vehicle is equipped with a monitoring system that compiles

data about your vehicle and driving conditions and transmits that

data to Honda at regular intervals as determined at the discretion

of Honda. This data includes information on but not limited to the

following:

●Vehicle location, distance driven, warning indicators and

messages, and vehicle speed

●High-Voltage Battery system control and power generation

The system does not record audio or images.

Data collected is used for the sole purposes of technical diagnoses,

preventive maintenance, research and vehicle development.

Neither Honda nor any third party receiving data will use the data

for any other purpose without first obtaining customer

authorization.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 2 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

A Few Words About Safety

Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And

operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.

To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have

provided operating procedures and other information on labels and

in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that

could hurt you or others.

Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the

hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You

must use your own good judgment.

You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,

including:

●Safety Labels - on the vehicle.

●Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol

and

one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.

These signal words mean:

●Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions.

●Safety Section - such as Safe Driving.

●Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.

This entire book is filled with important safety information - please

read it carefully.

3DANGER

You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if

you don’t follow instructions.

3WARNING

You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if

you don’t follow instructions.

3CAUTION

You CAN be HURT if you don’t follow

instructions.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 3 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Contents

This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the

vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.

This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find

descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your

particular model.

Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover)

represent features and equipment that are available on some, but

not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these

features.

This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and

Canada.

The information and specifications included in this publication were

in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd.

reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications

or design at any time without notice and without incurring any

obligation.

2Safe Driving P. 41

For Safe Driving P. 42 Seat Belts P. 47 Airbags P. 54

2Instrument Panel P. 85

Indicators P. 86 Gauges and Driver Information Interface P. 121

2Controls P. 135

Clock P. 136 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 137

Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 158

Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 183

2Features P. 203

Audio System P. 204 Audio System Basic Operation P. 210

Customized Features P. 306 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver

P. 332

2Driving P. 369

Before Driving P. 370 Towing a Trailer P. 375

Multi-View Rear Camera P. 449 Refueling P. 451

2Maintenance P. 471

Before Performing Maintenance P. 472 Maintenance Minder

P. 475

Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 496

Climate Control System Maintenance P. 511 Cleaning P. 513

2Handling the Unexpected P. 521

If a Tire Goes Flat P. 522 Handling of the Jack P. 534

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 545

When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door P. 562

2Information P. 565

Specifications P. 566 Identification Numbers P. 568

Emissions Testing P. 572 Warranty Coverages P. 573

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 6 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Contents

Child Safety P. 69 Safety Labels P. 83

Opening and Closing the Trunk P. 150 Security System P. 153 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 156

Adjusting the Mirrors P. 173 Adjusting the Seats P. 175

Climate Control System P. 193

Audio Error Messages P. 284 General Information on the Audio System P. 288

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 335

When Driving P. 376 Braking P. 431 Parking Your Vehicle P. 447

Charging P. 454 Fuel Economy and CO

Emissions P. 469

Maintenance Under the Hood P. 480 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 494

Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 499 12-Volt Battery P. 508 Remote Transmitter Care P. 510

Accessories and Modifications P. 519

Power System Won’t Start P. 535 Jump Starting P. 539 Overheating P. 542

Fuses P. 553 Emergency Towing P. 561

When You Cannot Open the Charge Lid P. 563 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 564

Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 569 Reporting Safety Defects P. 571

Authorized Manuals P. 576 Customer Service Information P. 577

Quick Reference Guide

P. 6

Safe Driving

P. 41

Instrument Panel

P. 85

Controls

P. 135

Features

P. 203

Driving

P. 369

Maintenance

P. 471

Handling the Unexpected

P. 521

Information

P. 565

Index

P. 579

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 7 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

Visual Index

❙Steering Wheel Adjustments

(P 172)

❙ (Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)

System OFF) Button

(P 423)

❙Road Departure Mitigation (RDM)

Button

(P 398)

❙System Indicators

(P 86)

❙Gauges

(P 121)

❙Collision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

) OFF Button

(P 442)

❙Driver Information Interface

(P 124)

❙Navigation System

() See the Navigation System Manual

❙Audio System

(P 204)

❙Hazard Warning Button

❙Climate Control System

(P 193)

❙Rear Window Defogger

(P 169)

❙POWER Button

(P 158)

❙Seat Heater Buttons

(P 191)

❙Heated Door Mirror Button

(P 169)

❙Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System

OFF Button

(P 393)

❙Charge Lid Release Button

(P 456, 459)

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 6 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

❙Wipers/Washers

(P 166)

❙Headlights/Turn Signals

(P 161, 162)

❙Brightness Control

(P 168)

❙LaneWatch

(P 429)

❙TRIP Button

(P 125, 126)

❙Interval Button

(P 409)

❙Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Button

(P 417)

❙Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low

Speed Follow (LSF) Buttons

(P 400)

❙ (Display/Information) Button

(P 124)

❙/ / / Buttons

(P 124, 207)

❙ENTER Button

(P 124, 207)

❙Voice Control Buttons

(P 239)

❙Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® System

Voice Control Buttons

(P 335)

❙Horn (Press an area around .)

❙Paddle Selector

(- (P 390)

❙Paddle Selector

(+ (P 390)

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 7 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Visual Index

Quick Reference Guide

❙Power Window Switches

(P 156)

❙Trunk Opener

(P 150)

❙Driver’s Knee Airbag

(P 61)

❙Door Mirror Controls

(P 174)

❙Power Door Lock Master Switch

(P 148)

❙Fuel Fill Door Release Button

(P 452)

❙Memory Buttons

(P 171)

❙SET Button

(P 171)

❙Interior Fuse Box

(P 556)

❙Automatic Brake Hold Button

(P 435)

❙Driver’s Front Airbag

(P 57)

❙Passenger’s Front Airbag

(P 57)

❙SPORT Button

(P 389)

❙Glove Box

(P 185)

❙Electric Parking Brake Switch

(P 431)

❙Shift Button

Electronic Gear Selector

(P 382)

❙Accessory Power Socket

(P 189)

❙Hood Release Handle

(P 481)

❙ECON Button

(P 388)

❙HV Button

(P 16)

❙Rearview Mirror

(P 173)

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 8 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

❙Side Airbags

(P 63)

❙Side Curtain Airbags

(P 65)

❙Seat Belts

(P 47)

❙Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat)

(P 76)

❙Rear Seat

(P 181)

❙Coat Hook

(P 190)

❙Map Lights

(P 184)

❙Sun Visors

❙Vanity Mirrors

❙Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat

(P 78)

❙Map Lights

(P 184)

❙Grab Handle

❙Sunglasses Holder

(P 192)

❙Accessory Power

Socket

(P 189)

❙Front Seat

(P 175)

❙USB Ports

(P 205)

❙LATCH to Secure a Child Seat

(P 74)

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 9 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Visual Index
10
Quick Reference Guide
❙Maintenance Under the Hood 
(P 480)
❙Windshield Wipers 
(P 166, 496)
❙Tires 
(P 499, 522)
❙Door Lock/Unlock Control 
(P 139)
❙Power Door Mirrors 
(P 174)
❙Headlights 
(P 162, 494)
❙Front Turn Signal Lights 
(P 161, 494)
❙How to Refuel 
(P 452)
❙High-Mount Brake Light 
(P 495)
❙Emergency Trunk Release Lever 
(P 152)
❙Opening/Closing the Trunk 
(P 150)
❙Tail/Rear Side Marker Lights 
(P 495)
❙Brake Lights 
(P 495)
❙Rear Turn Signal Lights 
(P 495)
❙Back-Up Lights 
(P 495)
❙Taillights 
(P 495)
❙Trunk Release Button 
(P 151)
❙Rear License Plate Light 
(P 495)
❙Multi-View Rear Camera 
(P 449)
❙Parking/Daytime Running Lights 
(P 162, 165, 494)
❙Front Side Marker Lights 
(P 162, 494)
❙How to Charge 
(P 455)
18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 10 ページ ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

SPORT HYBRID i-MMD Plug-in

(Intelligent Multi-mode Drive Plug-in)

Your Honda SPORT HYBRID i-MMD Plug-in vehicle uses both an electric motor and a gasoline engine as propulsion sources, with the electric

motor receiving electricity from an internal High Voltage battery or internal generator.

When the High Voltage battery has sufficient charge levels, the vehicle is propelled solely by the power supplied by the High Voltage

battery (Electric) or by a combination of power supplied by both the High Voltage battery and the generator which is driven by the engine.

When the High Voltage battery charge drops to low levels, the vehicle is propelled by power supplied by the engine-driven generator.

The system offers three different propulsion sources: You can drive with the electric motor, the gasoline engine, or both the electric motor

and the gasoline engine (hybrid). Under most driving conditions, the system automatically selects an appropriate propulsion source based

on the current driving needs.

You may also choose to use the propulsion sources as follows:

●EV - While driving in city traffic or at slow speed.

●HV - During highway driving at high speeds.

●HV Charge - To charge the High Voltage battery while driving.

The High Voltage battery can be charged while the vehicle is running or while it is plugged in.

2Power Source and Charging (P15)

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 11 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

There are three drive modes: ECON, NORMAL, and SPORT

Regardless of the drive mode that is activated, when the accelerator pedal is depressed past a certain point, the engine starts. When this

occurs, electrical power generated by the engine combines with electrical power from the battery to provide greater driving force. If you

select ECON mode, the threshold for the engine to provide additional power is higher than it is when the vehicle operates under either of

the two sources. Note that if the accelerator pedal is depressed past the point at which you feel a click, the engine will start in the ECON

mode with the HV indicator off.

2HV Button (P16)

To maintain fuel efficiency, keep steady pressure on the accelerator pedal and avoid aggressive acceleration and deceleration.

SPORT Mode Indicator

ECON Mode Indicator Mode Buttons

SPORT Mode ECON Mode

The indicator for the mode that you have selected comes on.

EV drive

frequency

Max.

Driving force

ECON

NORMAL

SPORT

Engine

Point at which you feel

the accelerator pedal click

Min.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 12 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

Auto Engine Stop/Start

The car will select the appropriate source of power depending on the drive mode you select.

As a result, the engine will automatically start or stop as needed to either charge the battery or provide supplemental power.

Under certain circumstances, the engine may turn on or, if it is already on, it may not turn off.

●You are going uphill or accelerating aggressively.

●The climate control system is in heavy use.

●The Ambient temperature is too hot or too cold.

●The High Voltage Battery state of charge is very low.

●The vehicle is running a system check.

System Check

When the engine initially starts (between the time the POWER button is turned on and turned off), the vehicle conducts a system check.

●While the check is being conducted, the engine may periodically turn on and off. This, however, is normal.

●The curved blue line in the POWER/CHARGE Gauge will not appear during the system check (EV indicator may still turn on).

●Once the engine starts, it will continue to run until the system reaches operating temperature.

The curved blue line in the POWER/CHARGE Gauge will reappear once the system check is completed.

2POWER/CHARGE Gauge (P122)

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 13 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

Power Source Electric Hybrid Engine

EV indicator

POWER/CHARGE

Gauge

The readings on the blue bar The readings on the white bar

Driving state

Light to mid acceleration or cruise

●

Only the electric motor provides

propulsion to the wheels.

Mild to heavy acceleration

●

The electric motor provides

propulsion to the wheels.

●

The engine drives the generator,

supplying electricity to the electric

motor for added power or to the

High Voltage battery for charging.

The vehicle is cruising at a higher

speed.

●

Propulsion is provided by the

engine, coupled through the gears

to the transmission. This is

indicated by the gear icon in

the display.

Energy flow

Comes

Goes

off

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 14 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

Power Source and Charging

Electric Source

When the High Voltage battery is sufficiently charged, the vehicle is propelled solely by the electric motor. When the remaining power of

the High Voltage battery drops to a certain level, the vehicle switches to HV.

uTo maintain charge levels, you can, at any time, use the HV button to switch the vehicle to HV.

2Switching to HV (P16)

uIf the High Voltage battery charge drops below levels that are necessary for the vehicle to run in Electric, you can enable charging of

the battery by pressing and holding the HV button.

2Switching to HV CHARGE (P17)

Hybrid Source

In hybrid, the electric motor receives power either from the High Voltage battery or from the generator which is driven by the engine, or

from both the High Voltage battery and generator.

Engine Source

When the vehicle is driving under light load within a certain speed range, the engine provides direct power to the wheels.

Charging the High Voltage Battery (P455)

There are a number of ways to charge the High Voltage battery. You can:

●Use the Level 2 240V charger, or the portable charging cable located in the trunk.

●Use a public charging station.

●Enable HV Charge and let the battery charge while the vehicle is being driven.

When charging from an external source, you can schedule the start and end time for charging.

(P467)

Regenerative Energy and Regenerative Braking

When the vehicle is decelerating or descending a hill, the electric motor acts as a generator that recovers

a portion of the energy that was used to accelerate the vehicle.

The regenerative force that the electric motor applies to the wheels when it is in regenerative mode

helps to slow the vehicle down in a manner similar to engine braking which is used on conventional

vehicles. If you want to slow the vehicle down at a faster rate without using the brakes, you can use the

deceleration paddle selector to increase the resistive force.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 15 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

HV Button

You can enable HV or HV Charge by pressing the HV button.

The HV indicator comes on regardless of which source you have

enabled. If you press the HV button again, or set the power mode

to VEHICLE OFF or ACCESSORY, the source you have selected will be

cancelled.

●HV

To enable HV, press the HV button. In HV, the engine may run at

times to drive the generator so that battery charge levels can be

maintained.

Press

HV Charge Indicator

HV Indicator

HV Charge

Time

High Voltage battery charge levels maintained

Remaining power of the

High Voltage battery

Press the HV button. Press the HV button.

EV EV

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 16 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

HV Charge

To enable HV Charge, press the HV button until the HV Charge indicator turns on.

While the vehicle is in HV Charge, the High Voltage battery will continue to charge until the battery charge level display reaches 12

segments. Once the battery reaches this level, the vehicle switches to HV. You can cancel HV Charge before the battery reaches 12 segments

by pressing the HV button.

When the vehicle is in HV Charge, priority is given to the charging of the High Voltage battery. While the battery is being charged, the

engine may run at a higher RPM than usual. The time it takes for the battery to be charged to 12 segments varies depending on driving

conditions.

The high voltage battery can be charged to 12 segments in after about 1 hour of high-speed driving. HV Charge is not recommended for

city driving or other driving situations when you need to stop frequently or drive slowly. In these situations, press the HV button again to

disable HV Charge. If you are in HV and approaching a destination where the vehicle can be charged, you can turn off HV and use the

remaining battery power to drive.

Time

High Voltage battery when charged to 12 segments

Charge

Remaining power of the

High Voltage battery

Press and hold

the HV button.

Press the HV button.

EV EVHV

uAny time the HV button is pressed

while in HV or HV Charge, the

system returns to EV operation.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 17 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

Energy Efficiency

As with a gasoline powered vehicle, the fuel efficiency and the range of this vehicle is most impacted by the driver’s driving style. Aggressive

acceleration and high-speed driving can easily trigger the system to switch the propulsion source to the gasoline-powered engine. Climate

control system usage also has a strong impact with heavy usage negatively affecting the vehicle’s range.

Battery Type

There are two types of batteries used in this vehicle, a standard 12-volt battery that powers the airbags, the interior and exterior lights, and

other standard 12-volt systems, and a high voltage battery that is used to power the propulsion motor and recharge the 12-volt battery.

Hybrid Vehicles

High voltage parts and high voltage wires in this vehicle are sheathed in electromagnetic shielding material; therefore, the amount of

electromagnetic waves emitted is no more greater than those emitted by household appliances or the electrical parts in conventional

vehicles.

Sounds Unique to the Honda Plug-In System

When you first start driving this vehicle, you likely will hear some unfamiliar sounds, particularly when you first turn on the power system,

while driving, and just after parking. Some of these sounds are unique to this vehicle‘s powertrain, fuel, and climate control systems; others

are similar to sounds generated by conventional automobiles that typically are masked by louder noises absent from a vehicle of this design.

These sounds are not a cause for concern, and you will soon recognize them as normal and thus be able to detect any new or unusual noise

should one develop.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 18 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

Safety Precautions

Do not touch the High Voltage system

Attempting to take a system component apart or disconnect one of its wires can cause

severe electrical shock. If the High Voltage system is in need of maintenance or repair, make

sure that the maintenance or repair is carried out by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In

Hybrid dealer.

If a crash occurs

●Be careful of electric shock hazard.

uIf a severe crash damages your vehicle’s High Voltage system, there is a possibility of electrical shock due to exposed High Voltage

components or wires. If this happens, do not touch any of the High Voltage system components or any of its orange wires.

●Avoid contact with High Voltage battery fluid.

uThe High Voltage battery contains a flammable electrolyte that can leak as a result of a severe crash. Avoid any skin or eye contact

with the electrolyte as it is corrosive. If you accidentally come into contact with the electrolyte, rinse the exposed skin or flush your

eyes with copious amounts of water for at least five minutes, then seek medical attention immediately.

●Use a fire extinguisher for an electrical fire.

uAttempting to extinguish an electrical fire with a small quantity of water can be dangerous.

●Anytime the vehicle is damaged in an accident, have it repaired by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

Emergency Shutdown System for the High Voltage System

If the vehicle is involved in a crash, the emergency shutdown system will activate depending on the severity of the impact. When the system

activates, the High Voltage system automatically shuts down, and the vehicle can no longer move under its own power. To return the High

Voltage system back to normal operation, consult an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

Honda collects and recycles High Voltage batteries used in its vehicles. Consult an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer for more

information.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 19 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

Eco Assist® System

Ambient Meter

●Changes color to reflect how fuel-efficiently you are

driving.

Green: Slow acceleration or deceleration (good fuel

economy)

White-green: Moderate acceleration or deceleration

(moderate fuel economy)

White: Aggressive acceleration or deceleration (poor fuel

economy)

●The indicator remains red as long as SPORT mode is

activated.

ECON Mode Indicator (P98 )

Comes on when the ECON button is

pressed.

ECON Button (P 388)

Helps maximize fuel

economy.

The message is displayed for a few seconds

when the ECON button is pressed.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 20 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

Drive Cycle Score/Lifetime Points

●Appears when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

Eco Drive Display

(P 130)

The vehicle icon in the display moves forward and back.

●When you accelerate and decelerate, the icon moves forward and back respectively. The greater the acceleration or

deceleration, the greater the icon moves.

●You can maintain better fuel efficiency by keeping the icon in the center.

Drive Cycle Score

Lifetime Points

Aggressive Deceleration Fuel-Efficient Driving Aggressive Acceleration

Moderate

Deceleration

Moderate

Acceleration

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 21 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

Safe Driving (P 41)

Airbags

(P 54)

●Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and

your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.

Child Safety

(P 69)

●All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat.

●Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat.

●Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.

Before Driving Checklist

(P 46)

●Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints,

steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.

Seat Belts

(P 47)

●Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well

back in the seat.

●Check that your passengers are wearing

their seat belts correctly.

Fasten your lap belt as

low as possible.

Exhaust Gas Hazard

(P 82)

●Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain

carbon monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined

spaces where carbon monoxide gas can accumulate.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 22 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

Instrument Panel (P 85)

Lights On Indicator

System Indicators

12-Volt Battery

Charging System

Indicator

Anti-lock Brake

System (ABS)

Indicator

Vehicle Stability Assist

(VSA®) System

Indicator

VSA® OFF Indicator

Electric Power

Steering (EPS)

System Indicator

System Indicators

High Beam Indicator

Seat Belt Reminder

Indicator

System Indicators

System Message

Indicator Parking Brake and

Brake System

Indicator (Red)

Supplemental

Restraint System

Indicator

Gauges

(P 121)

/Driver Information Interface

(P 124)

System Indicators

(P 86)

Low Tire Pressure/

TPMS Indicator

Turn Signal and

Hazard Warning

Indicators

Speedometer

Automatic Brake Hold

System Indicator

Parking Brake and

Brake System

Indicator (Amber)

SPORT Mode Indicator

Collision Mitigation

Brake System

(CMBS

) Indicator

Road Departure

Mitigation (RDM)

Indicator

Immobilizer System Indicator/

Security System Alarm Indicator

Automatic Brake Hold

Indicator

READY Indicator

POWER SYSTEM

Indicator

Gear Position

Indicator

Fuel Gauge

Driver Information

Interface

High Voltage Battery

Charge Level Gauge

POWER/CHARGE Gauge

Low Fuel Indicator

Adaptive Cruise Control

(ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) Indicator

Lane Keeping Assist

System (LKAS) Indicator

Deceleration Paddle Selector Indicator

System Indicators

ECON Mode Indicator

EV Indicator

U.S.

Canada

HV Indicator

HV Charge Indicator

Malfunction

Indicator Lamp

U.S.

Canada

U.S.

Canada

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 23 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

Controls (P 135)

Clock

(P 136)

Select the (Home) icon, then select

Settings.

Select Clock, then Clock Adjustment.

Touch the respective / icon to

adjust the hours or minutes up or

down.

Select OK.

The navigation system receives signals from

GPS satellites, updating the clock

automatically.

Models with navigation system

POWER Button

(P 158)

Press the button to change the vehicle’s

power mode.

Turn Signals

(P 161)

Lights

(P 162)

Turn Signal Control Lever

Right

Left

Light Control Switches

Low Beam

High Beam

Flashing

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 24 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

Wipers and Washers

(P 166)

Wiper/Washer Control Lever

Adjustment Ring

: Lower speed, fewer sweeps

: Higher speed, more sweeps

MIST

OFF

INT: Low speed with

intermittent

LO: Low speed wipe

HI: High speed wipe

Pull toward

you to spray

washer fluid.

Steering Wheel

(P 172)

●To adjust, push the adjustment lever

down, adjust to the desired position, then

lock the lever back in place.

Unlocking the Front

Doors from the Inside

(P 147)

●Pull either front door inner handle to

unlock and open it in one motion.

●Unlocking and opening the driver’s door

from the inner handle unlocks all the

other doors.

Trunk

(P 150)

●To unlock and open the trunk:

•Press the trunk opener on the driver’s

door.

•Press the trunk release button on the

smart entry remote.

•Press the trunk release button on the

trunk lid.

Trunk Opener

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 25 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

Power Door Mirrors

(P 174)

●With the power mode in ON, move the

selector switch to L or R.

●Push the appropriate edge of the

adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.

Selector Switch

Adjustment Switch

Power Windows

(P 156)

●With the power mode in ON, open and

close the power windows.

●If the power window lock button is in the

off position, each passenger’s window

can be opened and closed with its own

switch.

●If the power window lock button is in the

on position (indicator on), each

passenger’s window switch is disabled.

Power Window Lock Button

Window Switch

Indicator

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 26 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

Climate Control System

(P 193)

●Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system.

●Press the button to turn the system on or off.

●Press the button to defrost the windshield.

The climate control system is voice operable

. (P239)

AUTO Button

/ (Fan Control) Buttons

MODE Control Icon

(Air flows from floor and dashboard

vents, and back of the center console)

A/C (Air Conditioning) Icon

MODE Control Icon

(Air flows from floor and

windshield defroster vents)

MODE Control Icon

(Air flows from floor vents)

Passenger’s Side

Temperature Control Dial

SYNC (Synchronization) Button

(Windshield Defroster) Button

(ON/OFF) Button

(Recirculation) Button

(Fresh Air) Button

MODE Control Icon

(Air flows from dashboard vents

and back of the center console)

Driver’s Side Temperature

Control Dial

CLIMATE Button

Fan Control Icon

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 27 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

Features (P 203)

Audio Remote Controls

(P 207)

●(+ / (- Bar

Press to adjust the volume up/down.

● / Button

Press or to cycle through the audio

mode as follows:

FM AM SiriusXM®

USB iPod

Bluetooth® Audio Pandora®

Apple

CarPlay/Android Auto

ENTER Button

/ / / Button

(+ / (- Bar

Button

●ENTER Button

•When listening to the radio and

SiriusXM®

Press ENTER to switch the display to a

preset list you stored in the preset

buttons.

Press or to select a preset, then

press ENTER.

•When listening to a USB flash drive

Press ENTER to display the folder list.

Press or to select a folder.

Press ENTER to display a list of tracks in

that folder.

Press or to select a track, then

press ENTER.

•When listening to an iPod

Press ENTER to display the iPod music

list.

Press or to select a category.

Press ENTER to display a list of items in

the category.

Press or to select an item, then

press ENTER.

uPress ENTER and press or

repeatedly until a desired item you

want to listen is displayed.

•When listening to Pandora®

Press ENTER to display the station list.

Press or to select an item, then

press ENTER.

•When listening to Bluetooth® Audio

Press ENTER to display the track list.

Press or to select a track, then

press ENTER.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 28 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

● / Button

Radio:Press to change the preset station.

Press and hold to select the next or

previous strong station.

USB device:

Press to skip to the beginning of

the next song or return to the

beginning of the current song.

Press and hold to change a folder.

Button:

Press to change contents.

2Driver Information

Interface (P124)

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 29 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

Audio System

(P 204)

For navigation system operation () See the Navigation System Manual

(Menu) Icon

VOL (Volume) Icons

(Home) Icon

(Back) Icon

Audio/Information Screen

/AUDIO (Power/Audio)

Icon

Driver Information Interface

(Instrument Panel) Icon

(Day/Night) Icon

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 30 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

Driving (P 369)

Electronic Gear Selector

(P 382)

●Select (P and depress the brake pedal when turning on the power.

Park

Press the (P button.

Used when parking or before turning the power on or off.

Transmission is locked.

Reverse

Press back the (R button.

Used when reversing.

Neutral

Press the (N button.

Transmission is not locked.

Drive

Press the (D button.

Used for normal driving.

Gear Position Indicator

The gear position indicator

and the shift button

indicator indicate the

current gear selection.

Gear Position Indicator

Shift Button

Indicator

●Gear selection

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 31 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

Deceleration Paddle Selector (P 390)

When you release the accelerator pedal, you can control the rate of deceleration

without releasing your hands from the steering wheel. Using the deceleration

paddle selector situated on the steering wheel, you can sequentially shift through

four stages of deceleration.

Pull the

(+ selector for a few seconds when you want to cancel the deceleration

paddle selector.

●When SPORT mode is OFF

If you pull back the paddle selector, the rate of deceleration will change

temporarily, and the stage will appear in the instrument panel.

●When SPORT mode is ON

If you pull back the paddle selector, the rate of deceleration will change and

the stage along with M will appear in the instrument panel.

When SPORT mode is

OFF, the deceleration

stage appears.

When SPORT mode is

ON, The deceleration

stage and M appear.

(- Paddle

Selector

(+ Paddle

Selector Deceleration stage

VSA® On and Off

(P 423)

●The vehicle stability assist (VSA®) system

helps stabilize the vehicle during

cornering and helps maintain traction

while accelerating on loose or slippery

road surfaces.

●VSA® comes on automatically every time

you turn on the power system.

●To partially disable or fully restore VSA®

function, press and hold the button until

you hear a beep.

CMBS

On and Off

(P 442)

●When a possible collision is likely

unavoidable, the CMBS

can help you to

reduce the vehicle speed and the severity

of the collision.

●The CMBS

is turned on every time you

start the engine.

●To turn the CMBS

on or off, press and

hold the button until you hear a beep.

Tire Pressure Monitoring

System (TPMS)

(P 425)

●Detects a change in tire conditions and

overall dimensions due to decrease in tire

pressures.

●The TPMS is turned on automatically

every time you turn on the power system.

●A calibration procedure must be

performed when certain conditions arise.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 32 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

Refueling

(P 451)

Fuel recommendation: Unleaded gasoline, pump octane number 87 or higher required

Fuel tank capacity: 7.0 US gal (26.5 L)

Press the fuel fill door release button.

uPlease Wait appears for a few seconds on the

driver information interface.

When the message changes to Ready, the fuel

fill door automatically opens.

Turn the fuel fill cap slowly to remove the cap.

Place the cap in the holder on the fuel fill door.

After refueling, screw the cap back on until it

clicks at least once.

Fuel Fill Door Release

Button

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 33 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

Honda Sensing

is a driver support system

which employs the use of two distinctly

different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor

located in the front grille and a front sensor

camera mounted to the interior side of the

windshield, behind the rear view mirror.

The camera is

located behind the

rearview mirror.

Front Sensor

Camera

Radar Sensor

The radar sensor

is inside the

front grille.

Adaptive Cruise Control

(ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF)

(P 400)

Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and

a set following-interval behind a vehicle

detected ahead of yours and, if the detected

vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate and

stop your vehicle, without you having to

keep your foot on the brake or the

accelerator.

Road Departure

Mitigation (RDM) System

(P 396)

Alerts and helps to assist you when the

system detects a possibility of your vehicle

unintentionally crossing over detected lane

markings and/or leaving the roadway

altogether.

Lane Keeping Assist

System (LKAS)

(P 415)

Provides steering input to help keep the

vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and

provides tactile and visual alerts if the

vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.

Collision Mitigation

Braking System

(CMBS

)

(P 439)

Can assist you when there is a possibility of

your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a

pedestrian detected in front of yours. The

CMBS

is designed to alert you when a

potential collision is determined, as well as

to reduce your vehicle speed to help

minimize collision severity when a collision is

deemed unavoidable.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 34 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

Maintenance (P 471)

Under the Hood

(P 480)

●Check engine oil, coolants and windshield washer fluid. Add

when necessary.

●Check brake fluid.

●Check the 12-volt battery condition monthly.

Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the

dashboard.

Locate the hood latch lever, push it to the side, and then

raise the hood. Once you have raised the hood slightly, you

can release the lever.

When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly

locked in place.

Lights

(P 494)

●Inspect all lights regularly.

Wiper Blades

(P 496)

●Replace blades if they leave streaks

across the windshield.

Tires

(P 499)

●Inspect tires and wheels regularly.

●Check tire pressures regularly.

●Install snow tires for winter driving.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 35 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

Handling the Unexpected (P 521)

Flat Tire

(P 522)

●Park in a safe location and repair the flat

tire using the temporary tire repair kit.

Indicators Come On

(P 545)

●Identify the indicator and consult the

owner’s manual.

Power System Won’t Start

(P 535)

●If the 12-volt battery is dead, jump start

using a booster battery.

Blown Fuse

(P 553)

●Check for a blown fuse if an electrical

device does not operate.

Overheating

(P 542)

●Park in a safe location. If you do not see

steam under the hood, open the hood,

and let the power system cool down.

Emergency Towing

(P 561)

●Call a professional towing service if you

need to tow your vehicle.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 36 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

What to Do If

Why do I hear an operating

noise when applying the

brakes?

This can occur when the ABS activates and does not indicate a

problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never

pump the brake pedal.

2Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) (P437)

The rear door cannot be

opened from inside the

vehicle. Why?

Check if the childproof lock is in

the lock position. If so, open the

rear door with the outside door

handle.

To cancel this function, slide the

lever up to the unlock position.

Why do the doors lock

after I unlocked the doors?

If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are

relocked automatically for security.

Why does the beeper

sound when I open the

driver’s door?

The beeper sounds when:

●

The power mode is in ACCESSORY.

●

The exterior lights are left on.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 37 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

Why doesn’t the curved

blue line in the meter

appear even when the EV

indicator is on?

The vehicle is performing a system check.

2Auto Engine Stop/Start (P13)

Why does the beeper

sound when I start driving?

The beeper sounds when the driver and/or front passenger are

not wearing their seat belts.

Why does a beeper sound

when I walk away from the

vehicle after I close the

door?

The beeper sounds if you move outside the walk away auto lock

operating range before the door completely closes.

2Locking the doors and trunk (Walk away auto lock) (P 140)

Pressing the electric

parking brake switch does

not release the parking

brake. Why?

Press the electric parking brake switch with the brake pedal

depressed.

Depressing the accelerator

pedal does not release the

parking brake

automatically. Why?

●

Fasten the driver’s seat belt.

●

Check if the transmission is in (P or (N. If so, select any other

position.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 38 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Quick Reference Guide

Why does the gear position

automatically change to (P

when I open the driver's

door to check for parking

space lines when

reversing?

●

Fasten the driver’s seat belt.

●

Close the driver's door and manually change the gear

position.

When opening the driver’s door

(P 385)

Why do I hear a screeching

sound when I apply the

brake pedal?

The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

I’m seeing an amber

indicator of a tire with an

exclamation point. What is

that?

The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) needs attention. If

you recently inflated or changed a tire, you have to recalibrate

the system.

TPMS Calibration

(P 425)

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 39 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 40 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Safe Driving

You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.

For Safe Driving

Important Safety Precautions.............. 42

Your Vehicle’s Safety Features............ 45

Safety Checklist ................................. 46

Seat Belts

About Your Seat Belts ........................ 47

Fastening a Seat Belt.......................... 50

Seat Belt Inspection............................ 53

Airbags

Airbag System Components............... 54

Types of Airbags ................................ 57

Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 57

Driver’s Knee Airbag .......................... 61

Side Airbags....................................... 63

Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 65

Airbag System Indicators.................... 66

Airbag Care ....................................... 68

Child Safety

Protecting Child Passengers ............... 69

Safety of Infants and Small Children... 71

Safety of Larger Children ................... 80

Exhaust Gas Hazard

Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 82

Safety Labels

Label Locations .................................. 83

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 41 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Safe Driving

For Safe Driving

The following pages explain your vehicle’s safety features and how to use them

properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the

most important.

Important Safety Precautions

■Always wear your seat belt

A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to

supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped

with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and

wear them properly.

■Restrain all children

Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the

front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger

children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the

belt properly without a booster seat.

■Be aware of airbag hazards

While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants

who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,

and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and

warnings in this manual.

■Don’t drink and drive

Alcohol and driving don’t mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to

changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink.

So don’t drink and drive, and don’t let your friends drink and drive, either.

1Important Safety Precautions

Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use

of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the

driver while driving.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 42 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions

Continued

Safe Driving

■Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely

Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying

close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash.

Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to

divert some attention away from driving.

■Control your speed

Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher

the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds.

Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum

speed posted.

■Keep your vehicle in safe condition

Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous.

To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition

frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.

■Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle

Children left unattended in the vehicle may be injured if they activate one or more

of the vehicle controls. They may also cause the vehicle to move, resulting in a crash

in which the children and/or another person(s) can be injured or killed. Also,

depending on the ambient temperature, the temperature of the interior may reach

extreme levels, which can result in injury or death.

Even if the climate control system is on, never leave children in the vehicle

unattended as the climate control system can shut off at any time.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 43 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions

Safe Driving

■Handle high-voltage with care

Familiarize yourself with the charging instructions and warnings supplied in this

manual and on the quick reference card. If using a public charger, also observe the

charging station manufacturer’s instructions.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 44 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuFor Safe Driving uYour Vehicle’s Safety Features

Safe Driving

Your Vehicle’s Safety Features

The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and

your passengers.

1Your Vehicle’s Safety Features

Your vehicle is equipped with many features that

work together to help protect you and your

passengers during a crash.

Some features do not require any action on your part.

These include a strong steel framework that forms a

safety cage around the passenger compartment,

front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering

column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat

belts in a sufficient crash.

However, you and your passengers cannot take full

advantage of these features unless you remain seated

in the correct position and always wear your seat

belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to

injuries if they are not used properly.

Safety Cage

Crush Zones

Seats and Seat-Backs

Head Restraints

Collapsible Steering Column

Seat Belts

Front Airbags

Side Curtain Airbags

Door Locks

Side Airbags

Seat Belt Tensioners

Knee Airbag

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 45 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety Checklist

Safe Driving

Safety Checklist

For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items

each time before you drive. Check if the charging cable is connected to the vehicle

and disconnect it if it is. The vehicle will not operate with the cable connected.

•After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors are closed and locked.

Locking the doors helps prevent an occupant from being ejected and an outsider

from unexpectedly opening a door.

2Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 146

•Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are

adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the

vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a

crash.

2Adjusting the Seats P. 175

•Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective

when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller

persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.

2Adjusting the Front Head Restraints Positions P. 178

•Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any

passengers are properly belted as well.

2Fastening a Seat Belt P. 50

•Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child’s age, height

and weight.

2Child Safety P. 69

1Safety Checklist

If the door and/or trunk open message appears on

the driver information interface, a door and/or the

trunk is not completely closed. Close all doors and

the trunk tightly until the message disappears.

2Driver Information Interface Warning and

Information Messages P. 113

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 46 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

Safe Driving

Seat Belts

About Your Seat Belts

Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you

connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety

features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the

vehicle, against any passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat

belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full

advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.

In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including:

-frontal impacts

-side impacts

-rear impacts

-rollovers

■Lap/shoulder seat belts

All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency

locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping

some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to

restrain your body.

The front passenger’s and rear seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with

child seats.

2Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 76

1About Your Seat Belts

Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every

crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your

risk of serious injury.

Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories

require you to wear seat belts.

If you extend the seat belt too quickly, it will lock in

place. If this happens, slightly retract the seat belt,

then extend it slowly.

WARNING

Not wearing a seat belt properly increases

the chance of serious injury or death in a

crash, even though your vehicle has

airbags.

Be sure you and your passengers always

wear seat belts and wear them properly.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 47 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

Safe Driving

■Proper use of seat belts

Follow these guidelines for proper use:

•All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position

for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the

belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.

•Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or

behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.

•Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very

seriously injured in a crash.

•Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort

or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability

and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.

1About Your Seat Belts

If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends

the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If

this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the

seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely.

Then refasten the belt.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 48 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

Safe Driving

The seat belt system includes an indicator on

the instrument panel to remind the driver or a

front passenger or both to fasten their seat

belts.

If you set the power mode to ON and a seat

belt is not fastened, a beeper will sound and

the indicator will blink. After a few seconds,

the beeper will stop and the indicator will

come on and remain illuminated until the seat

belt is fastened.

The beeper will periodically sound and the

indicator will blink while the vehicle is moving

until the seat belt is fastened.

The front seats are equipped with automatic

seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.

The tensioners automatically tighten the front

seat belts during a moderate-to-severe frontal

collision, sometimes even if the collision is not

severe enough to inflate the front airbags or

the driver’s knee airbag.

■Seat Belt Reminder

1Seat Belt Reminder

The indicator will also come on if a front passenger

does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after

the power mode is set to ON.

When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat,

the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not

sound.

The indicator also may not come on and the beeper

may not sound when the occupant is not heavy

enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such occupants

(e.g., infants and smaller children) should be moved

to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag likely will

injure or kill them.

2Protecting Child Passengers P. 69

■Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners

1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners

The seat belt tensioners can only operate once.

If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come

on. Have an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer replace the tensioner and thoroughly inspect

the seat belt system as it may not offer protection in

a subsequent crash.

During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the

tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 49 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

Safe Driving

Fastening a Seat Belt

After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well

back in the seat:

2Adjusting the Seats P. 175

1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.

2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then

tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is

secure.

uMake sure that the belt is not twisted or

caught on anything.

1Fastening a Seat Belt

No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat

belt or one that does not appear to be working

correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working

properly may not protect the occupant in a crash.

Have an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer check the belt as soon as possible.

Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or

retractor mechanism.

Pull out slowly.

Correct

Seated

Posture.

Latch

Plate

Buckle

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 50 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

Safe Driving

3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as

possible across your hips, then pull up on

the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part

fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic

bones take the force of a crash and reduces

the chance of internal injuries.

4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to

remove any slack, then check that the belt

rests across the center of your chest and

over your shoulder. This spreads the forces

of a crash over the strongest bones in your

upper body.

The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter

occupants.

1. Move the anchor up and down while

holding the release button.

2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests

across the center of your chest and over

your shoulder.

1Fastening a Seat Belt

To release the belt, push the red PRESS button and

then guide the belt by hand until it has retracted

completely.

When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is properly

stowed so that it will not get caught in the closing

door.

WARNING

Improperly positioning the seat belts can

cause serious injury or death in a crash.

Make sure all seat belts are properly

positioned before driving.

Lap belt

as low as

possible

■Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor

1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor

The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four

levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height

one level at a time.

After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder

anchor position is secure.

Push

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 51 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

Safe Driving

If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when

driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the

belt as low as possible across the hips.

■Advice for Pregnant Women

1Advice for Pregnant Women

Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is

okay for you to drive.

To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your

unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front

airbag:

•When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far

back as possible while allowing full control of the

vehicle.

•When sitting in the front passenger’s seat, adjust

the seat as far back as possible.

Wear the shoulder belt

across the chest avoiding

the abdomen.

Wear the lap part of the

belt as low as possible

across the hips.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 52 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection

Safe Driving

Seat Belt Inspection

Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:

•Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear.

•Check that the latch plates and buckles work smoothly and the belts retract

easily.

uIf a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only

use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make

sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.

Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper

protection and should be replaced as soon as possible.

A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of

protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by an authorized

Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer after any collision.

1Seat Belt Inspection

WARNING

Not checking or maintaining seat belts can

result in serious injury or death if the seat

belts do not work properly when needed.

Check your seat belts regularly and have

any problem corrected as soon as possible.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 53 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Safe Driving

Airbags

Airbag System Components

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 54 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components

Continued

Safe Driving

The front, driver’s knee, front side, and side

curtain airbags are deployed according to

the direction and severity of impact. Both

side curtain airbags are deployed in a

rollover. The airbag system includes:

Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)

front airbags. The driver’s airbag is stored

in the center of the steering wheel; the

front passenger’s airbag is stored in the

dashboard. Both are marked SRS

AIRBAG.

Driver’s knee airbag. The knee airbag is

stored under the steering column. It is

marked SRS AIRBAG.

Two side airbags, one for the driver and

one for a front passenger. The airbags are

stored in the outer edges of the seat-

backs. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.

Two side curtain airbags, one for each

side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored

in the ceiling, above the side windows.

The front and rear pillars are marked

SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.

An electronic control unit that, when the

vehicle is on, continually monitors

information about the various impact

sensors, seat and buckle sensors, rollover

sensor, airbag activators, seat belt

tensioners, seat weight sensor, seat

position sensor, passenger airbag OFF

indicator, and other vehicle information.

During a crash event the unit can record

such information.

Automatic front seat belt tensioners. In

addition, the driver’s and front

passenger’s seat belt buckles incorporate

sensors that detect whether or not the

belts are fastened.

A driver’s seat position sensor. This

sensor determines the optimal force at

which the airbag will deploy in a crash.

Weight sensors in the front passenger’s

seat. The front passenger’s airbag will be

turned off if the weight on the seat is

approximately 65 lbs (29 kg) or less (the

weight of an infant or small child).

Impact sensors that can detect a

moderate-to-severe front or side impact.

An indicator on the dashboard that alerts

you that the front passenger’s front

airbag has been turned off.

An indicator on the instrument panel that

alerts you to a possible problem with your

airbag system or seat belt tensioners.

A rollover sensor that can detect if your

vehicle is about to roll over and signal the

control unit to deploy both side curtain

airbags.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 55 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components

Safe Driving

Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with

tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises,

and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing

their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.

What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as

far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the

vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as

possible.

Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that

can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags

deploy.

Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag.

Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp

object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.

Do not attach or place objects on the front and driver’s knee airbag covers.

Objects on the covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper

operation of the airbags or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the

airbags inflate.

■Important Facts About Your Airbags

1Important Facts About Your Airbags

Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together,

airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.

When driving, keep hands and arms out of the

deployment path of the front airbag by holding each

side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over

the airbag cover.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 56 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags

Continued

Safe Driving

Types of Airbags

Your vehicle is equipped with four types of airbags:

•Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver’s and front passenger’s seats.

•Driver’s knee airbag: Airbag under the steering column.

•Side airbags: Airbags in the driver’s and front passenger’s seat-backs.

•Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows.

Each is discussed in the following pages.

Front Airbags (SRS)

The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect

the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.

SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to

supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary

restraint system.

The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and

in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.

■Housing Locations

1Types of Airbags

The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is

in ON.

After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a

small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion

process of the inflator material and is not harmful.

People with respiratory problems may experience

some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of

the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.

1Front Airbags (SRS)

During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or

both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate

at different rates, depending on the severity of the

crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/

or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to

supplement the seat belts to help reduce the

likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal

crashes.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 57 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

Safe Driving

Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions.

When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control

unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.

A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a

vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.

While your seat belt restrains your torso, the

front airbag provides supplemental protection

for your head and chest.

The front airbags deflate immediately so that

they won’t interfere with the driver’s visibility

or the ability to steer or operate other

controls.

The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not

aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.

■Operation

■How the Front Airbags Work

1How the Front Airbags Work

Although the driver’s and front passenger’s airbags

normally inflate within a split second of each other, it

is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can

happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin,

or threshold that determines whether or not the

airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will

provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental

protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 58 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

Continued

Safe Driving

■When front airbags should not deploy

Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and

help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur

during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash.

Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration

causes a driver or front passenger to move towards the front of the vehicle. Side

airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the

severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which

can cause the driver or passenger to move towards the side of the vehicle.

Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear

impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed

to deploy in such collisions.

Rollovers: In a rollover, your best form of protection is a seat belt or, if your vehicle

is equipped with a rollover sensor, both a seat belt and a side curtain airbag. Front

airbags, however, are not designed to deploy in a rollover as they would provide

little if any protection.

■When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage

Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the

vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.

Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object

that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is

underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.

■When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage

appears severe

Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of

visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some

collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags

would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they

had deployed.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 59 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

Safe Driving

The airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag related

injuries to smaller occupants.

The driver’s advanced airbag system includes a

seat position sensor.

Based on information from this sensor and the

severity of the impact, the advanced airbag

system determines the optimal deployment of

the driver’s airbag.

The front passenger’s advanced airbag system

has weight sensors.

We advise against allowing a child age 12 or

under to ride in the front passenger’s seat.

However, if you do allow a child age 12 or

under to ride in the front passenger’s

seat, note that the system will automatically

turn off the front passenger’s airbag if the

sensors detect that the child is approximately

65 lbs (29 kg) or less.

■Advanced Airbags

1Advanced Airbags

If there is a problem with the driver’s seat position

sensor, the SRS indicator will come on, and in the

event of a crash, the airbag will deploy (regardless of

the driver’s seating position) with a force

corresponding to the severity of the impact.

For the advanced airbags to work properly:

•Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats.

•Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat.

•Make sure any objects are positioned properly on

the floor. Improperly positioned objects can

interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.

•All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat

belts properly.

•Do not cover the passenger’s side dashboard with

a cloth, towel, cover, etc.

2Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator P. 67

Make sure the floor mat behind the front passenger's

seat is hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly

placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag

sensors.

2Floor Mats P. 514

Driver’s

Seat

Position

Sensor

Passenger’s

Seat

Weight

Sensors

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 60 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAirbagsuDriver’s Knee Airbag

Continued

Safe Driving

Driver’s Knee Airbag

The driver’s knee SRS airbag inflates in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help

keep the driver in the proper position and to help maximize the benefit provided by

the vehicle’s other safety features.

SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbag is designed to

supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary

restraint system.

The driver’s knee airbag is housed under the

steering column.

The airbag is marked SRS AIRBAG.

When the driver’s front airbag inflates, the

driver’s knee airbag also inflates.

Even if the collision is not severe enough to

deploy the front airbag, the knee airbag may

inflate alone.

■Housing Locations

1Driver’s Knee Airbag

Do not attach accessories on or near the driver’s knee

airbag. They can interfere with the proper operation

of the airbag, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.

The driver should not store any items under the seat

or behind their feet. The items can interfere with

proper airbag deployment in the event of a moderate

to sever frontal collision and may result in inadequate

protection.

Housing

Location

■Operation

When

inflated

Knee

Airbag

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 61 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAirbagsuDriver’s Knee Airbag

Safe Driving

■When driver’s knee airbag deploys with little or no visible damage

Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the

vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.

Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object

that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is

underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.

■When driver’s knee airbag may not deploy, even though exterior damage

appears severe

Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of

visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some

collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags

would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they

had deployed.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 62 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

Continued

Safe Driving

Side Airbags

The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger

during a moderate-to-severe side impact.

The side airbags are housed in the outside

edge of the driver’s and passenger’s seat-

backs.

Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.

When the sensors detect a moderate-to-

severe side impact, the control unit signals the

side airbag on the impact side to immediately

inflate.

■Housing Locations

1Side Airbags

Make sure you and your front seat passenger always

sit upright. Leaning into the path of a side airbag can

prevent the airbag from deploying properly and

increases your risk of serious injury.

Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags.

They can interfere with the proper operation of the

airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.

Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers

without consulting an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-

In Hybrid dealer.

Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back

covers can prevent your side airbags from properly

deploying during a side impact.

Housing

Location

■Operation

When

inflated

Side

Airbag

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 63 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

Safe Driving

■When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage

Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side

of the vehicle’s framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there

may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough

impact to deploy the airbag.

■When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears

severe

It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in

apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was toward the

far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle’s crushable body parts absorbed

most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been

needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 64 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags

Continued

Safe Driving

Side Curtain Airbags

The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in the

outer seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain

airbags equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of

partial and complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes,

particularly rollover crashes.

The side curtain airbags are located in the

ceiling above the side windows on both sides

of the vehicle.

The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy

in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side

impact.

■Housing Locations

1Side Curtain Airbags

If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is

about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side

curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt

tensioners.

If the impact is on the passenger’s side, the

passenger’s side curtain airbag deploys even if there

are no occupants on that side of the vehicle.

To get the best protection from the side curtain

airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts

properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.

Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof

pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation

of the side curtain airbags.

Side Curtain Airbag Storage

■Operation

Deployed Side Curtain Airbag

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 65 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators

Safe Driving

■When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision

One or both side curtain airbags may also inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled

frontal collision.

Airbag System Indicators

If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a

message appears on the driver information interface.

■When the power mode is set to ON

The indicator comes on for a few seconds,

then goes off. This tells you the system is

working properly.

If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the

system checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer as soon as

possible. If you don’t, your airbags and seat belt tensioners may not work properly

when they are needed.

■Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator

1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator

WARNING

Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in

serious injury or death if the airbag systems

or tensioners do not work properly.

Have your vehicle checked by an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer as soon as possible if the SRS

indicator alerts you to a possible problem.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 66 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators

Safe Driving

■When the passenger front airbag off

indicator comes on

The indicator comes on to alert you that the

passenger’s front airbag has been turned off.

This occurs when the weight sensors detect

about 65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an

infant or small child, on the seat.

Children age 12 or under should always ride properly restrained in a back seat.

2Child Safety P. 69

If the front passenger’s seat is empty, the passenger’s front airbag will not deploy

and the indicator will come on.

■Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator

1Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator

To ensure the passenger is detected properly, confirm

that:

•There is no child seat or other object pressing

against the rear of the seat-back.

•There is no rear passenger pushing or pulling on

the back of the front passenger’s seat.

•The front seat or seat-back is not forced back

against an object on the seat or floor behind it.

•There is no object placed under or beside the front

passenger’s seat.

•The occupant is sitting in an upright position and

the seat back is not excessively reclined.

•The occupant is not leaning against the door or

center console.

•The occupant’s feet are placed on the floor in front

of them.

•There are no objects hanging from the front

passenger’s seat.

•Only small, lightweight objects are in the seat-back

pocket.

The passenger front airbag off indicator may come

on and go off periodically if the total weight on the

seat is near the airbag cutoff threshold.

Have your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda

Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer as soon as possible if:

•All of the above conditions are met, and the

indicator comes on with an adult seated in the

front passenger seat.

•The seat is empty and the indicator is off.

Do not allow an adult passenger to ride in the front

seat when the indicator is on.

U.S.

Canada

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 67 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAirbagsuAirbag Care

Safe Driving

Airbag Care

You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any

airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer in the following

situations:

■When the airbags have deployed

If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced.

Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be

replaced.

■When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision

Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer inspect the following: the driver’s seat position sensor, weight sensors in the

passenger’s seat, front seat belt tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during

the crash.

■Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting an authorized

Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer

This would likely disable or affect the proper operation of the driver’s seat position

sensor or the weight sensors in the passenger’s seat. If it is necessary to remove or

modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, American Honda

Automobile Customer Service at 1-800-999-1009 and for Canadian vehicles, Honda

Canada Customer Relations at 1-888-9-HONDA-9.

1Airbag Care

We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag

system components, including the airbag, tensioners,

sensors, and control unit.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 68 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

Safe Driving

Child Safety

Protecting Child Passengers

Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are

either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle crashes are the

number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under.

To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province

and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride

in a vehicle.

Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because:

•An inflating front or side airbag can injure

or kill a child sitting in the front seat.

•A child in the front seat is more likely to

interfere with the driver’s ability to safely

control the vehicle.

•Statistics show that children of all sizes and

ages are safer when they are properly

restrained in a rear seat.

1Protecting Child Passengers

The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration

and Transport Canada recommend that all children

ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear

seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws

restricting where children may ride.

WARNING

Children who are unrestrained or

improperly restrained can be seriously

injured or killed in a crash.

Any child too small for a seat belt should be

properly restrained in a child seat. A larger

child should be properly restrained with a

seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 69 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers

Safe Driving

•Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an

approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the seat

belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.

•Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the

event of a collision.

•Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would

likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.

•Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very

seriously injured in a crash.

•Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.

•Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when

the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate

vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.

1Protecting Child Passengers

To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle

and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.

To remind you of the passenger’s front airbag

hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning

labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the

front visors. Please read and follow the instructions

on these labels.

2Safety Labels P. 83

WARNING

Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or

wrap one around their neck can result in

serious injury or death.

Instruct children not to play with any seat

belt and make sure any unused seat belt a

child can reach is buckled, fully retracted,

and locked.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 70 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Continued

Safe Driving

Safety of Infants and Small Children

An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the

infant reaches the seat manufacturer’s weight or height limit for the seat, and the

infant is at least one year old.

■Positioning a rear-facing child seat

Child seats must be placed and secured in a

rear seating position.

When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front

passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back

in the desired position. Make sure that there is no contact between the child seat

and the seat in front of it.

It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger’s advanced front airbag

system.

2Airbags P. 54

If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front

passenger’s seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied.

Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.

■Protecting Infants

1Protecting Infants

Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat

for a child up to two years old if the child’s height and

weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.

Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a

forward facing position.

Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s

instructions before installation.

Do not allow a front seat to rest against a child seat

installed in a rear seating position:

The weight sensor in the front seat may not correctly

detect the actual weight of the occupant.

WARNING

Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front

seat can result in serious injury or death

during a crash.

Always place a rear-facing child seat in the

rear seat, not the front.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 71 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe Driving

If a child is at least one year old and has exceeded the weight and height limitations

of a rearward facing child seat, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly

secured forward facing child seat until they exceed the weight and height limitations

for the forward facing child seat.

■Forward-facing child seat placement

We strongly recommend placing a forward-

facing child seat in a rear seating position.

Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with

advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger’s front airbag off. A

rear seat is the safest place for a child.

■Protecting Smaller Children

1Protecting Smaller Children

Educate yourself about the laws and regulations

regarding child seat use where you are driving, and

follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions.

WARNING

Placing a forward-facing child seat in the

front seat can result in serious injury or

death if the front airbag inflates.

If you must place a forward-facing child

seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far

back as possible, and properly restrain the

child.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 72 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe Driving

Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren).

Some have a rigid-type connector while others have a flexible-type connector. Both

are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be

installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat

manufacturer’s use and care instructions including recommended expiration dates

as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximizing

your child’s safety.

In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible

child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security.

This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured

with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat

manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat

once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual

for proper installation instructions.

■Important consideration when selecting a child seat

Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements:

•The child seat is the correct type and size for the child.

•The child seat is the correct type for the seating position.

•The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or

Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

■Selecting a Child Seat

1Selecting a Child Seat

Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is

simple.

LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed

to simplify the installation process and reduce the

likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 73 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe Driving

A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in either of the two outer rear seats.

A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of

connectors.

1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.

2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat, then

attach the child seat to the lower anchors

according to the instructions that came

with the child seat.

uWhen installing the child seat, make sure

that the lower anchors are not

obstructed by the seat belt or any other

object.

■Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat

1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat

For your child’s safety, when using a child seat

installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the

child seat is properly secured to the vehicle.

A child seat that is not properly secured will not

adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause

injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.

WARNING

Never attach two child seats to the same

anchor. In a collision, one anchor may not

be strong enough to hold two child seat

attachments and may break, causing

serious injury or death.

Marks

Rigid Type

Lower Anchors

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 74 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe Driving

3. Open the tether anchor cover behind the

head restraint.

Route the tether strap over the top of the

head restraint and secure the tether strap

hook to the anchor.

Route the tether strap around the head

restraint and secure the tether strap hook

to the anchor.

5. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the

child seat manufacturer.

6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by

rocking it forward and back and side to

side; little movement should be felt.

7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child

can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor

is activated, and the belt is fully retracted

and locked.

Flexible Type

1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat

Installing a LATCH-compatible child seat in the

rear center seat

Each outer rear seat is equipped with a pair of lower

anchors which are used to secure a LATCH-

compatible child seat. The rear center seat, however,

is not equipped with anchors of any kind.

The inner and outer anchors are spaced apart at a

standard distance of 11 inches (280 mm). The

distance between the two inner anchors is 15.7

inches (400 mm).

LATCH-compatible restraint systems that are fitted

with rigid-type attachments cannot be installed in the

rear center seat. However, a system fitted with

flexible-type attachments can be installed in the

center seat, provided that the manufacturer’s

instructions for that system permit the use of the

inner anchors with the stated spacing.

Before seating a child, make sure that the system is

properly attached to both the lower anchors and

tether anchors.

WARNING

Do not use the lower inner anchors of the

outer rear seats to secure a LATCH-

compatible child seat to the rear center

seat, unless the manufacturer’s instructions

for that system permit the use of inner

anchors with the stated spacing.

Tether

Strap

Hook

Anchor

Straight Top Tether Type

Tether

Strap

Hook

Anchor

Other Top Tether Type

Straight Top Tether Type

Other Top Tether Type

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 75 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe Driving

A child seat can be installed with a lap/shoulder belt in any rear seat or, if absolutely

necessary, the front passenger seat.

1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat.

2. Route the seat belt through the child seat

according to the seat manufacturer’s

instructions, and insert the latch plate into

the buckle.

uInsert the latch plate fully until it clicks.

3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all

the way out until it stops. This activates the

lockable retractor.

4. Let the seat belt retract a few inches and

check that the retractor has switched

modes by pulling on the webbing. It should

not pull out again until it is reset by

removing the latch plate from the buckle.

uIf you are able to pull the shoulder belt

out, the lockable retractor is not

activated. Slowly pull the seat belt all the

way out, and repeat steps 3 – 4.

■Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt

1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt

A child seat that is not properly secured will not

adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause

injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 76 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe Driving

5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near

the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack

from the lap part of the belt.

uWhen doing this, place your weight on

the child seat and push it into the vehicle

seat.

6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by

rocking it forward and back and side to

side; less than one inch of movement

should occur near the seat belt.

7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child

can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor

is activated, and the belt is fully retracted

and locked.

1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt

To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle

and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 77 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe Driving

A tether anchorage point is provided behind

each rear seating position.

If you have a child restraint system that comes

with a tether but can be installed with a seat

belt, the tether may be used for additional

security.

■Using an outer anchor

1. Locate the appropriate tether anchorage

point and lift the cover.

Route the tether strap over the head

restraint. Make sure the strap is not twisted.

Route the tether strap around the head

restraint. Make sure the strap is not twisted.

3. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.

4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the

child seat manufacturer.

■Adding Security with a Tether

1Adding Security with a Tether

Always use a tether for forward facing child seats

when using the seat belt or lower anchors.

Tether Anchorage Points

CoverAnchor

Tether

Strap

Hook

Anchor

Straight Top Tether Type

Other Top Tether Type

Tether

Strap

Hook

Anchor

Straight Top Tether Type

Other Top Tether Type

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 78 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe Driving

■Using the center anchor

1. Locate the appropriate tether anchorage

point and lift the cover.

2. Raise the head restraint to its highest

position, then route the tether strap

through the head restraint legs. Make sure

the strap is not twisted.

3. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.

4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the

child seat manufacturer.

Tether

Strap

Hook

Anchor

Other Top Tether Type

Tether

Strap

Hook

Anchor

Straight Top Tether Type

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 79 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children

Safe Driving

Safety of Larger Children

The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind

of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who

must sit in front.

When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/

shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the

following questions.

■Checklist

•Do the child’s knees bend comfortably over

the edge of the seat?

•Does the shoulder belt cross between the

child’s neck and arm?

•Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as

possible, touching the child’s thighs?

•Will the child be able to stay seated like this

for the whole trip?

If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder

seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a

booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.

■Protecting Larger Children

■Checking Seat Belt Fit

1Safety of Larger Children

WARNING

Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in

front can result in injury or death if the

passenger’s front airbag inflates.

If a larger child must ride in front, move the

vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible,

have the child sit up properly and wear the

seat belt properly, using a booster seat if

needed.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 80 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children

Safe Driving

If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used

properly, position the child in a booster seat in

the rear seat. For the child’s safety, check that

the child meets the booster seat

manufacturer’s recommendations.

Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever

have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front:

•Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information

in this manual.

•Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.

•Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat.

•Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the

seat.

■Monitoring child passengers

We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more

mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up

properly.

■Booster Seats

1Booster Seats

When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the

instructions that came with it, and install the seat

accordingly.

There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a

booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat

belt correctly.

Some U.S. states, and Canadian provinces and

territories require children to use a booster seat until

they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60

lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or

province, or territory where you intend to drive.

■Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 81 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Safe Driving

Exhaust Gas Hazard

Carbon Monoxide Gas

The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless,

odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon

monoxide gas will not get into the interior.

■Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever

•The exhaust system is making an unusual noise.

•The exhaust system may have been damaged.

•The vehicle is raised for an oil change.

When you operate a vehicle with the trunk open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into

the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the trunk open,

open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below.

1. Select the fresh air mode.

2. Select the mode.

3. Set the fan speed to high.

4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.

Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked

vehicle with the engine running.

1Carbon Monoxide Gas

An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up

with carbon monoxide gas.

Do not run the engine with the garage door closed.

Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the

garage immediately after starting the engine.

WARNING

Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.

Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and

even kill you.

Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that

expose you to carbon monoxide.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 82 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Safe Driving

Safety Labels

Label Locations

These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels

carefully.

If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer for a replacement.

Dashboard

Air Conditioner System

U.S. models

Canadian models

Radiator Cap

U.S. models only

Charging Lid

U.S. models Canadian models

PCU

U.S. models

Canadian models

High Voltage Battery System

Coolant Reserve Tank Cap

Sun Visor

U.S. models Canadian models

Motor Coolant

Reserve Tank Cap

Actuator Lid

U.S. models Canadian models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 83 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 84 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Instrument Panel

This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.

Indicators ............................................ 86

Driver Information Interface Warning and

Information Messages ..................... 103

Gauges and Driver Information

Interface....................................... 121

Gauges............................................ 121

Driver Information Interface ............. 124

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 85 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Instrument Panel

Indicators

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Parking Brake

and Brake

System Indicator

(Red)

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON,

then goes off if the parking brake

has been released.

●

Comes on when the parking brake

is applied, and goes off when it is

released.

●

Comes on when the brake fluid

level is low.

●

Comes on if there is a problem

with the brake system.

●

The beeper sounds and the

indicator comes on if you drive

with the parking brake not fully

released.

●

Comes on while driving - Make sure

the parking brake is released. Check the

brake fluid level.

2What to do when the indicator

comes on while driving P. 548

●

Comes on along with the parking

brake and brake system indicator

(amber) - Immediately stop in a safe

place. Contact an authorized Honda

Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer for repair.

The brake pedal becomes harder to

operate. Depress the pedal further than

you normally do.

●

Comes on along with the ABS

indicator - Have your vehicle checked by

an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In

Hybrid dealer.

2If the Brake System Indicator (Red)

Comes On or Blinks P. 548

U.S.

Canada

(Red)

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 86 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuIndicatorsu

Continued

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Parking Brake

and Brake

System Indicator

(Red)

●

Comes on for about 15 seconds

when you push the electric parking

brake switch while the power

mode is in VEHICLE OFF.

●

Stays on for about 15 seconds

when you set the power mode to

VEHICLE OFF while the electric

parking brake is set.

●

Blinks and the parking brake and

brake system indicator (amber) comes

on at the same time - There is a

problem with the electric parking brake

system. The parking brake may not be

set.

Avoid using the parking brake and have

your vehicle checked by an authorized

Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer

immediately.

2If the Brake System Indicator (Red)

Comes On or Blinks at the Same

Time When the Brake System

Indicator (Amber) Comes On P. 550

—

Automatic Brake

Hold System

Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON,

then goes off.

●

Comes on when the automatic

brake hold system is on.

2Automatic Brake Hold P. 435

Automatic Brake

Hold Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON,

then goes off.

●

Comes on when the automatic

brake hold is activated. 2Automatic Brake Hold P. 435 —

U.S.

Canada

(Red)

U.S.

Canada

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 87 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuIndicatorsu

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Parking Brake

and Brake

System Indicator

(Amber)

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON,

then goes off.

●

Comes on if there is a problem

with a system related to braking

other than the conventional brake

system.

●

Comes on if there is a problem

with the cooperative control with

regenerative braking, the electric

servo brake system, or the hill start

assist system.

●

Comes on if there is a problem

with the electric parking brake

system or the automatic brake

hold system.

●

Comes on while driving - Avoid using

the parking brake and have your vehicle

checked by an authorized Honda Clarity

Plug-In Hybrid dealer immediately.

●

Stays on constantly - Avoid high speeds

and sudden braking. Take the vehicle to

an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In

Hybrid dealer immediately.

●

With this indicator on, your vehicle still

has normal braking ability.

POWER

SYSTEM

Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON,

then goes off.

●

Comes on if there is a problem

with the electric vehicle system or

plug-in charging system.

●

Have your vehicle checked by an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer.

U.S.

Canada

(Amber)

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 88 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuIndicatorsu

Continued

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

EV Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON,

then goes off.

●

Comes on when the vehicle is

moved by the motor, and the

engine is not operating.

——

HV Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON,

then goes off.

——

●

Comes on when the vehicle is in

HV.

2SPORT HYBRID i-MMD Plug-in

(Intelligent Multi-mode Drive Plug-

in) P. 11

●

Comes on when the vehicle is in

HV charge.

2SPORT HYBRID i-MMD Plug-in

(Intelligent Multi-mode Drive Plug-

in) P. 11

HV Charge

Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON,

then goes off.

——

●

Comes along with the HV

indicator when the vehicle is in HV

charge.

2SPORT HYBRID i-MMD Plug-in

(Intelligent Multi-mode Drive Plug-

in) P. 11

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 89 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuIndicatorsu

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

READY Indicator

●

Comes on when the vehicle is

ready to drive.

●

May go off if the POWER SYSTEM or

transmission system indicator comes on.

2Turning on the Power P. 376

Malfunction

Indicator Lamp

●

Comes on when you set the power

mode to ON, and goes off either

when the power system is on or

after several seconds if the vehicle

did not start. If “readiness codes”

have not been set, it blinks five

times before it goes off.

●

Comes on if there is a problem

with the emissions control system.

●

Blinks when a misfire in the

engine's cylinders is detected.

●

Readiness codes are part of the on board

diagnostics for the emissions control

systems.

2Testing of Readiness Codes P. 572

●

Comes on while driving - Have your

vehicle checked by an authorized Honda

Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

●

Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe

place where there are no flammable

objects. Stop the power system for 10

minutes or more, and wait for the engine

to cool down. Then, take the vehicle to an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer.

2If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp

Comes On or Blinks P. 547

12-Volt Battery

Charging System

Indicator

●

Comes on when you set the power

mode to ON, and goes off when

the power system is on.

●

Comes on when the 12-volt

battery is not charging.

●

Comes on while driving - Turn off the

climate control system and rear defogger

in order to reduce electricity

consumption.

2If the 12-Volt Battery Charging

System Indicator Comes On P. 546

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 90 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuIndicatorsu

Continued

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Low Fuel

Indicator

●

Comes on when the fuel reserve is

running low (approximately 1.1

U.S. gal./4.0 Liter left).

●

Blinks if there is a problem with the

fuel gauge.

●

Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon

as possible.

●

Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer.

Gear Position

Indicator

●

Indicates the current gear

selection. 2Shifting P. 382 —

Deceleration

Paddle Selector

Indicator

●

Comes on when the paddle

selector is pulled.

●

Blinks when deceleration does not

occur while pulling the paddle

selector.

●

Comes on with M when SPORT

mode is selected and pulling the

paddle selector.

2Deceleration Paddle Selector P. 390 —

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 91 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuIndicatorsu

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Transmission

System Indicator

●

All the gear positions may light for

several seconds, and go off.

●

When all the gear positions illuminate,

immediately stop your vehicle in a safe

place.

●

Indicators go off if there is no problem.

However, even if they go off, take your

vehicle to an authorized Honda Clarity

Plug-In Hybrid dealer for inspection.

●

The indicated current gear

selection blinks if there is a

problem with the transmission

system.

●

Avoid sudden start and acceleration, and

stop in a safe place immediately.

●

Have your vehicle checked by an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer.

●

The indicated current gear

selection or all the gear positions

blink if you cannot select (P due

to a transmission system failure.

●

The engine can be activated as a

temporary measure.

2If the Transmission System Indicator

Blinks along with the Warning

Message P. 552

●

Set the parking brake when parking.

●

Have your vehicle checked by an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer immediately.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 92 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuIndicatorsu

Continued

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Seat Belt

Reminder

Indicator

●

Comes on and the beeper sounds

if you are not wearing a seat belt

when you set the power mode to

ON.

●

If the front passenger is not

wearing a seat belt, the indicator

comes on a few seconds later.

●

Blinks while driving if either you

and/or the front passenger has not

fastened a seat belt. The beeper

sounds and the indicator blinks at

regular intervals.

●

The beeper stops and the indicator goes

off when you and the front passenger

fasten their seat belts.

●

Stays on after you and/or the front

passenger has fastened the seat

belt(s) - A detection error may have

occurred in the sensor. Have your vehicle

checked by an authorized Honda Clarity

Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

2Seat Belt Reminder P. 49

Anti-lock Brake

System (ABS)

Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON,

then goes off.

●

If it comes on at any other time,

there is a problem with the ABS.

●

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle

checked by an authorized Honda Clarity

Plug-In Hybrid dealer. With this indicator

on, your vehicle still has normal braking

ability but no anti-lock function.

2Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 437

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 93 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuIndicatorsu

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Supplemental

Restraint System

Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON,

then goes off.

●

Comes on if a problem with any of

the following is detected:

-Supplemental restraint system

-Side airbag system

-Side curtain airbag system

-Seat belt tensioner

●

Stays on constantly or does not come

on at all - Have your vehicle checked by

an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In

Hybrid dealer.

Electric Power

Steering (EPS)

System Indicator

●

Comes on when you set the power

mode to ON, and goes off when

the power system is on.

●

Comes on if there is a problem

with the EPS system.

●

Stays on constantly or does not come

on at all - Have your vehicle checked by

an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In

Hybrid dealer.

2If the Electric Power Steering (EPS)

System Indicator Comes On P. 549

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 94 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuIndicatorsu

Continued

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Vehicle Stability

Assist (VSA®)

System Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON,

then goes off.

●

Blinks when VSA® is active.

●

Comes on if there is a problem

with the VSA® system.

●

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle

checked by an authorized Honda Clarity

Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

2Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka

Electronic Stability Control (ESC),

System P. 422

●

Comes on if the VSA® system is

deactivated temporarily after the

battery has been disconnected,

then re-connected.

●

Drive a short distance at more than 12

mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go

off. If it does not, have your vehicle

checked by an authorized Honda Clarity

Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

Vehicle Stability

Assist (VSA®)

OFF Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON,

then goes off.

●

Comes on when you deactivate

VSA®.

2VSA® On and Off P. 423

●

Comes on if the VSA® system is

deactivated temporarily after the

battery has been disconnected,

then re-connected.

●

Drive a short distance at more than 12

mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go

off. If it does not, have your vehicle

checked by an authorized Honda Clarity

Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 95 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuIndicatorsu

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Low Tire

Pressure/TPMS

Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON.

●

May come on briefly if the power

mode is set to ON and the vehicle

is not moved within 45 seconds, to

indicate the calibration process is

not yet complete.

●

Comes on and stays on when:

-One or more tires’ pressures are

determined to be significantly

low.

-The system has not been

calibrated.

●

Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe

place, check tire pressures, and inflate the

tire(s) if necessary.

●

Stays on after the tires are inflated to

the recommended pressures - The

system needs to be calibrated.

2TPMS Calibration P. 425

●

Blinks for about one minute, and

then stays on if there is a problem

with the TPMS.

●

Blinks and remains on - Have your

vehicle checked by an authorized Honda

Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

●

Comes on if the TPMS is

deactivated temporarily after the

battery has been disconnected,

then re-connected.

●

Drive a short distance at more than 12

mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go

off. If it does not, have your vehicle

checked by an authorized Honda Clarity

Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 96 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuIndicatorsu

Continued

Instrument Panel

*1:Canadian models only: Apply and hold the brake pedal before selecting the ON mode.

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Turn Signal and

Hazard Warning

Indicators

●

Blinks when you operate the turn

signal lever.

●

Blinks along with all turn signals

when you press the hazard

warning button.

●

Does not blink or blinks rapidly -

Have your vehicle checked by an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer immediately.

—

High Beam

Indicator

●

Comes on when the high beam

headlights are on. ——

Lights On

Indicator

●

Comes on when the light switch in

a position other than OFF or when

the switch is set to AUTO and the

exterior lights come on.

●

If you set the power mode to

ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF while the

exterior lights are on, a chime sounds

when the driver’s door is opened.

—

Immobilizer

System Indicator

●

Blinks if the immobilizer system

cannot recognize the key

information.

●

Blinks - You cannot start the power

system. Set the power mode to VEHICLE

OFF

, then select the ON mode again.

●

Repeatedly blinks - The system may be

malfunctioning. Have your vehicle

checked by an authorized Honda Clarity

Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

●

Do not attempt to alter this system or add

other devices to it. Electrical problems can

occur.

Indicator

Canadian models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 97 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuIndicatorsu

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

System Message

Indicator

●

Comes on along with a beep when

a problem is detected. A system

message on the driver information

interface appears at the same time.

●

While the indicator is on, press the

(display/information) button to see the

message again.

●

Refer to the Indicators information in this

chapter when a system message appears

on the driver information interface. Take

the appropriate action for the message.

●

The driver information interface does not

return to the normal screen unless the

warning is canceled, or the button is

pressed.

—

Security System

Alarm Indicator

●

Blinks when the security system

alarm has been set.

2Security System Alarm P. 153 —

SPORT Mode

Indicator

●

Comes on when you press the

SPORT button.

●

The ambient meter remains lit up

in red as long as sport mode is on.

2SPORT Mode P. 389

ECON Mode

Indicator

●

Comes on when ECON mode is on.

2ECON Mode P. 388

Indicator

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 98 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuIndicatorsu

Continued

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Road Departure

Mitigation

(RDM) Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON,

then goes off.

●

Comes on if there is a problem

with the RDM system.

●

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle

checked by an authorized Honda Clarity

Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

●

Comes on when the RDM system

shuts itself off.

●

Stays on - The temperature inside the

camera is too high.

Use the climate control system to cool

down the camera.

The system activates when the

temperature inside the camera cools

down sufficiently.

2Front Sensor Camera P. 394

●

Stays on - The area around the camera is

blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your

vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off

with a soft cloth.

●

Have your vehicle checked by an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer if the indicator and message come

back on after you cleaned the area

around the camera.

2Front Sensor Camera P. 394

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 99 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

100

uuIndicatorsu

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Adaptive Cruise

Control (ACC)

with Low Speed

Follow (LSF)

Indicator

(Amber)

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON,

then goes off.

●

Comes on if there is a problem

with ACC with LSF.

●

Comes on while driving - Have your

vehicle checked by an authorized Honda

Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

●

Comes on if anything covers the

radar sensor cover and prevents

the sensor from detecting a vehicle

in front.

●

May come on when driving in bad

weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)

●

ACC with LSF has been

automatically canceled.

●

When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop

your vehicle in a safe place, and then

clean the sensor using a soft cloth.

●

Have your vehicle checked by an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer if the indicator does not disappear,

even after you clean the sensor cover.

Adaptive Cruise

Control (ACC)

with Low Speed

Follow (LSF)

Indicator (Green)

●

Comes on when you press the

MAIN button. 2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with

Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 400 —

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 100 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

101

uuIndicatorsu

Continued

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Lane Keeping

Assist System

(LKAS) Indicator

(Amber)

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON,

then goes off.

●

Comes on if there is a problem

with the LKAS.

●

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle

checked by an authorized Honda Clarity

Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

Lane Keeping

Assist System

(LKAS) Indicator

(Green)

●

Comes on when you press the

MAIN button. 2Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

P. 415 —

Collision

Mitigation

Braking

System

(CMBS

)

Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON,

then goes off.

●

Comes on when you deactivate

the CMBS

●

Comes on if there is a problem

with the CMBS

●

Stays on constantly without the

CMBS

off - Have your vehicle checked

by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In

Hybrid dealer.

2Collision Mitigation Braking

System

(CMBS

) P. 439

●

Comes on if the CMBS is

deactivated temporarily after the

battery has been disconnected,

then re-connected.

●

Drive a short distance at more than 12

mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go

off. If it does not, have your vehicle

checked by an authorized Honda Clarity

Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 101 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

102

uuIndicatorsu

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Collision

Mitigation

Braking

System

(CMBS

)

Indicator

●

Comes on when the CMBS

system shuts itself off.

●

Stays on - The area around the camera is

blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your

vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off

with a soft cloth.

2Front Sensor Camera P. 394

●

When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop

your vehicle in a safe place, and then

clean the sensor using a soft cloth.

●

Have your vehicle checked by an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer if the message does not disappear

even after you clean the sensor cover.

2Collision Mitigation Braking

System

(CMBS

) P. 439

●

Stays on - The temperature inside the

camera is too high. Use the climate

control system to cool down the camera.

The system activates when the

temperature inside the camera cools

down sufficiently.

2Front Sensor Camera P. 394

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 102 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

103

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Continued

Instrument Panel

Driver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

The following messages appear only on the driver information interface. Press the (display/information) button to see the message

again with the system message indicator on.

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears when the vehicle cannot be driven.

●

Immediately stop in a safe place.

●

Appears when the washer fluid gets low.

●

Refill the washer fluid.

2Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 493

●

Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due

soon.

●

Consequently, Service Due Now and Service Past

Due follow.

2Warning Message and Maintenance Minder

Information on the Driver Information Interface

P. 476

●

Appears as soon as a problem is detected in the

smart entry system or push button starting system.

●

Appears constantly - Have your vehicle checked by an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

Canadian models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 103 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

104

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on

the 12-volt battery.

●

Have your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda

Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

2Checking the 12-Volt Battery P. 508

●

Appears along with the battery charging system

indicator when the battery is not charging.

●

Turn off the climate control system and rear defogger to

reduce electricity consumption.

2If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System Indicator

Comes On P. 546

●

Appears when the engine oil pressure is low.

●

Appears while driving - Immediately stop in a safe

place.

2If the Low Oil Pressure Warning Appears P. 545

●

Appears when the engine coolant temperature gets

abnormally high. 2Overheating P. 542

●

Appears when the engine coolant temperature is

near its upper limit.

●

Drive slowly to prevent overheating.

●

Appears if there is a problem with the cooling

system.

●

Drive slowly to prevent overheating and have your

vehicle checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In

Hybrid dealer as soon as possible.

●

Appears when the fuel fill cap is loose or is not

installed. 2Tighten Fuel Cap Message P. 547

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 104 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

105

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Continued

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears if the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph

(15 km/h) with the fuel fill door opened.

●

Stop the vehicle and close the fuel fill door.

●

Appears when the fuel fill door has been open for 30

minutes.

●

Turn off the power system, reinstall the fuel cap, and

close the fuel fill door.

-If you still want to refuel, press the fuel fill door release

button to reopen the door.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 105 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

106

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears after the driver’s door is opened when the

power mode is in ACCESSORY.

●

Press the POWER button twice with your foot off the

brake pedal to change the power mode to VEHICLE

OFF.

●

Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.

—

●

Appears when you close the door with the power

mode in ON without the smart entry remote inside

the vehicle.

●

Disappears when you bring the smart entry remote back

inside the vehicle and close the door.

2Smart Entry Remote Reminder P. 160

●

Appears when the smart entry remote battery

becomes weak.

●

Replace the battery as soon as possible.

2Replacing the Button Battery P. 510

●

Appears if the smart entry remote’s battery is too

weak to turn on the power system or the key is not

within operating range to turn on the power system.

A beeper sounds six times.

●

Bring the back of the smart entry remote into contact

with the POWER button.

2If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak P. 537

●

Appears when you set the power mode to

ACCESSORY or ON.

●

Appears after you unlock and open the driver’s door.

2Turning on the Power P. 376

●

Appears when the POWER button is pressed while

driving. 2Emergency Power System Off P. 538

Canadian models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 106 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

107

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Continued

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears when the high voltage battery charge level

is extremely low.

●

Caused by the low battery charge level -

Immediately charge the high voltage battery.

●

Appears when the power system temperature is low.

●

Your vehicle has less ability to accelerate and may be

harder to start on an incline.

●

In extremely cold climates, keep the vehicle stored in a

garage.

●

In extremely cold climates, keep the vehicle stored in a

garage and connect the charging connector.

●

Appears when the power system temperature is

high.

●

Your vehicle has less ability to accelerate and may be

harder to start on an incline.

●

Park in a safe place, and cool the system down.

2Overheating P. 542

●

Appears if the power system is in diagnostic mode.

●

You may notice a decrease in available power. Have

your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda Clarity

Plug-In Hybrid dealer immediately.

●

As a result of diagnostics, the POWER SYSTEM

indicator may come on.

2POWER SYSTEM Indicator P. 88

U.S. models

Canadian models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 107 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

108

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears when the charging connector is connected

to the inlet.

●

The vehicle does not move while the charging

connector is plugged into the inlet.

●

Appears when there is a problem with the standard

plug-in charging system or the charging station

outlet.

●

This message only - There may be a problem with the

charging station outlet. Refer to the instructions

provided at the station or consult a qualified technician.

If the outlet works properly, have the vehicle checked by

an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

●

Comes on with the POWER SYSTEM indicator -

Have your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda

Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

●

Appears if there is a problem with the acoustic

vehicle alerting system.

●

Have your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda

Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer immediately.

●

Appears when the charge lid is open.

●

Close the charge lid.

2Charging P. 454

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 108 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

109

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Continued

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears when you press the fuel fill door release

button.

●

The display changes to Ready when the fuel vapor

pressure inside the fuel tank is released. You can start

refueling once Ready appears.

2Refueling P. 451

●

Appears when the vehicle is ready to be refueled.

●

Appears when the high voltage battery and other

system control temperatures are too low to operate

(approx. –22°F [–30°C] or below).

●

You must wait for an increase in the ambient

temperature or move the vehicle to a warmer location.

●

Consult an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer.

●

In extremely cold climates, keep the vehicle stored in a

garage.

●

In extremely cold climates, keep the vehicle stored in a

garage and connect the charging connector.

●

Appears when the charging connector is

disconnected while the power mode is in ON with

the charging connector connected.

●

Set the power mode to OFF, then set it back to ON if

you drive again.

2Turning on the Power P. 376

●

Appears when the high voltage battery temperature

is too low to operate (approx. −22°F [−30°C]).

●

You can start the engine and use the climate control

system to warm up the interior.

●

You must wait for an increase in the high voltage

battery temperature to drive.

U.S. models

Canadian models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 109 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

110

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears when the outside temperature is low.

●

In extremely cold climates, keep the vehicle stored in a

garage or connect the charging connector.

2Charging P. 454

●

Appears when the engine starts automatically when

the engine has not started for a long time. —

●

Appears when the vehicle can run only in EV because

the failure that cannot generate power by the engine

failure or generator failure etc occurs.

●

The estimated distance you can travel on the

remaining power is displayed.

●

Have your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda

Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

●

Appears when you are unable to select the HV

Charge because the High Voltage battery charge

level is at maximum limit (12 segments) of the HV

Charge.

2SPORT HYBRID i-MMD Plug-in (Intelligent Multi-

mode Drive Plug-in) P. 11

●

Appears if the drive mode cannot be changed due to

certain situations, such as a system error or adverse

driving conditions.

—

Canadian models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 110 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

111

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Continued

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears when you set the power mode to ON

without fastening the driver’s seat belt.

●

Appears if the gear position has been automatically

changed to (P and the driver attempts to take the

vehicle out of (P but does not have his or her

seatbelt fastened.

●

Fasten the seat belt properly before you start to drive.

2Shift Operation P. 384

●

Appears when you try to change the gear position

without depressing the brake pedal while the

transmission is in (P or (N.

●

Depress the brake pedal, then select a shift button.

●

Appears when you try to change the gear position

without releasing your foot off the accelerator pedal

while the transmission is in (P or (N.

●

Release your foot off the accelerator pedal, then select

a shift button.

●

Appears when the transmission system temperature

is too high.

●

Park in a safe place, and allow the system to cool down

sufficiently.

●

Appears when you depress the accelerator pedal

while the transmission is in (N.

●

Release the accelerator pedal.

●

Depress the brake pedal, then select a shift button to

start driving.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 111 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

112

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears when the parking button is pressed while

the vehicle is moving.

●

Appears if you change the gear position to (R while

the vehicle is moving forward, or to (D while the

vehicle is reversing.

●

Make sure that the vehicle comes to a stop before

operating the select button.

●

Appears if there is a problem with the electric system.

●

Appears when you set the power mode to OFF while

driving.

●

Immediately stop in a safe place and set the parking

brake.

●

Resume driving if the message disappears.

●

If there is a problem with the transmission system, the

transmission system indicator comes on.

2Transmission System Indicator P. 92

●

Appears when the vehicle is stopped with the driver’s

seat belt unfastened and there is a chance that the

vehicle may roll unintentionally.

●

Press the (P button before releasing the brake pedal

when idling, parking, or exiting the vehicle.

2Shift Operation P. 384

●

Appears for a few seconds if you have not pressed

the (N button long enough to initiate Neutral-Hold

mode.

2If you want to keep the transmission in (N

position [car wash mode] P. 386

●

Appears when you press and hold (N button for

more than 2 seconds.

●

Disappears when you set the gear position to other than

(N.

2If you want to keep the transmission in (N

position [car wash mode] P. 386

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 112 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

113

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Continued

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears if any door or the trunk is not completely

closed.

●

Appears if any door or the trunk is opened while

driving. The beeper sounds.

●

Goes off when all doors and the trunk are closed.

●

Appears when there is a problem with the

headlights.

●

Appears while driving - The headlights may not be

on. When conditions allow you to drive safely, have

your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda Clarity

Plug-In Hybrid dealer as soon as possible.

●

Appears while you are customizing the settings and

the shift lever is moved out of (P.2Customized Features P. 306

●

Appears if you try to go to vehicle settings from the

driver information interface while the audio/

information screen shows the same menu.

●

Select either display to customize a setting. You cannot

have vehicle settings displayed on the driver information

interface and audio/information screen simultaneously.

2Customized Features P. 306

●

Appears if you try to go to Charge Timer Setup

while the time is incorrect. 2Customized Features P. 306

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 113 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

114

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears if the automatic brake hold is automatically

canceled while it is in operation.

●

The beeper may sound.

●

Immediately depress the brake pedal.

●

Appears when the automatic brake hold system is

turned off. 2Automatic Brake Hold P. 435

●

Appears when the automatic brake hold button is

pressed without wearing the driver’s seat belt.

●

Fasten the driver’s seat belt.

2Automatic Brake Hold P. 435

●

Appears when the automatic brake hold button is

pressed without depressing the brake pedal while

the automatic brake hold is in operation.

●

Press the automatic brake hold button with the brake

pedal depressed.

2Automatic Brake Hold P. 435

●

Appears when the parking brake is applied

automatically while it is in operation. 2Automatic Brake Hold P. 435

2Parking Brake P. 431

●

Appears when the electric parking brake switch is

pressed without depressing the brake pedal while

the electric parking brake is in operation.

●

Appears while driving - Press the electric parking

brake switch with the brake pedal depressed.

2Parking Brake P. 431

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 114 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

115

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Continued

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with

a vehicle in front of you.

●

Take the appropriate means to prevent a collision (apply

the brakes, change lanes, etc.)

2Collision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)

P. 439

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 400

●

Appears when ACC with LSF has been automatically

canceled.

●

You can resume the set speed after the condition that

caused ACC with LSF to cancel improves. Press the

RES/+ or −/SET switch up.

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 400

●

Appears when the distance between your vehicle

and the vehicle ahead of you is too close while ACC

with LSF is in operation.

●

ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 400

●

Appears when pressing the RES/+ or −/SET switch

down while the distance between your vehicle and

the vehicle ahead of you is too close.

●

ACC with LSF cannot be set.

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 400

●

Appears when pressing the RES/+ or −/SET switch

down while the driver’s seat belt is unfastened.

●

ACC with LSF cannot be set.

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 400

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 115 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

116

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears when pressing the RES/+ or −/SET switch

down while the transmission is not in (D.

●

ACC with LSF cannot be set.

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 400

●

Appears when the vehicle is stopped on a very steep

slope while ACC with LSF is in operation.

●

ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 400

●

Appears when pressing the RES/+ or −/SET switch

down while the vehicle is stopped on a very steep

slope.

●

ACC with LSF cannot be set.

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 400

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 116 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

117

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Continued

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears just before the ACC with LSF is

automatically canceled when you are descending a

long hill etc (The following interval is automatically

set to extra long).

●

Appears when the ACC with LSF has been

automatically canceled.

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 400

●

Appears when you are descending a long hill etc and

you press the RES/+ or -/SET switch. 2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 400

●

Appears if the VSA® or traction control function

operates while ACC is in operation.

●

ACC has been automatically canceled.

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 400

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 117 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

118

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears when the speed of the vehicle is too high for

you to set ACC with LSF.

●

Reduce the speed, then set ACC with LSF.

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 400

●

Appears when ACC with LSF is cancelled due to

excessive vehicle speed.

●

Reduce the speed, then reset ACC with LSF.

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 400

●

Appears when the vehicle ahead of you resumes

driving, after your vehicle has been stopped

automatically by ACC with LSF.

●

Press the RES/+ or −/SET switch or depress the

accelerator pedal to resume.

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 400

●

Appears when pressing the RES/+ or −/SET switch

down while the parking brake is applied.

●

ACC with LSF cannot be set.

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 400

2Parking Brake P. 431

●

Appears when pressing the RES/+ or −/SET switch

down while the vehicle is moving and the brake

pedal is depressed.

●

ACC with LSF cannot be set.

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 400

●

Appears if ACC with LSF is canceled while your

vehicle is automatically stopped by ACC with LSF.

●

Immediately depress the brake pedal.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 118 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

119

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Continued

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected

lane. The steering wheel vibrates rapidly.

●

Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected

lane.

-The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the

vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.

-The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the

vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane. The system

also steers the vehicle to help you remain within

your driving lane.

●

Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.

2Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System P. 396

2Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 415

●

You can change the setting for the road departure

mitigation system. Narrow, Normal, Wide, and

Warning Only can be selected.

2Customized Features P. 306

●

Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle. The beeper

sounds simultaneously.

●

Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS.

●

Appears when the vehicle is likely to drive out of a

detected lane.

-The system steers the vehicle to help you remain

within your driving lane.

—

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

When you selected Warning Only

When you selected Narrow, Normal or Wide

Road Departure Mitigation System

When you selected Narrow

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 119 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

120

uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS

button is pressed, but there is a problem with a

system related to the LKAS. The LKAS cancels

automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously.

●

If the VSA®, ABS, or brake system indicator or another

indicator comes on, take appropriate action.

2Indicators P. 86

●

Appears when the temperature inside the camera is

too high.

●

Use the climate control system to cool down the

camera.

●

Goes off - The camera has been cooled down. Pressing

the LKAS button can resume the system.

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 400

2Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 415

2Front Sensor Camera P. 394

●

Appears when the area around the camera is

blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe

place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.

●

May appear when driving in bad weather (rain,

snow, fog, etc.).

●

Have your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda

Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer if the message does not

disappear, even after you clean the area around the

camera.

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 400

2Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 415

2Front Sensor Camera P. 394

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 120 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

121

Continued

Instrument Panel

Gauges and Driver Information Interface

Gauges

Gauges include the speedometer, fuel gauge, POWER/CHARGE gauge, high

voltage battery charge level gauge, and related indicators. They are displayed when

the power mode is in ON.

Displays your driving speed in mph or km/h.

Displays the approximate amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.

Shows the estimated distance you can travel

on the remaining power and fuel. This

estimate is based on the fuel economy and

energy consumption of your previous trips

and the remaining high voltage battery charge

level.

■Speedometer

■Fuel Gauge

■Range

1Gauges

Press the (display/information) button

repeatedly until the icon is shown on the driver

information interface. Press ENTER, then press and

hold it again. The speedometer reading and the

displayed measurements will switch between mph

and km/h.

1Fuel Gauge

NOTICE

You should refuel when the needle approaches .

Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire,

damaging the catalytic converter.

The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from

the fuel gauge reading.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 121 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuGauges

122

Instrument Panel

■Electric motor

The degree to which the electric motor is being powered is displayed by the readings

on the POWER side.

When you depress the accelerator pedal, the white needle on the gauge moves. The

curved blue line on the gauge shows the range within which only the electric motor

provides propulsion to the wheels. The length of this line varies depending on the

drive mode and the remaining power of the High Voltage battery. When the white

needle exceeds the curved blue line, the engine starts and the curved blue line turns

white.

■Battery charge in progress

The degree to which the High Voltage battery is being charged is displayed by the

readings on the CHARGE side when coasting or during deceleration.

■POWER/CHARGE Gauge

1Electric motor

The power output of the electric motor is restricted

when the high voltage battery charge level is running

low (one segment on the gauge).

If you accelerate aggressively, the engine may start

even though the white needle has not exceeded the

curved blue line.

Curved Blue Line

White Needle

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 122 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

123

uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuGauges

Instrument Panel

Shows the remaining high voltage battery charge level.

■High Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge

1High Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge

When the number of bars displayed on the High

Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge becomes one,

assist by the high-voltage battery is limited and the

vehicle output is lowered.

The high voltage battery charge level may decrease

under the following conditions:

•When the 12-volt battery has been replaced.

•When the 12-volt battery has been disconnected.

•When the high voltage battery control system

corrects its reading.

The charge level reading will be corrected

automatically while driving.

Changes in the temperature of the high voltage

battery can increase or decrease the battery’s

charging capacity. If temperature changes cause the

battery’s capacity to change, the number of

indicators in the battery charge level gauge may also

change, even if the amount of charge remains the

same.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 123 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

124

uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface

Instrument Panel

Driver Information Interface

The driver information interface shows the odometer, trip meter, outside

temperature indicator, and other gauges. It also displays important messages such

as warnings and other helpful information.

Press the (display/information) button and press or to change the

display. Press ENTER to see detailed information.

*1:You can add the content using the audio/information screen.

■Switching the Display

1Switching the Display

You can edit, add, or delete the meter contents using

the audio/information screen.

2Customizing the Meter P. 219

Press , ,

or .

Speed Unit &

Disp OFF

ECO Drive

Display

Power Flow

Monitor

CustomizeWarning

Messages

AudioAverage Speed/

Elapsed Time

Average/

Instant Fuel

Economy

Range Maintenance

Minder

Average Fuel

Economy

Records

Phone

Press ENTER.

(Display/

Information) Button

Navigation &

Compass

Mail

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 124 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

125

uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface

Continued

Instrument Panel

Press the TRIP button to change the display.

Odometer Trip A Trip B

Outside temperature

TRIP Button

TRIP

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 125 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface

126

Instrument Panel

Shows the total number of miles or kilometers that your vehicle has accumulated.

Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A

and B can be used to measure two separate trips.

■Resetting a trip meter

To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the TRIP button. The trip meter

is reset to 0.0.

Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).

■Adjusting the outside temperature display

Adjust the temperature reading up to ± 5°F or 3°C if the temperature reading seems

incorrect.

Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg or l/100 km.

The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel

economy is also reset.

■Odometer

■Trip Meter

■Outside Temperature

■Average Fuel Economy

1Trip Meter

Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by

pressing the TRIP button.

1Outside Temperature

The temperature sensor is in the front bumper.

Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can

affect the temperature reading when your vehicle

speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).

It may take several minutes for the display to be

updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.

Use the audio/information screen’s customized

features to correct the temperature.

2Customized Features P. 306

1Average Fuel Economy

You can change when to reset the average fuel

economy.

2Customized Features P. 306

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 126 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

127

uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface

Instrument Panel

Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg or l/100 km.

Shows the time elapsed since Trip A or Trip B was reset.

Shows the average speed in mph or km/h since Trip A or Trip B was reset.

Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the

navigation system.

2Refer to the Navigation System Manual

■Instant Fuel Economy

■Elapsed Time

■Average Speed

■Turn-by-Turn Directions

1Elapsed Time

You can change when to reset the elapsed time.

2Customized Features P. 306

1Average Speed

You can change when to reset the average speed.

2Customized Features P. 306

1Turn-by-Turn Directions

The driver information interface shows a compass

when the route guidance is not used.

You can select whether the turn-by-turn display

comes on or not during the route guidance.

2Customized Features P. 306

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 127 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

128

uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface

Instrument Panel

Shows the Maintenance Minder

2Maintenance Minder

P. 475

Shows the current audio information.

2Audio System Basic Operation P. 210

Shows the current mail information.

2Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 335

Shows the current phone information.

2Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 335

■Maintenance Minder

■Audio

■Mail

■Phone

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 128 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

129

uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface

Instrument Panel

Shows the estimated distance you can travel

on the remaining power and fuel. This

estimate is based on the fuel economy and

energy consumption of your previous trips

and the remaining high voltage battery charge

level.

Shows the average fuel economy for the last

three driving cycles (1 – 3), and the current

driving cycle (0) in mpg or l/100 km.

Each time you set the power mode to ON, the

display is updated, and the oldest record is

deleted.

■Range

1Range

The displayed range may change even when the

vehicle is stationary.

■Average Fuel Economy Records

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 129 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

130

uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface

Instrument Panel

■Eco Drive Display

The vehicle icon on the display moves forward or backward while driving.

The more aggressive the acceleration is, the further the icon moves forward.

The more aggressive the deceleration is, the further the icon moves backward.

Keep the icon near the center of the circle for better fuel economy while driving.

■Eco Drive Display/Drive Cycle Score/Lifetime Points

Aggressive

Deceleration

Moderate

Deceleration

Fuel-Efficient

Driving

Moderate

Acceleration

Aggressive

Acceleration

Vehicle Icon

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 130 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

131

uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface

Continued

Instrument Panel

■Drive Cycle Score/Lifetime Points

Appear for a few seconds when you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

Each has three stages. Depending on your driving style, the leaf icon(s) and the

gauge increase or decrease to indicate that you have reached a different stage of

fuel economy.

■Resetting the Drive Cycle Score

1. Make sure the transmission is in (P. Turn the power mode to ON.

2. If ECON mode is on, press the ECON button to turn it off.

3. Turn the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

4. Turn the power mode to ON again.

uMake sure to complete steps from 4 through 6 within 30 seconds.

5. Depress the brake pedal twice.

uThe color of the ambient meter will change from white to green.

uWhen the Fuel Efficiency Backlight setting on the audio/information display

is off, the color stays white.

6. Press the ECON button twice.

uThe color of the ambient meter will turn to monochrome.

7. Turn the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

Advancing to

2nd Stage

Advancing to

3rd Stage

Receding to

2nd Stage

Receding to

3rd Stage

Lifetime Points

Drive Cycle Score

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 131 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface

132

Instrument Panel

Displays the power flow of the motor and engine, indicating the vehicle's power

source and whether the battery is being charged.

■Power Flow Monitor

1Power Flow Monitor

While the vehicle is stationary with the engine

running, the following may appear on the driver

Information Interface.

Engine ON

Engine OFF

Power Flow

Engine

Power is supplied by

the motor and the

engine.

Hybrid (HV)

Power is supplied by

the motor.

Electric Vehicle (EV)

Power is being supplied

to charge the HV

battery and supply

power to the wheels.

Engine (Direct Drive)

The motor is charging

the High Voltage

battery.

Regeneration

Power is being

supplied by only

the engine.

The engine is running

and the motor is

charging the High

Voltage battery.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 132 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

133

uuGauges and Driver Information InterfaceuDriver Information Interface

Instrument Panel

•Shows the customized feature (charge timer).

2Using a Timer P. 467

•Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features.

2Customized Features P. 306

Sends and receives information between your

vehicle and smartphones.

When you set the power mode to VEHICLE

OFF, the telematics control unit signal

strength and high voltage battery charge

timer setting appear on the driver information

interface.

■Customized Features

■Telematics Control Unit

1Telematics Control Unit

If you are planning to use a smartphone, check the

telematics control unit signal strength before leaving

the vehicle.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 133 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

134

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 134 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

135

Controls

This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.

Clock .................................................. 136

Locking and Unlocking the Doors

Key Types and Functions .................. 137

Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength.. 138

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the

Outside .......................................... 139

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the

Inside ............................................. 146

Childproof Door Locks ..................... 148

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 149

Opening and Closing the Trunk....... 150

Security System ................................ 153

Immobilizer System .......................... 153

Security System Alarm...................... 153

Opening and Closing the Windows ...156

Operating the Switches Around the

Steering Wheel

POWER Button................................. 158

Turn Signals..................................... 161

Light Switches.................................. 162

Daytime Running Lights ................... 165

Wipers and Washers ........................ 166

Brightness Control ........................... 168

Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror

Button........................................ 169

Driving Position Memory System

.... 170

Adjusting the Steering Wheel .......... 172

Adjusting the Mirrors....................... 173

Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 173

Power Door Mirrors ......................... 174

Adjusting the Seats .......................... 175

Front Seats ...................................... 175

Interior Lights/Interior Convenience

Items ................................................ 183

Interior Lights .................................. 183

Interior Convenience Items .............. 185

Climate Control System ................... 193

Using Automatic Climate Control .... 193

Automatic Climate Control Sensors... 201

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 135 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

136

Controls

Clock

Adjusting the Clock

You can adjust the time manually in the audio/information screen, with the power

mode in ON.

■Using the Settings menu on the audio/information screen

1. Select Settings.

2. Select Clock.

3. Select Clock Adjustment.

4. Select or to change hour.

5. Select or to change minute, then

select OK.

■Adjusting the Time

1Adjusting the Clock

You can customize the clock display to show the 12

hour clock or 24 hour clock.

2Customized Features P. 306

You can turn the clock display in the audio/

information screen on and off.

2Customized Features P. 306

You cannot adjust the time while the vehicle is

moving.

You can also adjust the clock by touching the clock

displayed on the upper right corner of the display.

1. Touch the clock on the display.

2. Select Clock Adjustment.

3. Select or to change hour.

4. Select or to change minute, then select OK.

The clock is automatically updated through the

navigation system, so the time does not need to be

adjusted.

Models with navigation system

Models without navigation system

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 136 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

137

Continued

Controls

Locking and Unlocking the Doors

Key Types and Functions

This vehicle comes with the following keys:

Use the keys to turn on and off the power

system, and to lock and unlock the doors and

to open the trunk. You can also use the

remote transmitter to lock and unlock the

doors and trunk, and open the charge lid.

The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the

doors when the smart entry remote battery

becomes weak and the power door lock/

unlock operation is disabled.

To remove the built-in key, slide the release

knob and then pull out the key. To reinstall

the built-in key, push the built-in key into the

smart entry remote until it clicks.

1Key Types and Functions

All the keys have an immobilizer system. The

immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle

theft.

2Immobilizer System P. 153

Follow the advice below to prevent damage to the

keys:

•Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in

locations with high temperature or high humidity.

•Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them.

•Keep the keys away from liquids, dust and sand.

•Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the

battery.

If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the power

system may not activate, and the remote transmitter

may not work.

If the keys do not work properly, have them

inspected by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In

Hybrid dealer.

■Built-in Key

Built-in Key

Release Knob

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 137 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength

138

Controls

Contains a number that you will need if you

purchase a replacement key.

Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength

The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the smart entry remote when locking/

unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or to activate the power system.

In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or activating

the power system may be inhibited or operation may be unstable:

•Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment.

•You are carrying the smart entry remote together with telecommunications

equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices.

•A metallic object is touching or covering the smart entry remote.

■Key Number Tag

1Key Number Tag

Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a

safe place outside of your vehicle.

If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

If you lose your key and you cannot activate the

power system, contact an authorized Honda Clarity

Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

1Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength

Communication between the smart entry remote and

the vehicle consumes the smart entry remote’s

battery.

Battery life is about two years, but this varies

depending on regularity of use.

The battery is consumed whenever the smart entry

remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing

it near electrical appliances such as televisions and

personal computers.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 138 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

139

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

Continued

Controls

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

When you carry the smart entry remote, you

can lock/unlock the doors and open the trunk.

You can lock/unlock the doors within a radius

of about 32 inches (80 cm) of the outside door

handle or trunk release button.

■Locking the doors and trunk

Press the door lock button on the front door.

uSome exterior lights flash; the beeper

sounds; all the doors lock; and the

security system sets.

■Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System

1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

If the interior light switch is in the door activated

position, the interior light comes on when you unlock

the doors.

No doors opened: The light fades out after 30

seconds.

Doors relocked: The light goes off immediately.

2Interior Lights P. 183

1Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System

If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of

unlocking the vehicle with the smart entry system,

the doors will automatically relock.

You can lock or unlock doors using the smart entry

system only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.

Door Lock

Button

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 139 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

140

Controls

■Locking the doors and trunk (Walk

away auto lock)

When you walk away from the vehicle while

carrying the smart entry remote, the doors will

automatically lock.

The auto lock function activates when all

doors are closed, and the smart entry remote

is within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of the

outside door handle.

Exit vehicle while carrying smart entry remote

and close door(s).

1. While within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of

the vehicle.

uThe beeper sounds; the auto lock

function will be activated.

2. Carry the smart entry remote beyond about

5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle and remain

outside this range for 2 or more seconds.

uSome exterior lights flash; the beeper

sounds; all doors will then lock.

1Locking the doors and trunk (Walk away auto lock)

The auto lock function is set to OFF as the factory

default setting. The auto lock function can be set to

ON using the audio/information screen.

If you set the auto lock function to ON using the

audio/information screen, only the remote

transmitter that was used to unlock the driver’s door

prior to the setting change can activate auto lock.

2Customized Features P. 306

After the auto lock function has been activated,

when you stay within the locking/unlocking

operation range, the indicator on the smart entry

remote will continue to flash until the doors are

locked.

When you stay beside the vehicle within the

operation range, the doors will automatically lock

approximately 30 seconds after the auto lock

function activating beeper sounds.

When you open a door after the auto lock function

activating beeper sounds, the auto lock function will

be delayed until all doors are closed.

When all doors have been closed and the smart entry

remote is inside the vehicle, or if the smart entry

remote is not detected within about 5 feet (1.5 m) of

the vehicle, auto lock function will not be activated.

The activation range of

the auto lock function is

about 5 feet (1.5 m)

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 140 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

141

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

Controls

To temporarily deactivate the function:

1. Set the power mode to OFF.

2. Open the driver’s door.

3. Using the master door lock switch, operate

the lock as follows:

Lock Unlock Lock Unlock.

uThe beeper sounds and the function is

deactivated.

To restore the function:

•Set the power mode to ON.

•Lock the vehicle without using the auto lock

function.

•With the smart entry remote on you, move

out of the auto lock function operation

range.

•Open any door.

1Locking the doors and trunk (Walk away auto lock)

The auto lock function does not operate when any of

the following conditions are met.

•The smart entry remote is inside the vehicle.

•A door or the hood is not closed.

•The power mode is set to any mode other than

OFF.

•The smart entry remote is not located within a

radius of about 5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle

when you get out of the vehicle and close the

doors.

Auto lock function operation stop beeper

After the auto lock function has been activated, the

auto lock operation stop beeper sounds for

approximately two seconds in the following cases.

•The smart entry remote is put inside the vehicle

through a window.

•You are located too close to the vehicle.

•The smart entry remote is put inside the trunk.

If the warning beeper sounds, check that you are

carrying the smart entry remote. Then, open/close a

door and confirm the auto lock activation beeper

sounds once.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 141 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

142

Controls

■Unlocking the doors and trunk

Grab the driver’s door handle:

uThe driver’s door unlocks.

uSome exterior lights flash twice and the

beeper sounds twice.

Grab the front passenger’s door handle:

uAll doors unlock.

uSome exterior lights flash twice and the

beeper sounds twice.

Press the trunk release button:

uThe trunk unlocks and opens.

uSome exterior lights flash and the beeper

sounds.

2Using the Trunk Release Button P. 151

Trunk Release

Button

1Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System

•Do not leave the smart entry remote in the vehicle

when you get out. Carry it with you.

•Even if you are not carrying the smart entry remote,

you can lock/unlock the doors while someone else

with the remote is within range.

•The door may be unlocked if the door handle is

covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if

the smart entry remote is within range.

•If you grip a front door handle wearing gloves, the

door sensor may be slow to respond or may not

respond by unlocking the doors.

•After locking the door, you have up to two seconds

during which you can pull the door handle to

confirm whether the door is locked. If you need to

unlock the door immediately after locking it, wait

at least two seconds before gripping the handle,

otherwise the door will not unlock.

•The door might not open if you pull it immediately

after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle

again and confirm that the door is unlocked before

pulling the handle.

•Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may

not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the smart

entry remote if it is above or below the outside

handle.

•The smart entry remote may not operate if it is too

close to the door and door glass.

The light flash, beep and door unlock mode settings

can be customized using the audio/information

screen.

2Customized Features P. 306

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 142 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

143

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

Controls

■Locking the doors

Press the lock button.

Once:

uSome exterior lights flash, all the doors

lock, and the security system sets.

Twice (within five seconds after the first

push):

uThe beeper sounds and verifies the

security system is set.

■Unlocking the doors

Press the unlock button.

Once:

uSome exterior lights flash twice, and the

driver’s door unlocks.

Twice:

uThe remaining doors unlock.

■Using the Remote Transmitter

1Using the Remote Transmitter

If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of

unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter,

the doors will automatically relock.

You can change the relock timer setting.

2Customized Features P. 306

You can lock or unlock doors using the remote

transmitter only when the power mode is in VEHICLE

OFF.

The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so

the operating range may vary depending on the

surroundings.

The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is

open.

If the distance at which the remote transmitter works

varies, the battery is probably low.

If the LED does not come on when you press a

button, the battery is dead.

2Replacing the Button Battery P. 510

You can customize the door unlock mode setting.

2Customized Features P. 306

LED

Unlock

Button

Lock

Button

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 143 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

144

Controls

If the lock or unlock button of the smart entry remote does not work, use the key

instead.

2Replacing the Button Battery P. 510

Fully insert the key and turn it.

■Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key

1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key

When you lock the driver’s door with a key, all the

other doors lock at the same time. When unlocking,

the driver’s door unlocks first. Turn the key a second

time within a few seconds to unlock the remaining

doors.

You can customize the door unlock mode setting.

2Customized Features P. 306

Lock

Unlock

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 144 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

145

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

Controls

If you do not have the key on you, or if for some reason you cannot lock a door using

the key, you can lock the door without it.

■Locking the front doors

Push the lock tab forward

or push the

master door lock switch in the lock direction

, and close the door.

■Locking the rear doors

Push the lock tab forward and close the door.

■Lockout prevention system

The doors cannot be locked when the smart entry remote is inside the vehicle.

■Locking a Door Without Using a Key

1Locking a Door Without Using a Key

When you lock the driver’s door, all the other doors

lock at the same time.

Before locking a door, make sure that the key is not

inside the vehicle.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 145 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

146

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

Controls

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

■Locking a door

Push the lock tab forward.

■Unlocking a door

Pull the lock tab rearward.

■Using the Lock Tab

1Using the Lock Tab

When you lock the door using the lock tab on the

driver’s door, all of the other doors lock at the same

time.

When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the

driver’s door, only the driver’s door will unlock.

To Unlock

To Lock Lock Tab

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 146 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

147

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

Controls

Pull the front door inner handle.

uThe door unlocks and opens in one

motion.

Unlocking and opening the driver’s door from the inner handle unlocks all the other

doors.

To avoid all the doors to be unlocked, use the lock tab on the driver’s door to unlock,

then lock again before opening the door.

uThis setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to be

unlocked all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to Off using

the audio/information screen.

■Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle

1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle

The front door inner handles are designed to allow

front seat occupants to open the door in one motion.

However, this feature requires that front seat

occupants never pull a front door inner handle while

the vehicle is in motion.

Children should always ride in a rear seat where

childproof door locks are provided.

2Childproof Door Locks P. 148

Inner Handle

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 147 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks

148

Controls

Press the master door lock switch in as shown

to lock or unlock all the doors.

Childproof Door Locks

The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside

regardless of the position of the lock tab.

Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock

position, and close the door.

■When opening the door

Open the door using the outside door handle.

■Using the Master Door Lock Switch

1Using the Master Door Lock Switch

When you lock/unlock either front door using the

master door lock switch, all the other doors lock/

unlock at the same time.

Master Door Lock Switch

To Unlock

To Lock

■Setting the Childproof Door Locks

1Childproof Door Locks

To open the door from the inside when the

childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the

unlock position, lower the rear window, put your

hand out of the window, and pull the outside door

handle.

Unlock

Lock

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 148 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

149

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking

Controls

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking

Your vehicle locks or unlocks all doors automatically when a certain condition is met.

■Drive lock mode

All doors lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).

■Driver’s door open mode

All doors unlock when the driver’s door is opened.

■Auto Door Locking

■Auto Door Unlocking

1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking

You can turn off or change to another auto door

locking/unlocking setting using the audio/

information screen.

2Customized Features P. 306

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 149 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

150

Controls

Opening and Closing the Trunk

Precautions for Opening/Closing the Trunk

■Opening the trunk

Open the trunk all the way.

uIf it is not fully opened, the trunk lid may begin to close under its own weight.

■Closing the trunk

Keep the trunk lid closed while driving to:

uAvoid possible damage.

uPrevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle.

2Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 82

Using the Trunk Opener

Pressing the trunk opener on the driver’s door

unlocks and opens the trunk.

2When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 564

Trunk Opener

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 150 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

151

uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuUsing the Trunk Release Button

Controls

Using the Trunk Release Button

Push up the release button on the trunk lid

after the doors are unlocked.

2When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 564

Even if the trunk is locked, you can open the

trunk if you carry the smart entry remote.

uSome exterior lights flash and the beeper

sounds.

Using the Remote Transmitter

Press the trunk release button for

approximately one second to unlock and open

the trunk.

1Using the Trunk Release Button

•If you forget the remote inside, the beeper will

sound and the trunk will not close.

•A person who is not carrying the smart entry

remote can unlock the trunk if a person who is

carrying it is within range.

•If the beeper sounds after you close the trunk,

move the smart entry remote away from the trunk

and close again.

•The smart entry remote may not operate if it is too

close to the trunk.

Trunk Release

Button

1Using the Remote Transmitter

If the driver’s door is locked, the trunk will

automatically lock when you close it. Otherwise, you

will have to lock it manually.

Trunk

Release

Button

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 151 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

152

uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuEmergency Trunk Opener

Controls

Emergency Trunk Opener

The trunk release lever allows you to open the

trunk from inside for your safety.

Slide the release lever in the direction of the

arrow.

1Emergency Trunk Opener

Parents should decide if their children should be

shown how to use this feature.

Lever

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 152 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

153

Continued

Controls

Security System

Immobilizer System

The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from

starting the power system. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use

electronic signals to verify the key.

Pay attention to the following when pressing the POWER button:

•Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the POWER button.

•Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object.

•Do not bring a key from another vehicle’s immobilizer system near the POWER

button.

•Do not put the key near magnetic items. Electronic devices, such as televisions

and audio systems emit strong magnetic fields. Note that even a key chain can

become magnetic.

Security System Alarm

The security system alarm activates when the trunk, hood or doors are forcibly

opened. The alarm does not activate if the trunk or doors are opened with the key,

remote transmitter or smart entry system.

However, the alarm activates if a door is opened with the key and then the hood is

opened before the power mode is set to ON.

■When the security system alarm activates

The horn sounds intermittently and some exterior lights flash.

■To deactivate the security system alarm

Unlock the vehicle using the key, remote transmitter or smart entry system. The

system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated.

1Immobilizer System

NOTICE

Leaving the key in the vehicle can result in theft or

accidental movement of the vehicle.

Always take the key with you whenever you leave the

vehicle unattended.

Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.

Doing so may damage the system and make your

vehicle inoperable.

Canadian models only: Apply and hold the brake

pedal before turning the vehicle on the first time after

the 12-volt battery has been disconnected.

1Security System Alarm

Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.

Doing so may damage the system and make your

vehicle inoperable.

The security alarm continues for a maximum of two

minutes until the security system alarm deactivates.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 153 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm

154

Controls

■Setting the security system alarm

The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have

been met:

•The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

•The hood is closed.

•All doors and the trunk are locked from outside with the key, remote transmitter

or smart entry system.

■When the security system alarm sets

The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the

blinking interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system alarm is set.

■To cancel the security system alarm

The security system alarm is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the remote

transmitter, smart entry system, or the power mode is set to ON. The security system

alarm indicator goes off at the same time.

1Security System Alarm

Do not set the security system alarm when someone

is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can

accidentally activate when:

•Unlocking the door with the lock tab.

•Opening the trunk with the trunk opener or the

emergency trunk opener.

•Opening the hood with the hood release.

If the 12-volt battery goes dead after you have set the

security system alarm, the security alarm may go off

once the 12-volt battery is recharged or replaced.

If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by

unlocking a door using the key, remote transmitter or

smart entry system.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 154 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

155

uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm

Controls

■The panic button on the remote

transmitter

If you press the panic button for

approximately one second, the following will

occur for about 30 seconds:

•The horn sounds.

•Some exterior lights flash.

■Canceling panic mode

Press any button on the remote transmitter, or set the power mode to ON.

■Panic Mode

Panic

Button

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 155 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

156

Controls

Opening and Closing the Windows

Opening/Closing the Power Windows

The power windows can be opened and closed when the power mode is in ON,

using the switches on the doors.

The driver’s side switches can be used to open and close all the windows. The power

window lock button on the driver’s side must be switched off (indicator off) to open

and close the windows from anywhere other than the driver’s seat.

When the power window lock button is pressed, the indicator comes on and you

can only operate the driver’s window. Turn the power window lock button on if a

child is in the vehicle.

■Manual operation

To open: Push the switch down lightly, and

hold it until the desired position is reached.

To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it

until the desired position is reached.

■Automatic operation

To open: Push the switch down firmly.

To close: Pull the switch up firmly.

The window opens or closes completely. To

stop the window at any time, push or pull the

switch briefly.

■Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function

1Opening/Closing the Power Windows

The power windows can be operated for up to 10

minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE

OFF (LOCK).

Opening either front door cancels this function.

Auto Reverse

If a power window senses resistance when closing

automatically, it will stop closing and reverse

direction.

The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled

when you continuously pull up the switch.

The auto reverse function stops sensing when the

window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.

WARNING

Closing a power window on someone’s

hands or fingers can cause serious injury.

Make sure your passengers are away from

the windows before closing them.

Driver’s

Window

Switch

Front Passenger’s

Window Switch

Rear Passenger’s

Window Switches

Power

Window

Lock Button

Indicator

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 156 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

157

uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows

Controls

To open: Press the unlock button, and then

within 10 seconds, press it again and hold it.

If the windows stop midway, repeat the

procedure.

To open: Unlock the driver’s door with the

key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to

the central position, turn the key in the unlock

direction and hold it there.

To close: Lock the driver’s door with the key.

Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the

central position, turn the key in the lock

direction and hold it there.

Release the key to stop the windows at the

desired position. If you want further

adjustment, repeat the same operation.

■Opening the Windows with the Remote

Unlock

Button

■Opening/Closing the Windows with the Key

Open

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 157 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

158

Controls

Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel

POWER Button

■Changing the Power Mode

1POWER Button

POWER Button Operating Range

You can start the power system when the smart entry

remote is inside the vehicle.

The power system may also start if the smart entry

remote is close to the door or window, even if it is

outside the vehicle.

ON mode:

The POWER button is on (in red), if the power system

is on.

If the battery of the smart entry remote is getting

low, the power system may not start when you press

the POWER button. If the power system does not

start, refer to the following link.

2If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak

P. 537

Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON

when you get out.

Operating Range

VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)

The button is off.

The power to all electrical components is turned

off.

Press the button.

Without pressing

the brake pedal

ACCESSORY

The button blinks (in red).

Operate the audio system and other accessories

in this position.

The button blinks (in red).

All electrical components can be used.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 158 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

159

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluPOWER Button

Continued

Controls

If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the transmission in (P and the

power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode to

VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid draining the 12-volt battery.

If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning

beep sounds.

■Automatic Power Off

■Power Mode Reminder

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 159 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluPOWER Button

160

Controls

Warning buzzers may sound from inside and/

or outside the vehicle to remind you that the

smart entry remote is out of the vehicle. If the

buzzer continues even after the remote is put

back inside, place it to be within its

operational range.

■When the power mode is in ON

If the smart entry remote is taken out of the

vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed, a

warning buzzer sounds from both inside and

outside the vehicle. A warning message on

the driver information interface notifies the

driver inside that the remote outside of the

vehicle.

■When the power mode is in

ACCESSORY

If the smart entry remote is taken out of the

vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed, a

warning buzzer sounds from outside the

vehicle.

■Smart Entry Remote Reminder

1Smart Entry Remote Reminder

When the smart entry remote is within the system’s

operational range, and the driver’s door is closed, the

warning function cancels.

If the smart entry remote is taken out of the vehicle

after the power system has been turned on, you can

turn the power system off, but you can no longer use

ACCESSORY mode or restart the vehicle. Always

make sure if the remote is in your vehicle when you

operate the POWER button.

Removing the smart entry remote from the vehicle

through a window does not activate the warning

buzzer.

Do not put the smart entry remote on the dashboard

or in the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer

to go off. Under some other conditions that can

prevent the vehicle from locating the remote, the

warning buzzer may also go off even if the remote is

within the system’s operational range.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 160 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

161

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals

Controls

Turn Signals

The turn signals can be used when the power

mode is in ON.

■One-touch turn signal

When you lightly push up or down and release

the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals

and turn signal indicator blink three times.

This feature can be used when signaling for a

lane change.

Right Turn

Left Turn

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 161 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

162

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

Controls

Light Switches

Rotating the light switch turns the lights on

and off, regardless of the power mode

setting.

■High beams

Push the lever forward until you hear a click.

■Low beams

When in high beams, pull the lever back to

return to low beams.

■Flashing the high beams

Pull the lever back, and release it.

■Manual Operation

1Light Switches

If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)

while the lights are on, a chime sounds when the

driver’s door is opened.

When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the

instrument panel will be on.

2Lights On Indicator P. 97

Do not leave the lights on when the power system is

off because it will cause the 12-volt battery to

discharge.

If you sense that the level of the headlights is

abnormal, have the vehicle inspected by an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

High Beams

Flashing the high beams

Low Beams

Turns on parking, side marker,

tail, and rear license plate lights

Turns on headlights, parking,

side marker, tail, and rear

license plate lights

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 162 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

163

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

Controls

Automatic lighting control can be used when

the power mode is in ON.

When you turn the light switch to AUTO, the

headlights and other exterior lights will switch

on and off automatically depending on the

ambient brightness.

You can change the auto light sensitivity

setting.

2Customized Features P. 306

The headlights comes on when you unlock a

door in dark areas with the headlight switch in

AUTO.

uOnce you lock the door, the headlights

will go off.

■Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)

1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)

We recommend that you turn on the lights manually

when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas

such as long tunnels or parking facilities.

The light sensor is in the location shown below. Do

not cover this light sensor with anything; otherwise,

the automatic lighting system may not work properly.

Adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:

Setting The exterior lights come on

when the ambient light is at

Max

High

Mid

Low

Min

Light Sensor

Bright

Dark

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 163 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

164

Controls

The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within

a certain number of intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO.

The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.

The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15

seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), take the remote with

you, and close the driver's door.

If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the headlight switch on, but

do not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (3 minutes, if the switch

is in the AUTO position).

The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver’s door. If you unlock

the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the

driver’s door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.

■Headlight Integration with Wipers

■Automatic Lighting Off Feature

1Headlight Integration with Wipers

This feature activates while the headlights are off in

AUTO.

The instrument panel brightness does not change

when the headlights come on.

At dark ambient light levels, the automatic lighting

control feature turns on the headlights, regardless of

the number of wiper sweeps.

You can turn the headlight integration with wipers

function on and off.

2Customized Features P. 306

1Automatic Lighting Off Feature

You can change the headlight auto off timer setting.

2Customized Features P. 306

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 164 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

165

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDaytime Running Lights

Controls

Daytime Running Lights

The daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have been met:

•The power mode is in ON.

•The headlight switch is AUTO, or OFF.

•The parking brake is released.

The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake.

Setting the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) will turn off the daytime running

lights.

The daytime running lights are off once the headlight switch is turned on, or when

the headlight switch is in AUTO and it is getting darker outside.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 165 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

166

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

Controls

Wipers and Washers

The windshield wipers and washers can be

used when the power mode is in ON.

■MIST

The wipers run at high speed until you release

the lever.

■Wiper switch (OFF, INT, LO, HI)

Move the lever up or down to change the

wiper settings.

■Adjusting wiper operation

Turn the adjustment ring to adjust the wiper

operation.

■Washer

Sprays while you pull the lever toward you.

When you release the lever for more than one

second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two

or three more times to clear the windshield,

then stop.

■Windshield Wipers/Washers

1Wipers and Washers

NOTICE

Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry.

The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber

blades will get damaged.

Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out.

The pump may get damaged.

When the wiper motor is kept running under heavy

load for extended periods of time, this protection

feature is activated, and the wiper speed may

decrease or motor operation may stop temporarily.

This function will be canceled within a few minutes

once the load has been reduced; the wiper operation

returns to normal.

If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are

operating intermittently, the length of the wipe

interval shortens.

When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operation’s

shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become

the same.

NOTICE

In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the

windshield.

Operating the wipers in this condition may damage

the wipers. Use the defroster to warm the

windshield, then turn the wipers on.

MIST

OFF

LO: Low speed wipe

HI: High speed wipe

Pull to

use

washer.

INT

Intermittent Time

Adjustment Ring

Lower speed, fewer sweeps

Higher speed, more sweeps

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 166 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

167

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

Controls

1Wipers and Washers

If the wipers stop operating due to an obstacle such

as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe

place.

Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and set the power

mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then

remove the obstacle.

The washer jets are in the location shown below.

Washer Jets

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 167 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

168

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control

Controls

Brightness Control

When the power mode is in ON, you can use

the (+ or (- button to adjust instrument

panel brightness.

Brighten: Press the (+ button.

Dim: Press the (- button.

You will hear a beep when the brightness

reaches minimum or maximum. Several

seconds after adjusting the brightness, you

will be returned to the previous display.

■Brightness level indicator

The brightness level is shown on the display

while you are adjusting it.

1Brightness Control

Instrument panel brightness varies, depending on

whether the exterior lights are on or off. The

instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are

on.

When it is bright outside and the headlight

integration with the wiper is activated, the

instrument panel brightness does not change.

To cancel the reduced instrument panel brightness

when the exterior lights are on, press the

(+ button

until the brightness display is up to max, the beeper

sounds.

The brightness can be set differently for when the

exterior lights are on, and when they are off.

(+ Button

(- Button

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 168 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

169

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button

Controls

Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button

Press the rear defogger and heated door

mirror button to defog the rear window and

mirrors when the power mode is in ON.

The rear defogger and heated door mirrors

automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes

depending on the outside temperature.

However, if the outside temperature is 32°F

(0°C) or below, it does not automatically

switch off.

1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button

NOTICE

When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be

careful not to damage the heating wires.

It is critical to wipe the window from side to side

along the defogger heating wires.

This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off

when the window has been defogged.

Also, do not use the system for a long time while the

power system is stopped. This may weaken the 12-

volt battery, making it difficult to turn the power

system on.

When the outside temperature is below 41°F (5°C),

the heated door mirror may activate automatically for

10 minutes when you set the power mode to ON.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 169 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

170

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System

Controls

Driving Position Memory System

You can store two driver’s seat with the driving position memory system.

When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a remote transmitter, or smart

entry system, the seat adjusts automatically to one of the two preset positions.

•DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1.

•DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.

1Driving Position Memory System

Using the audio/information screen, you can disable

the automatic seat adjustment function.

2Customized Features P. 306

DRIVER 1 DRIVER 2

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 170 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

171

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System

Controls

1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the

driver’s seat to the desired position.

2. Press the SET button.

uYou will hear the beeper, and the

memory button indicator light will blink.

3. Press and hold memory button (1 or (2

within five seconds of pressing the SET

button.

uOnce the seat position has been

memorized, the indicator light on the

button you pressed stays on and you will

hear the double-beep.

1. Put the transmission into (P.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Press a memory button ((1 or (2).

uYou will hear the beeper, and the

indicator light will blink.

The seat will automatically move to the

memorized position. When it has finished

moving, you will hear the beeper, and the

indicator light stays on.

■Storing a Position in Memory

1Storing a Position in Memory

After you press the SET button, the storing operation

will be canceled when:

•You do not press the memory button within five

seconds.

•You readjust the seat position before the double-

beep.

•You set the power mode to any position except

ON.

Memory Button 1

Memory Button 2

SET Button

■Recalling the Stored Position

1Recalling the Stored Position

The seat will stop moving if you:

•Press the SET button or memory button (1 or (2.

•Adjust the seat position.

•Put the transmission into a position other than (P.

Memory Buttons

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 171 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

172

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel

Controls

Adjusting the Steering Wheel

The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you

can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.

1. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever

down.

uThe steering wheel adjustment lever is

under the steering column.

2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and

in or out.

uMake sure you can see the instrument

panel gauges and indicators.

3. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up

to lock the steering wheel in position.

uAfter adjusting the position, make sure

you have securely locked the steering

wheel in place by trying to move it up,

down, in, and out.

1Adjusting the Steering Wheel

WARNING

Adjusting the steering wheel position while

driving may cause you to lose control of the

vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.

Adjust the steering wheel only when the

vehicle is stopped.

To adjust

To lock

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 172 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

173

Controls

Adjusting the Mirrors

Interior Rearview Mirror

Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving

position.

When you are driving after dark, the

automatic dimming rearview mirror reduces

the glare from headlights behind you, based

on inputs from the mirror sensor. This feature

is always active.

■Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror

1Adjusting the Mirrors

Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and

adjusted for best visibility.

Adjust the mirrors before you start driving.

2Front Seats P. 175

1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror

The auto dimming function cancels when the

transmission is in (R.

Sensor

Down

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 173 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

174

uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors

Controls

Power Door Mirrors

You can adjust the door mirrors when the

power mode is in ON.

■Mirror position adjustment

L/R selector switch: Select the left or right

mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the

switch to the center position.

Mirror position adjustment switch: Press

the switch left, right, up, or down to move the

mirror.

The driver’s side door mirror has outer and

inner segments.

The outer segment is slightly curved to provide

a wider angle view than a standard flat mirror.

This wider view may help you check areas that

are not visible using a standard door mirror.

Selector

Switch

Adjustment

Switch

■Expanded View Driver’s Mirror

1Expanded View Driver’s Mirror

Objects visible in the outer segment of the driver’s

side door mirror appear smaller than objects in the

rest of the mirror. But in fact, they are closer than

they appear.

Do not rely on your mirrors. Always look to the side

and behind your vehicle before changing lanes.

Inner Segment

Outer Segment

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 174 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

175

Continued

Controls

Adjusting the Seats

Front Seats

Adjust the driver’s seat as far back as possible

while allowing you to maintain full control of

the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright,

well back in the seat and be able to

adequately press the pedals without leaning

forward, and grip the steering wheel

comfortably. The passenger’s seat should be

adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far

back from the front airbag in the dashboard

as possible.

■Adjusting the front power seats

1Adjusting the Seats

The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration

and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow

at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the

steering wheel and the chest.

Always make seat adjustments before driving.

WARNING

Sitting too close to a front airbag can result

in serious injury or death if the front

airbags inflate.

Always sit as far back from the front

airbags as possible while maintaining

control of the vehicle.

Move back.

Allow sufficient

space.

■Adjusting the Seat Positions

Horizontal

Position

Adjustment

Height

Adjustment

(Driver side only) Seat-back Angle

Adjustment

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 175 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats

176

Controls

■Adjusting the front manual seats

1Adjusting the front manual seats

Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and

forth to make sure it is locked in position.

Height Adjustment

(Driver side only)

Pull up or push down the lever

to raise or lower the seat.

Horizontal Position

Adjustment

Pull up on the bar to move the

seat, then release the bar.

Seat-back Angle

Adjustment

Pull up the lever to

change the angle.

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 176 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

177

uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats

Controls

Adjust the driver’s seat-back to a comfortable,

upright position, leaving ample space

between your chest and the airbag cover in

the center of the steering wheel.

The front seat passenger should also adjust

their seat-back to a comfortable, upright

position.

Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the

occupant’s chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the

chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a

seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.

■Adjusting the Seat-Backs

1Adjusting the Seat-Backs

Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the

seat-back and your back. Doing so may interfere with

proper seat belt or airbag operation.

If you cannot get far enough away from the steering

wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend

that you investigate whether some type of adaptive

equipment may help.

WARNING

Reclining the seat-back too far can result in

serious injury or death in a crash.

Adjust the seat-back to an upright position,

and sit well back in the seat.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 177 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

178

uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints

Controls

Head Restraints

Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints in all seating positions.

Head restraints are most effective for

protection against whiplash and other rear-

impact crash injuries when the center of the

back of the occupant’s head rests against the

center of the restraint. The tops of the

occupant’s ears should be level with the

center height of the restraint.

To raise the head restraint:

Pull it upward.

To lower the head restraint:

Push it down while pressing the release

button.

■Adjusting the Front Head Restraints Positions

1Head Restraints

In order for the head restraint system to work

properly:

•Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or

from the restraint legs.

•Do not place any objects between an occupant and

the seat-back.

•Install each restraint in its proper location.

WARNING

Improperly positioning head restraints

reduces their effectiveness and increases

the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.

Make sure head restraints are in place and

positioned properly before driving.

Position head in the center

of the head restraint.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 178 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

179

uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints

Controls

A passenger sitting in the center back seating

position should adjust the height of their head

restraint to an appropriate position before the

vehicle begins moving.

To raise the head restraint:

Pull it upward.

To lower the head restraint:

Push it down while pressing the release

button.

Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.

To remove a head restraint:

Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the

restraint up and out.

To reinstall a head restraint:

Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height

while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked

in position.

■Changing the Rear Center Seat Head Restraint Positions

■Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints

Front and rear center head restraints

1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints

WARNING

Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the

head restraints can result in severe injury

during a crash.

Always replace the head restraints before

driving.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 179 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

180

uuAdjusting the SeatsuMaintain a Proper Sitting Position

Controls

Maintain a Proper Sitting Position

After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their

seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their

seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the power

system is off.

Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if

an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or

sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly

increased.

In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or

fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an

inflating front airbag.

1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position

WARNING

Sitting improperly or out of position can

result in serious injury or death in a crash.

Always sit upright, well back in the seat,

with your feet on the floor.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 180 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

181

uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats

Controls

Rear Seats

1. Remove the center shoulder belt from the

guide.

2. Pull the release lever in the trunk to release

the lock.

3. Fold the seat-back down.

■60/40 Split Folding Down the Rear Seats

160/40 Split Folding Down the Rear Seats

The rear seat-back(s) can be folded down to

accommodate bulkier items in the trunk.

Never drive with a seat-back folded down and the

trunk lid open.

2Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 82

To lock the seat-back upright, push it backwards until

it locks.

When returning a seat-back to its original position,

push it firmly back. Also, make sure all rear shoulder

belts are positioned in front of the seat-back, and the

center shoulder belt is re-positioned in the guide.

Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press

against the front passenger seat, as this can cause the

weight sensors in the front passenger seat to work

improperly.

2Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator P. 67

Also make sure all items in the trunk or items

extending through the opening into the rear

seats are properly secured. Loose items can fly

forward if you have to brake hard.

The front seat(s) must be far enough forward so they

do not interfere with the rear seats as they fold

down.

Center

Shoulder Belt

Guide

Release

Lever

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 181 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

182

uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest

Controls

Armrest

The console lid can be used as an armrest.

Pull down the armrest in the center backrest.

■Using the Front Seat Armrest

■Using the Rear Seat Armrest

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 182 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

183

Continued

Controls

Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items

Interior Lights

■ON

The interior lights come on regardless of

whether the doors are open or closed.

■Door activated

The interior lights come on in the following

situations:

•When any of the doors are opened.

•You unlock the driver’s door.

•When the power mode is set to VEHICLE

OFF (LOCK).

■OFF

The interior lights remain off regardless of

whether the doors are open or closed.

■Interior Light Switches

1Interior Light Switches

In the door activated position, the interior lights fade

out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are

closed.

The lights go off after about 30 seconds in the

following situations:

•When you unlock the driver’s door but do not open

it.

•When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK) but do not open a door.

You can change the interior lights dimming time.

2Customized Features P. 306

The interior lights go off immediately in the following

situations:

•When you lock the driver’s door.

•When you close the driver’s door in ACCESSORY

mode.

•When you set the power mode to ON.

To avoid draining the 12-volt battery, do not leave

the interior light on for an extended length of time

when the power system is off.

If you leave any of the doors open in VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK) mode, the interior lights go off after about 15

minutes.

Off On

Door Activated Position

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 183 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights

184

Controls

The map lights can be turned on and off by

pressing the (map light) button.

■Map Lights

1Map Lights

When the interior light switch is in the door activated

position and any door is open, the rear map light will

not go off when you press the (map light) button.

Front

Rear

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 184 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

185

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Continued

Controls

Interior Convenience Items

Press the release button to open the glove

box.

■Glove Box

1Glove Box

The glove box light comes on when the parking lights

are on.

WARNING

An open glove box can cause serious injury

to your passenger in a crash, even if the

passenger is wearing the seat belt.

Always keep the glove box closed while

driving.

Glove Box

Release Button

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 185 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

186

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Controls

Pull the handle to open the console

compartment.

You can use the card holder located in the

console compartment lid.

■Console Compartment

Card Holder

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 186 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

187

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Controls

■Front seat beverage holders

The beverage holders have two bases, an

adjustable upper base and a fixed lower base.

For short cups, flip the upper base into

position by lowering the arm. For tall cups,

reverse the procedure.

■Door side beverage holders

Are located on the both of the front and rear

door side pockets.

■Beverage Holders

1Beverage Holders

NOTICE

Spilled liquids can damage the upholstery, carpeting,

and electrical components in the interior.

Be careful when you are using the beverage holders.

Hot liquid can scald you.

Arm

Front

Rear

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 187 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

188

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Controls

■Rear seat beverage holders

Pull down the armrest in the center backrest

and open the lid to use it.

Fold the armrest down to use the rear seat

beverage holders.

Lid

Except Canadian models

Canadian models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 188 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

189

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Controls

The accessory power sockets can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY

or ON.

■Accessory power socket (console panel)

Open the cover to use it.

■Accessory power socket (back of the

console compartment)

Open the cover to use it.

■Accessory Power Sockets

1Accessory Power Sockets

NOTICE

Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter

element. This can overheat the power socket.

The accessory power sockets are designed to supply

power for 12-volt DC accessories that are rated 180

watts (15 amps) or less.

To prevent 12-volt battery drain, only use the power

socket with the power system on.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 189 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

190

Controls

There is a coat hook on the rear left grab

handle. Pull it down to use it.

Pull up the cargo area floor lid.

■Coat Hook

1Coat Hook

The coat hook is not designed for large or heavy

items.

■Under-Floor Storage Area

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 190 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

191

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Controls

The power mode must be in ON to use the

seat heaters.

Press the seat heater button:

Once - The HI setting (three indicators on)

Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on)

Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on)

Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)

■Seat Heaters

1Seat Heaters

Avoid using seat heaters when the 12-volt battery

charge is low. The vehicle may be difficult to start.

After a certain period of time, the strength setting for

the seat heaters will automatically be reduced by one

level at a time until the seat heaters shuts off. The

elapsed time varies according to the interior

environment.

When the ECON mode is active, the driver’s side seat

heater functions according to the status of the

climate control system. If you want to use only the

climate control system, press the seat heater button

to OFF.

WARNING

Heat induced burns are possible when

using seat heaters.

Persons with a diminished ability to sense

temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,

lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or

with sensitive skin should not use seat

heaters.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 191 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

192

Controls

To open the sunglasses holder, press and

release the indent. To close, press it again until

it latches.

You can store eyeglasses and other small

items in this holder.

■Sunglasses Holder

1Sunglasses Holder

Keep the holder closed while driving except when

accessing stored items.

Press

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 192 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

193

Continued

Controls

Climate Control System

Using Automatic Climate Control

The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select.

The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers

the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.

1Using Automatic Climate Control

Press the CLIMATE button to display A/C, MODE,

fan control information on the audio/information

screen to operate manually. Select icon to turn on or

off A/C, change the vent mode, or change the fan

speed.

If any buttons/icons are pressed while using the

climate control system in auto, the function of the

button/icon that was pressed will take priority.

The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions

unrelated to the button/icon that was pressed will be

controlled automatically.

To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the

fan may operate at low speed for a while after the

AUTO button has been pressed.

If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down

more rapidly by partially opening the windows,

turning the system on auto, and setting the

temperature to low. Change the fresh air mode to

recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.

When you set the temperature to the lower or upper

limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.

Pressing the button switches the climate

control system between on and off. When turned on,

the system returns to your last selection.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 193 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

194

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

Controls

Use the system when the power system is on.

1. Press the AUTO button.

2. Adjust the interior temperature using the driver’s side or passenger’s side

temperature control dial.

3. Press the (ON/OFF) button to cancel.

/ (Fan Control)

Buttons

A/C (Air Conditioning) Icon

MODE Control Icon

(Dashboard vents and back

of the center console)

MODE Control Icon

(Dashboard and floor vents, and

back of the center console)

CLIMATE Button

Driver’s Side Temperature

Control Dial

AUTO Button

SYNC (Synchronization) Button

Passenger’s Side

Temperature Control Dial

MODE Control Icon

(Floor vents)

MODE Control Icon

(Floor and defroster vents)

(Recirculation) Button

(Fresh Air) Button (ON/OFF) Button

Fan Control Icon

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 194 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

195

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

Controls

■Switching the vent mode

1. Press the CLIMATE button.

2. Select a desired vent mode icon.

■A/C on and off

1. Press the CLIMATE button.

2. Select On or Off.

1Using Automatic Climate Control

When you unlock the doors with your remote, the

driver’s ID (DRIVER 1 or DRIVER 2) is detected, and

the climate control settings are turned to the

respective mode automatically when you set the

power mode to ON.

If any icons are not selected within several seconds

after the display is switched, it returns to the previous

screen. In this case, press the CLIMATE button again.

You can change the length of time the climate

control display stays on.

2Customized Features P. 306

While ECON mode is active, the climate control

system may have reduced cooling performance.

Models with driving position memory system

All models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 195 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

196

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

Controls

■Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes

Press the (recirculation) or (fresh air) button to switch the mode

depending on environmental conditions.

Recirculation mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior

through the system.

Fresh air mode (indicator on): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system

in fresh air mode in normal situations.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 196 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

197

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

Controls

Pressing the button turns the air

conditioning system on and automatically

switches the system to fresh air mode.

Press the button again to turn off, the

system returns to the previous settings.

■To rapidly defrost the windows

1. Press the button.

2. Press the button.

■Defrosting the Windshield and Windows

1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows

For your safety, make sure you have a clear view

through all the windows before driving.

Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower

limit.

When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the

windshield may fog up.

If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that

the air hits the side windows.

1To rapidly defrost the windows

After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air

mode.

If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the

windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes

visibility.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 197 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

198

Controls

You can set the temperature synchronously for the driver’s side and the passenger’s

side in synchronization mode.

1. Press the SYNC button.

uThe system switches to synchronization mode.

2. Adjust the temperature using the driver’s side temperature control dial.

To return to dual mode, you can either press the SYNC button again or turn the dial

of the passenger’s side temperature control unit.

■Synchronization Mode

1Synchronization Mode

When you press the button, the system changes

to synchronization mode.

When the system is in dual mode, the driver’s side

temperature and the passenger’s side temperature

can be set separately.

SYNC Button

Passenger’s Side Temperature

Control Dial

Driver’s Side Temperature

Control Dial

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 198 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

199

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

Controls

You can operate the climate control system from outside the vehicle.

■To turn on the system

1. Press the lock button.

uSome exterior lights flash.

2. Within about five seconds, press and hold

the climate button.

uSome exterior lights flash.

uAfter a few seconds, some exterior lights

flash six times and the climate control

system is turned on.

■To turn off the system

Press and hold the climate button.

uSome exterior lights flash and the climate

control system is turned off.

■Turning the Climate Control System On and Off with the

Remote

1Turning the Climate Control System On and Off with the Remote

The climate control system does not operate when

any of the following conditions are met.

•A door or the hood is not closed.

•The power mode is set to any mode other than

OFF.

•The brake pedal is being depressed.

•The High Voltage battery level is low.

When you use the climate control system while the

vehicle is charging, it is recommended that you set

the charging level to 240 volt charge.

WARNING

Make sure that no one is inside the vehicle

when you use the remote climate control

system. After a certain period of time has

elapsed, the system shuts off temporarily.

During this time, the interior of the vehicle

may heat up or cool down depending on

ambient temperatures. If a child is left

inside the vehicle, extreme temperature

exposure can result in death or serious

injury of the child.

Climate

Button

Lock

Button

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 199 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

200

Controls

1Turning the Climate Control System On and Off with the Remote

The climate control system automatically turned off

when any of the following conditions are met.

•The system has been operated for more than 30

minutes.

•The High Voltage battery level becomes low.

•A door or the hood is opened.

•The power mode is set to any mode other than

OFF.

•The brake pedal is being depressed.

If the charging connector is unplugged, the High

Voltage battery is used to power the climate control

system.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 200 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

201

uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors

Controls

Automatic Climate Control Sensors

The automatic climate control system is

equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill

any liquid on them.

Sensor

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 201 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

202

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 202 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

203

Features

This chapter describes how to operate technology features.

Audio System

About Your Audio System................ 204

USB Ports......................................... 205

Audio System Theft Protection ......... 206

Audio Remote Controls.................... 207

Audio System Basic Operation ........ 210

Audio/Information Screen ................ 211

Adjusting the Sound ........................ 236

Display Setup ................................... 237

Voice Control Operation .................. 239

Playing AM/FM Radio ....................... 243

Playing SiriusXM® Radio

................. 247

Playing an iPod ................................ 255

Song By Voice

(SBV)...................... 258

Playing Pandora®

........................... 262

Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 264

Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 267

HondaLink®..................................... 269

Wi-Fi Connection............................. 274

Siri Eyes Free .................................... 276

Apple CarPlay .................................. 277

Android Auto................................... 280

Audio Error Messages ...................... 284

General Information on the Audio

System

............................................. 288

Customized Features

............................306

HomeLink

Universal Transceiver

......332

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®............. 335

*1: Available only on U.S. models.

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 203 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

204

Features

Audio System

About Your Audio System

The audio system features AM/FM radio and SiriusXM® Radio service

. It can also

play USB flash drives, and iPod, iPhone and Bluetooth® devices.

You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel, the

remote controls on the steering wheel, or the icons on the touchscreen interface.

1About Your Audio System

SiriusXM® Radio

is available on a subscription basis

only. For more information on SiriusXM® Radio

contact an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer.

2General Information on the Audio System

P. 288

SiriusXM® Radio

is available in the United States and

Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.

SiriusXM®

is a registered trademark of SiriusXM

Radio, Inc.

iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc.

State or local laws may prohibit the operation of

handheld electronic devices while operating a

vehicle.

Remote Controls

iPod

USB Flash

Drive

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 204 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

205

uuAudio SystemuUSB Ports

Features

USB Ports

Install the device USB connector or the USB

flash drive to the USB port.

uThe USB port (1.5A) is for charging

devices, playing audio files and

connecting compatible phones with

Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.

uThe USB port (1.0A) is for playing audio

files on the USB flash drive and

connecting a cellular phone and

charging device.

1USB Ports

•Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the

vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may

damage it.

•We recommend using an extension cable with the

USB port.

•Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a

hub.

•Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard

disk drive, as the device or your files may be

damaged.

•We recommend backing up your data before using

the device in your vehicle.

•Displayed messages may vary depending on the

device model and software version.

If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try

reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To

reboot, follow the manufacturer’s instructions

provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.

The USB port can supply up to 1.0A or 1.5A of

power. It does not output 1.0A or 1.5A unless

requested by the device.

For amperage details, read the operating manual of

the device that needs to be charged.

Turn the power mode to ACCESSORY or ON first.

Under certain conditions, a device connected to the

port may generate noise in the radio you are listening

to.

USB charge

USB Port (1.5A)

USB Port (1.0A)

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 205 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

206

uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection

Features

Audio System Theft Protection

The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as

when the 12-volt battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the

system may display a code entry screen. If this occurs, reactivate the audio system.

■Reactivating the audio system

1. Set the power mode to ON.

2. Turn on the audio system.

3. Select and hold the audio system power icon for more than two seconds.

uThe audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a

connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize

the audio unit, you must go to an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer and have the audio unit checked.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 206 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

207

uuAudio System uAudio Remote Controls

Continued

Features

Audio Remote Controls

Allow you to operate the audio system while driving. The information is shown on

the driver information interface.

Buttons

Press or to cycle through the audio

mode as follows:

FM AM SiriusXM®

USB iPod

Bluetooth® Audio Pandora®

Apple

CarPlay/Android Auto

ENTER Button

•When listening to the radio and SiriusXM®

1. Press ENTER to switch the display to a preset list you stored in the preset buttons.

2. Press or to select a preset, then press ENTER.

•When listening to a USB flash drive

1. Press ENTER to display the folder list.

2. Press or to select a folder.

3. Press ENTER to display a list of tracks in that folder.

4. Press or to select a track, then press ENTER.

1Audio Remote Controls

Some modes appear only when an appropriate

device or medium is used.

Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,

some functions may not be available.

Press the (Hang-up/back) button to go back

to the previous command or cancel a command.

Press the button to switch display.

2Switching the Display P. 211

Button

ENTER Button

Button

(+ (- Bar

Button

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 207 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

208

uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls

Features

•When listening to an iPod

1. Press ENTER to display the iPod music list.

2. Press or to select a category.

3. Press ENTER to display a list of items in the category.

4. Press or to select an item, then press ENTER.

uPress ENTER and press or repeatedly until the desired mode you want

to listen to is displayed.

•When listening to Pandora®

1. Press ENTER to display the station list.

2. Press or to select an item, then press ENTER.

•When listening to Bluetooth®Audio

1. Press ENTER to display the track list.

2. Press or to select a track, then press ENTER.

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 208 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

209

uuAudio System uAudio Remote Controls

Features

(+ (- (Volume) Bar

Press (+: To increase the volume.

Press (-: To decrease the volume.

Buttons

•When listening to the radio

Press : To select the next preset radio station.

Press : To select the previous preset radio station.

Press and hold : To select the next strong station.

Press and hold : To select the previous strong station.

•When listening to an iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio

Press : To skip to the next song.

Press : To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.

•When listening to a USB flash drive

Press and hold : To skip to the next folder.

Press and hold : To go back to the previous folder.

•When listening to Pandora®

Press : To skip to the next track.

Press and hold : To select the next station.

Press and hold : To select the previous station.

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 209 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

210

Features

Audio System Basic Operation

To use the audio system function, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON.

: Select to go to the home screen.

2Using the audio/information screen

P. 212

: Select to display available options

including Sound, View Radio Text, Music

Search, and playback modes.

: Select to go back to the previous screen

when the icon is illuminated.

(Day/Night): Select to change the

audio/information screen brightness.

Select once and select (- or (+ to make

an adjustment.

uEach time you select , the mode

switches among the daytime mode,

nighttime mode and off mode.

1Audio System Basic Operation

Audio Menu Items

2Station List P. 244, 245

2Music Search List P. 256, 265

2Scan P. 245, 246, 254, 266

2Play Mode P. 257, 266

(Day/Night) Icon

(Home) Icon

(Back) Icon

(Menu) Icon

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 210 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

211

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Continued

Features

Audio/Information Screen

Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this display, you can go to various

setup options.

■Using the button

Press the (display) button to change the display.

■Switching the Display

1Using the button

You can edit, add, and delete the contents shown on

the driver information interface.

2Customizing the Meter P. 219

Driver Information

Interface

(Display) Button

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 211 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

212

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Features

■Using the audio/information screen

Select to go to the home screen.

Select Phone, Info, Audio, Settings, Navigation

, HondaLink, Smartphone

Connection (Apple CarPlay, Android Auto), App List ( ), or Instrument Panel.

■Phone

Displays the HFL information.

2Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 335

Home Screen

Models without navigation system

Models with navigation system

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 212 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

213

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Features

■Info

Displays Trip Computer or Clock/Wallpaper. Select on the Info Menu screen

to see all available options: Trip Computer, Voice Info, Clock/Wallpaper,

System/Device Information and Vehicle energy.

Trip Computer:

•Current Drive tab: Displays the current trip information.

•History of Trip A tab: Displays information for the three previous drives. The

information is stored every time you reset Trip A.

To delete the history manually, select Delete history on the History of Trip A

tab. The confirmation message appears on the screen, then select Yes.

Voice Info: Displays a list of all voice commands.

Clock/Wallpaper: Displays the clock and wallpaper.

System/Device Information:

•System Info: Displays the software version of the audio system.

•USB Info: Displays the memory usage of the USB device.

Vehicle energy:

Displays the energy flow screen.

2Energy flow screen P. 215

■Audio

Displays the current audio information.

1Audio/Information Screen

Touchscreen operation

•Use simple gestures - including touching, swiping

and scrolling - to operate certain audio functions.

•Some items may be grayed out during driving to

reduce the potential for distraction.

•You can select them when the vehicle is stopped or

use voice commands.

•Wearing gloves may limit or prevent touchscreen

response.

You can change the touchscreen sensitivity setting.

2Customized Features P. 306

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 213 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

214

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Features

■Settings

Enters the customizing menu screen.

2Customized Features P. 306

■Navigation

Displays the navigation screen.

2Refer to the Navigation System Manual

■HondaLink®

Displays the Hondalink® screen.

2HondaLink® P. 269

■Smartphone Connection

Connects with your smartphone

and allows some apps on your smartphone to be

used on the audio system.

2Apple CarPlay P. 277

2Android Auto P. 280

■App List ( )

Adds or removes apps or widgets on the Home screen.

2Home Screen P. 225

■Instrument Panel

Selects from three customizable settings for the driver information interface.

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 214 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

215

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Features

■Energy flow screen

The energy flow screen shows the vehicle’s power flow, and range.

1Energy flow screen

While the vehicle is stationary with the engine

running, the following may appear on the display.

Driving Range by Fuel

High Voltage Battery

Level Gauge

Engine IconDriving Range by High

Voltage Battery

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 215 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

216

Features

Shows the engine and High Voltage battery power flow, indicating what is

supplying power to the vehicle and/or charging the battery.

uThe indicator for the power transmission appears in blue, and for the battery

charging operation, in green.

Display Color of

indicators Vehicle’s Condition

Blue

While Driving:

Power is being supplied by the

engine.

Blue

While Driving:

Power is being supplied by the

High Voltage battery.

Blue

While Driving:

Power is being supplied by the

High Voltage battery and

engine.

1Energy flow screen

While the engine provides propulsion directly to the

wheels, the icon appears in the power flow

monitor on the screen.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 216 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

217

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Continued

Features

Display Color of

indicators Vehicle’s Condition

Green

While Decelerating:

High Voltage battery is being

charged by regenerative

braking and engine.

Green

While Decelerating:

High Voltage battery is being

charged by regenerative

braking.

When the engine is running,

the engine icon is turned on.

Blue and Green

While Driving:

Power is being supplied and

the High Voltage battery is

being charged by the engine.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 217 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

218

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Features

Display Color of

indicators Vehicle’s Condition

Green

When Stopped:

The vehicle is idle and the High

Voltage battery is being

charged by the engine.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 218 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

219

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Features

1. Select .

2. Select and hold an icon.

uThe screen switches to the customization

screen.

3. Drag and drop the icon to where you want

it to be.

4. Select OK.

uThe screen will return to the home

screen.

You can edit, add, or delete the meter contents on the driver information interface.

2. Settings

3. System

4. Configuration of Instrument Panel

■Changing the Home Screen Icon Layout

■Customizing the Meter

1Customizing the Meter

You can store up to three customized configurations.

To select or customize a configuration, press Swap

Config..

When you select Swap Config. during

customization, the settings you changed will be

saved.

When you select during customization, the

settings you changed will not be saved and you will

be returned to the Configuration of Instrument

Panel screen.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 219 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

220

Features

■Editing order

To change the order of the icons on the driver information interface, first select:

1. Edit Order

2. Select the icon you want to move.

uYou will see arrows on both sides of the

selected icon.

3. Select the left or right arrow repeatedly to

move the icon to your desired position.

4. Select OK.

uThe screen will return to the

Configuration of Instrument Panel

screen.

1Editing order

You can use an alternative method to change the

order of the icons. First select:

1. Edit Order

2. Select and hold the icon you want to move.

3. Drag and drop the icon to where you want it to

be.

4. Select OK.

uThe screen will return to the Configuration of

Instrument Panel screen.

Edit Order

Select

Arrow icons OK

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 220 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

221

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Features

■Adding contents

You can add icons to the driver information interface. To add icons, first select:

1. Add

2. Select an icon you want to add.

uYou will see a plus mark on the upper

right hand corner of the selected icon.

3. Select OK.

uThe screen will return to the

Configuration of Instrument Panel

screen.

1Adding contents

Icons that are grayed out cannot be selected.

If an icon has a plus mark in the upper-right corner, it

means that the icon has already been added.

Add

Select

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 221 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

222

Features

■Deleting contents

To delete contents on the driver information interface, first select:

1. Delete

2. Select an icon you want to delete.

uThe icon with an on the upper right

hand corner can be deleted.

3. Select OK.

uThe screen will return to the

Configuration of Instrument Panel

screen.

1Deleting contents

You can also delete contents by selecting:

1. Delete or Edit Order

2. Select and hold an icon you want to delete.

3. Drag and drop the icon to the trash icon.

4. Select OK.

uThe screen will return to the Configuration of

Instrument Panel screen.

Delete

Select

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 222 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

223

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Features

You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.

■Import wallpaper

You can import up to five images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash

drive.

1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB

port.

2USB Ports P. 205

2. Select Settings.

3. Select Clock.

4. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then open

the Wallpaper tab.

5. Select Add New.

uThe picture name is displayed on the list.

6. Select a desired picture.

uThe preview is displayed on the left side

on the screen.

7. Select Start Import to save the data.

uThe display will return to the wallpaper

list.

■Wallpaper Setup

1Wallpaper Setup

The wallpaper you set up on Clock Wallpaper/Type

cannot be displayed on the driver information

interface.

•When importing wallpaper files, the image must be

in the USB flash drive’s root directory.

Images in a folder cannot be imported.

•The file name must be fewer than 64 characters.

•The file format of the image that can be imported

is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).

•The individual file size limit is 5 MB.

•The maximum image size is 4,096 × 4,096 pixels. If

the image size is less than 800 × 480 pixels, the

image is displayed in the middle of the screen with

the extra area appearing in black.

•If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,

the No files detected message appears.

After changing the screen interface design, you can

change the wallpaper by following procedure.

1. Select .

2. Select and hold empty space on the home screen.

The pop-up menu appears on the screen.

3. Select Change wallpaper.

4. Select Gallery, Live wallpapers, or Wallpapers.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 223 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

224

Features

■Select wallpaper

1. Select Settings.

2. Select Clock.

3. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then open the Wallpaper tab.

uThe screen changes to the wallpaper list.

4. Select a desired wallpaper.

uThe preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.

uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.

5. Select Set.

uThe display will return to the wallpaper list.

■To view wallpaper once it is set

1. Select .

2. Select Info.

3. Select .

4. Select Clock/Wallpaper.

■Delete wallpaper

1. Select Settings.

2. Select Clock.

3. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then open the Wallpaper tab.

uThe screen changes to the wallpaper list.

4. Select a wallpaper that you want to delete.

uThe preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.

uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.

5. Select Delete.

uA confirmation message appears on the screen.

6. Select Yes to delete completely.

uThe display will return to the wallpaper list.

1Wallpaper Setup

From the pop-up menu, select Preview to see a

preview at full-size screen.

To go back to the previous screen, select OK, or

select .

When the file size is large, it takes a while to be

previewed.

To delete all wallpapers you add, select Delete All,

then Yes.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 224 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

225

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Features

■To change to a next screen

Selecting or , or swiping the screen left or right changes to the next screen.

■Home Screen

1Home Screen

The home screen has 5 pages (fixed). You cannot add

any more pages.

Select to go directly back to the first page of the

home screen from any page.

Swipe

Icon Icon Current page position

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 225 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

226

Features

■To use apps or widgets

1. Select .

2. Select App List or icon.

uThe App screen appears.

3. Select the app or widget you want to use.

Preinstall app list:

•Browser: Displays the web browser utilized

by smartphone and Wi-Fi connection.

•Calculator: Displays Calculator.

•Gallery: Displays images.

•Downloads: Displays the data

downloaded from the web browser and so

on.

•App Installer: Check with a Honda dealer

for apps that are available for installation.

•Search: Displays various retrieval screen.

1To use apps or widgets

Select and hold a selected app or widget to add that

app’s or widget’s shortcut on the home screen.

Pre-installed apps may not start up normally. If this

occurs, you need to reset the system.

2Defaulting All the Settings P. 331

If you perform Factory Data Reset, it may reset all

the settings to their factory default.

2Defaulting All the Settings P. 331

In case those apps still do not startup normally even

after Factory Data Reset, contact an authorized

Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

There is a possibility that a browser is shut down in

the situation of the use. In that situation, the screen

will return to before the browser startup.

Do not install apps other than those confirmed by a

Honda dealer. Installation of unauthorized apps may

introduce data corruption risks to your vehicle's

information and your privacy.

You can delete user installed apps by the following

procedure.

1. Select .

2. Select Settings.

3. Select System.

4. Select the Others tab.

5. Select Detail Information.

6. Select Apps.

7. Select an app that you want to delete.

8. Select Delete.

Pre-installed apps cannot be deleted.

(App list) Icon

App List Icon

Models without navigation system

Models with navigation system

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 226 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

227

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Continued

Features

■To add app or widget icons on the home screen

App or widget icons can be added on the home screen.

1. Select .

2. Select .

3. Select and hold empty space on the home

screen.

uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.

4. Select Add App or Add Widget.

uThe App/Widget screen appears.

Select and hold.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 227 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

228

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Features

5. Select and hold an app or widget icon you

want to add.

uThe screen switches to the customization

screen.

6. Drag and drop the icon to where you want

it to be.

7. Select OK.

uThe screen will return to the home

screen.

Select and hold.

Drag and drop.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 228 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

229

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Features

■To move icons on the home screen

You can change location on the home screen.

1. Select and hold an icon.

uThe screen switches to the customization

screen.

2. Drag and drop the icon to where you want

it to be.

3. Select OK.

uThe screen will return to the home

screen.

1To move icons on the home screen

You can also move the Phone, Info, Audio,

Settings, Navigation

, HondaLink, Smartphone

Connection, App List ( ), and Instrument Panel

icons in the same manner.

Select and hold.

Drag and drop.

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 229 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

230

Features

■To remove icons on the home screen

You can delete the icons on the home screen.

1. Select and hold an icon.

uThe screen switches to the customization

screen.

2. Drag and drop the icon you want to remove

to the trash icon.

uThe icon is removed from the home

screen.

3. Select OK.

uThe screen will return to the home

screen.

1To remove icons on the home screen

You cannot delete the Phone, Info, Audio,

Settings, Navigation

, HondaLink, Smartphone

Connection, App List ( ), and Instrument Panel

icons.

Apps or widgets will not be deleted by deleting the

icon on the home screen.

Select and hold.

Drag and drop to

the trash icon.

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 230 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

231

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Continued

Features

■To change the home screen wallpaper

You can change a wallpaper of the home screen.

1. Select and hold empty space on the home

screen.

uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.

2. Select Change wallpaper.

uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.

3. Select an app for selecting wallpapers.

4. Select the wallpaper you want to change.

5. Select Set wallpaper.

uThe wallpaper is changed, then the

screen will return to the home screen.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 231 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

232

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Features

1. Swipe the upper area of the screen.

uThe status area appears.

2. Select an item to see the details.

3. Select or swipe up the bottom bar to

close the area.

■Status Area

Swipe

Status Area Bar

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 232 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

233

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Features

You can change the screen interface design.

1. Select .

2. Select Settings.

3. Select System.

4. Select the Others tab.

5. Select Change Skin.

6. A confirmation message appears on the

screen. Select Yes.

■Changing the Screen Interface

1Changing the Screen Interface

After changing the screen interface design, you can

change the wallpaper by following procedure.

1. Select .

2. Select and hold empty space on the home screen.

The pop-up menu appears on the screen.

3. Select Change wallpaper.

4. Select Gallery, Live wallpapers, or Wallpapers.

If you change the screen interface, some of the

setting items will change.

2Customized Features P. 306

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 233 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

234

Features

You can change menu icons on the right side of Audio, Phone, and Info screen.

1. Select and hold menu icon.

2. Select or icon, then Audio, Phone,

or Info from Menu Customize.

3. Select and hold the menu icon you want to

change, then drag and drop the icon to the

bottom.

4. Select and hold the menu icon you want to

add, then drag and drop the icon to above.

5. Select OK.

■Menu Customize

1Menu Customize

You can also use the method below to change menu

icon:

Select Settings System Home tab Menu Icon

Position

Select and hold

Menu Icons

To change Menu Icon

To add

Drag and drop

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 234 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

235

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Features

You can close specific apps running in the background on the system.

1. Select and hold .

2. Select the Active tab.

uIf you select the Active/History tab, you

can close the apps that are currently

running and delete the app activity

history simultaneously.

3. Select an app you want to close.

4. Select Clear.

uThe display will return to the app list.

■Closing Apps

1Closing Apps

If you have a number of apps running in the

background and something goes wrong with the

audio system, some of those apps may not work

properly. If this happens, close all the apps and re-

launch the app/apps that you want to use.

To close all apps on the system, select Clear All, then

Yes.

You cannot close the HondaLink® and Garmin

apps.

Active Application

Gallery

Navigator

Calculator

Active/History Active

Clear ALL

Task Manager

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 235 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

236

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound

Features

Adjusting the Sound

1. Select .

2. Select Audio.

3. Select .

4. Select Sound.

Select a tab from the following choices:

•BAS-MID-TRE: Bass, Middle, Treble

•FAD-BAL: Fader, Balance

•SVC: Speed Volume Compensation

1Adjusting the Sound

The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.

SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle

speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As

you slow down, audio volume decreases.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 236 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

237

uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup

Continued

Features

Display Setup

You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen.

1. Select .

2. Select Settings.

3. Select System.

4. Select the Display tab.

5. Select Display Settings.

6. Select the setting you want.

7. Select OK.

1. Select .

2. Select Settings.

3. Select System.

4. Select the Display tab.

5. Select Background Color.

6. Select the setting you want.

7. Select OK.

■Changing the Screen Brightness

1Changing the Screen Brightness

You can change the Contrast and Black Level

settings in the same manner.

12ᾉ34

■Changing the Screen’s Color Theme

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 237 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

238

uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup

Features

Select the current source icon, then select an icon on the source list to switch the

audio source.

Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.

You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.

■Selecting an Audio Source

■Limitations for Manual Operation

Select the source icon. Source Select Screen

Source List Icons

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 238 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

239

uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation

Continued

Features

Voice Control Operation

Your vehicle has a voice control system that allows hands-free operation.

The voice control system uses the (Talk) and (hang-up/back) buttons on

the steering wheel and a microphone near the map lights in the ceiling.

To achieve optimum voice recognition when using the voice control system:

•Make sure the correct screen is displayed for the voice command that you are

using.

The system recognizes only certain commands.

Available voice command P. 240

•Close the windows.

•Adjust the dashboard and side vents so air does not blow onto the microphone in

the ceiling.

•Speak clearly in a natural speaking voice without pausing between words.

•Reduce any background noise if possible. The system may misinterpret your

command if more than one person is speaking at the same time.

■Voice Recognition

1Voice Control Operation

When you press the button, a helpful prompt asks

what you would like to do. Press and release the

button again to bypass this prompt and give a

command.

1Voice Recognition

The voice control system can only be used from the

driver’s seat because the microphone unit removes

noises from the front passenger’s side.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 239 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

240

uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation

Features

When the (Talk) button is pressed,

available voice commands appear on the

screen.

For a complete list of commands, say “Voice

Help” after the beep or select Voice Help.

You can see the list of commands in Voice

Info on the Info Menu screen. Select Info,

then select .

The system only recognizes the commands

on the following pages, at certain screens.

Free form voice commands are not

recognized.

*1: Models with navigation system

■Voice Portal Screen ■

Phone Call

This can be only used when the phone is

connected. When the system recognizes the

Phone call command, the screen will

change to the voice recognition screen for

phone commands.

•Dial by Number

•Call History

•Redial

•Call <Your contact Name>

•Call <Phone Number>

•Call Police

•Call 911

Phone Call commands are not available if

using Apple CarPlay.

■Music Search

This can be only used when the iPod or USB

device is connected.

■Climate Control

When the system recognizes the Climate

Control command, the screen will change

the dedicated screen to the climate control

voice recognition screen.

2Climate Control Commands

P. 242

■Audio

When the system recognizes the Audio

command, the screen will change to the

audio voice recognition screen.

•Audio On

•Audio Off

•Radio FM

•Radio AM

•Radio SXM

•PANDORA

•iPod

•USB

•Other Sources

Pandora®

cannot be used while Android

Auto is active.

■Navigation

The screen changes to the navigation

screen.

2Refer to the Navigation System Manual

■HondaLink®

This can be only used when the phone is

connected.

*2: These commands toggle the function

on and off, so the command may not match

your intended action.

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 240 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

241

uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation

Continued

Features

■Voice Setting

The screen changes to the Voice Recog.

tab on the System Settings screen.

■Voice Help

You can see a list of the available

commands on the screen.

•Useful Commands

•Phone Commands

•Audio Commands

•On Screen Commands

•Music Search Commands

•General Commands

•Climate Control Commands

The system accepts these commands on the

voice portal top screen.

•Call <Phone Number>

•Call <Your contact Name>

•What time is it?

•What is today’s date?

*1: Models with navigation system

■Useful Commands

The system accepts these commands on the

dedicated screen for the voice recognition

of the phone.

•Call by number

•Call by name

•Call <Phone Number>

•Call <Your contact Name>

The system accepts these commands on the

dedicated screen for the voice recognition

of the audio.

■Radio FM Commands

•Radio tune to <87.7-107.9> FM

•Radio tune to <87.7 -107.9> HD <1-8>

•Preset <1-12>

■Radio AM Commands

•Radio tune to <530-1710> AM

•Preset <1-6>

■Phone Commands

■Audio Commands

■Radio SXM Commands

•SXM channel <1-999>

•SXM channel <channel name, category

name, traffic and weather city name,

sports team name>

•SXM preset <1-12>

■Pandora Commands

•PANDORA play

■iPod Commands

•iPod play

•iPod play track <1-30>

•Music Search

•What album is this?

•What am I listening to?

■USB Commands

•USB play

•USB play track <1-30>

•Music Search

•What album is this?

•What am I listening to?

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 241 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

242

uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation

Features

■Bluetooth® audio Commands

•Bluetooth® audio play

NOTE:

Bluetooth® Audio commands may not work

on some phones or Bluetooth® Audio

devices.

When On Screen Commands is selected,

the explanation screen is displayed.

The system accepts these commands on the

Music Search screen.

■Using Song By Voice

Song By Voice

is a feature that allows you

to select music from your iPod or USB device

using Voice Commands. To activate this

mode, you must push the talk switch and

say: “Music search”.

*1: Models with navigation system

■On Screen Commands

■Music Search Commands

■

Song By Voice Commands

•What am I listening to?

•Who am I listening to?

•Who is this?

•What’s playing?

•Who’s playing?

•What album is this?

■Play Commands

•Play artist <Name>

•Play track/song <Name>

•Play album <Name>

•Play genre/category <Name>

•Play playlist <Name>

•Play composer <Name>

■List Commands

•List artist <Name>

•List album <Name>

•List genre/category <Name>

•List playlist <Name>

•List composer <Name>

•What time is it?

•What is today’s date?

■General Commands

•Climate Control On

•Climate Control Off

•Fan speed <1-7>

•Temperature max heat

•Temperature max cool

•Temperature <57-87> degrees

•Temperature <18-32> degrees

•Defrost On

•Defrost Off

•Air conditioner On

•Air conditioner Off

•More

•Climate Control Automatic

•Vent

•Dash and floor

•Fan speed up

•Fan speed down

•Floor vents

•Floor and Defrost

•Temperature up

•Temperature down

*2: These commands toggle the function

on and off, so the command may not match

your intended action.

*3: U.S. models

*4: Canadian models

■Climate Control Commands

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 242 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

243

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

Continued

Features

Playing AM/FM Radio

*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.

VOL (Volume) Icons

Select to adjust the volume.

(Back) Icon

Select to go back to the previous display.

/AUDIO (Power/Audio) Icon

Select to turn the audio system

on and off.

Open/Close Icon

Displays/hides the detailed

information.

(Menu) Icon

Select to display the menu items.

Tune Icons

Select or to tune the radio frequency.

Audio/Information Screen

Scan Icon

Select to scan each station with a strong signal.

Preset Icons

Tune the preset radio frequency.

Select and hold the preset icon to

store that station. Select to

display preset 7 onwards.

Driver Information Interface

Seek Icons

Select or to search the selected band

up or down for a station with a strong signal.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 243 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

244

Features

To store a station:

1. Tune to the selected station.

2. Select and hold the preset number for the station you want to store.

You can also store a preset station by the following procedure.

1. Tune to the selected station.

2. Select the open/close icon to display a list.

3. Select the Preset tab.

4. Select and hold the preset number for the station you want to store.

Lists the strongest stations on the selected band.

1. Select the open/close icon to display a list.

2. Select the Station List tab.

3. Select the station.

■Manual update

Updates your available station list at any time.

1. Select the open/close icon to display a list.

2. Select the Station List tab.

3. Select Refresh.

■Preset Memory

■Station List

1Playing AM/FM Radio

The ST indicator appears on the display indicating

stereo FM broadcasts.

Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.

Switching the Audio Mode

Press the or button on the steering wheel or

select SOURCE on the screen.

2Audio Remote Controls P. 207

You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into

preset memory.

HD Radio Technology manufactured under license

from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign

Patents. HD Radio

and the HD, HD Radio, and

“Arc” logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity

Digital Corp.

HD Radio

stations not available in all locations in

Canada.

Models with HD Radio

feature

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 244 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

245

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

Features

Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds. To turn

off scan, select Cancel or .

Displays the subchannel list when an HD Radio

station is selected while listening to

an FM station.

1. Select .

2. Select HD Radio Subchannel.

3. Select the channel number.

Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.

■To find an RDS station from Station List

1. Select the open/close icon to display a list while listening to an FM station.

2. Select the Station List tab.

3. Select the station.

■Manual update

Updates your available station list at any time.

1. Select the open/close icon to display a list while listening to an FM station.

2. Select the Station List tab.

3. Select Refresh.

■Scan

■HD Subchannel

■Radio Data System (RDS)

Models with HD Radio

feature

1Radio Data System (RDS)

When you select an RDS-capable FM station, the RDS

automatically turns on, and the frequency display

changes to the station name. However, when the

signals of that station become weak, the display

changes from the station name to the frequency.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 245 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

246

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

Features

■Radio text

Displays the radio text information of the selected RDS station.

1. Select .

2. Select View Radio Text.

■Scan

Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.

To turn off scan, select Cancel or .

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 246 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

247

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio

Continued

Features

Playing SiriusXM® Radio

*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.

VOL (Volume) Icons

Select to adjust the volume.

(Back) Icon

Select to go back to the previous display.

/AUDIO (Power/Audio) Icon

Press to turn the audio system on

and off.

Open/Close Icon

Displays/hides the detailed

information.

(Menu) Icon

Select to display the menu items.

Category Icons

Select or to display and select a

SiriusXM® Radio category.

Audio/Information Screen

Scan Icon

Select to scan each channel.

Preset Icons

Tune the preset radio station.

Select and hold the preset icon to

store that station. Select to

display preset 7 onwards.

Skip Icons

Select or to change section in the channel.

Select and hold to move rapidly within the section.

Driver Information Interface

Album Art

Station Art

Channel Icons

Select or to the previous

or next channel.

Select and hold to rapidly skip 10

channels at a time.

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 247 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio

248

Features

1. Select .

2. Select Tune Mode.

3. Select Channel Mode or Category Mode.

■To Change the Tune Mode

1Playing SiriusXM® Radio

In the channel mode, all available channels are

selectable. In the category mode, you can select a

channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).

There may be instances when SiriusXM® Radio does

not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title).

This does not indicate a problem with your audio

system.

SiriusXM® Radio stations load in ascending order,

which can take about a minute. Once they have

loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make

your selections.

Switching the Audio Mode

Press the or button on the steering wheel or

select SOURCE on the screen.

2Audio Remote Controls P. 207

Tune Start:

When you change to a preset channel, a song being

played on that channel restarts from the beginning

with this function. This can be turned on or off from

the Audio settings screen.

2Customized Features P. 306

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 248 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

249

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio

Features

To store a channel:

1. Tune to the selected channel.

2. Press and hold the preset number for the station you want to store.

uIf Multiple Channel Mix Preset setting to On, then select Replace.

You can also store a channel by the following procedure.

1. Tune to the selected channel.

2. Select the open/close icon to display a list.

3. Select the Preset tab.

4. Select and hold the preset number for the station you want to store.

■Multi-channel preset (for music channels only)

You can store up to five of your preferred music channels to preset numbers.

1. Tune a station.

2. Select the open/close icon to display a list.

3. Select the Preset tab.

4. Select and hold the preset number you

want to add a music channel.

uA message appears if there are no

available presets.

5. Select Combine.

■Preset Memory

1Playing SiriusXM® Radio

You can store 12 SiriusXM® channels into the preset

memory.

1Multi-channel preset (for music channels only)

To store a multi-channel preset, you need to setup

the Multiple Channel Mix Preset setting to On.

2Customized Features P. 306

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 249 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio

250

Features

Suggested channel listing received from SiriusXM® can be displayed and selected.

1. Select the open/close icon to display a channel list.

2. Select the Channel tab.

3. Select the featured channel list title you want to listen to.

uThe selected channel list of the title is displayed.

4. Select the channel.

■Listening to Featured Channels

1Listening to Featured Channels

Up to three featured channels by SiriusXM® can be

displayed.

Featured channel lists are at the top of the channel

list.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 250 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

251

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio

Features

The system can record up to the last 60 minutes of your currently tuned channel’s

broadcast, as well as the last 30 minutes of your preset channel’s broadcast, starting

from the moment you turn the vehicle on. If you tuned to a preset channel, the

system records up to 60 minutes of a broadcast instead of up to 30 minutes. You

can rewind and replay the last 30 or 60 minutes of a broadcast.

1. Select .

2. Select Playback.

3. Move the time marker to the position you want to replay.

The following items are available on the pop-up screen:

(Skip Down): Skips to the previously stored channel. Select and hold to fast-

rewind the current selection.

(Skip Up): Skips to the next channel. Select and hold to fast-forward the

current selection.

(15sec Back): Select to skip back 15 seconds in the current selection. Select and

hold to fast-rewind the current selection.

(15sec Skip): Select to skip forward 15 seconds in the current selection. Select

and hold to fast-forward the current selection.

uSelect OK to close the pop-up menu. Replay in playback mode continues.

To play or pause on playback mode:

1. Select .

2. Select Play/Pause.

■Replay Function

1Replay Function

The system starts storing broadcast in memory when

the power mode is turned ON. You can go back to

the program from that point.

You can no longer replay any program once the

power mode is turned off as it erases memory.

You can check how long the program has been

stored in memory from the audio/information screen.

After 30 or 60 minutes of recording the system will

automatically start deleting the oldest data.

(A): Shows how much time the replayed segment is

behind the real-time broadcast

(B): Replayed segment

(C): Length stored in memory

When you listen a multi-channel preset while at the

playback mode, the replayed segment is not

displayed.

Audio/Information Screen

(C)

(B)

(A)

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 251 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio

252

Features

■Returning to real-time broadcast

1. Select .

2. Select Go to Live.

While listening to other channels, you can receive sports alerts such as scores from

the games of your favorite teams.

■To set up a favorite team

1. Select .

2. Select Settings.

3. Select Audio.

4. Select SportsFlash Setup.

5. Select Favorite Team.

6. Select a team.

■To set up an alert message

1. Select .

2. Select Settings.

3. Select Audio.

4. Select SportsFlash Setup.

5. Select Interrupt.

6. Select On(One Time) or On(Continue).

■Live Sports Alert

1Live Sports Alert

The sports alert function is available in SiriusXM®

mode only.

1To set up a favorite team

Sports alerts cut in only when SiriusXM® mode is on.

Selecting On(One Time) from the customized

settings disables the alert feature next time you turn

the power mode to ON.

2Customized Features P. 306

You can also set up a favorite team by the following

procedure.

1. Select Audio.

2. Select .

3. Select Setting.

4. Select SportsFlash Setup.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 252 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

253

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio

Features

■To set up an alert beep

1. Select .

2. Select Settings.

3. Select Audio.

4. Select SportsFlash Setup.

5. Select Interrupt Beep.

6. Select On.

■Receiving a sports alert

1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a sports alert.

2. Select Listen.

uYou can use the same items as the playback mode pop-up screen.

2Replay Function P. 251

To go back to the previous screen, select Back.

■Listening to a missed sports alert

If you have missed a sports alert:

1. Select .

2. Select SportsFlash List.

3. Select alert.

1To set up an alert beep

You can also set up a alert beep by the following

procedure.

1. Select Audio.

2. Select .

3. Select Setting.

4. Select SportsFlash Setup.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 253 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio

254

Features

You can receive traffic and weather information.

■To set up a traffic & weather information

1. Select .

2. Select Settings.

3. Select Audio.

4. Select Traffic & Weather Setup.

5. Select the region.

uWhen you do not want to receive the information, select Unregistered.

■Listening a traffic and weather information

1. Select .

2. Select Traffic & Weather.

uPlay mode can also use the any items same as playback mode.

2Replay Function P. 251

To go back to the previous screen, select OK.

Sample each channel on the selected mode for 10 seconds.

1. Select Scan.

2. Select Scan Channels.

uYou can select the desired channel by songs using Scan Song in Preset.

To turn off scan, select Cancel.

■Traffic and Weather Information

■Scan

1Traffic and Weather Information

The traffic and weather information function at

SiriusXM® mode only.

You can also set up the traffic and weather

information by the following procedure.

1. Select Audio.

2. Select .

3. Select Setting.

4. Select Traffic & Weather Setup.

Traffic & Weather Now are registered trademarks of

SiriusXM® Radio, Inc.

1Scan

The “Scan Songs in Preset” function is based on

TuneScan

technology of SiriusXM®.

The “Featured Channels” function is based on

Featured Favorites

technology of SiriusXM®.

TuneScan

and Featured Favorites

are registered

trademarks of SiriusXM® Radio, Inc.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 254 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

255

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

Continued

Features

Playing an iPod

Connect the iPod using your USB connector to the USB port, then select the iPod

mode.

2USB Ports P. 205

*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.

VOL (Volume) Icons

Select to adjust the volume.

(Back) Icon

Select to go back to the previous

display.

Song Icons

Select or to change songs.

Select and hold to move rapidly

within a song.

/AUDIO (Power/Audio) Icon

Select to turn the audio system

on and off.

Open/Close Icon

Displays/hides the detailed

information.

(Menu) Icon

Select to display the menu items.

Cover Art

Audio/Information Screen

Play/Pause Icon

Driver Information Interface

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 255 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

256

Features

1. Select and select Music Search.

2. Select the items on that menu.

■How to Select a Song from the Music Search List

1Playing an iPod

Available operating functions vary on models or

versions. Some functions may not be available on the

vehicle’s audio system.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message

on the audio/information screen.

2iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 284

If you operate any music app on your iPhone/iPod

while the phone is connected to the audio system,

you may no longer be able to operate the same app

on the audio/information screen.

Reconnect the device if necessary.

Category

Selection

Item Selection

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 256 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

257

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

Features

You can select shuffle and repeat modes when playing a file.

Select a play mode.

■To turn off a play mode

Select the mode you want to turn off.

■How to Select a Play Mode

1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items

Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a

selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs,

podcasts, genres, composers, or audiobooks) in

random order.

Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available files in a

selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs,

podcasts, genres, composers, or audiobooks) in

random order.

Repeat: Repeats the current track.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 257 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

258

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice

(SBV)

Features

Song By Voice

(SBV)

Use SBV to search for and play music from your USB flash drive or iPod using voice

commands.

■To enable SBV

1. Select .

2. Select Settings.

3. Select System.

4. Select the Voice Recog. tab.

5. Select Song by Voice.

6. Select On or Off.

1Song By Voice

(SBV)

Setting options:

•On (factory default): Song By Voice

commands

are available.

•Off: Disable the feature.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 258 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

259

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice

(SBV)

Features

■Searching for music using SBV

1. Set the Song by Voice setting to On.

2. Press the (Talk) button and say “Music

Search” to activate the SBV feature for the

USB flash drive and iPod.

3. Then, say a next command.

uExample 1: Say “(List) ‘Artist A’” to view

a list of songs by that artist. Select the

desired song to start playing.

uExample 2: Say “Play ‘Artist A’” to start

playing songs by that artist.

4. To cancel SBV, press the (hang-up/

back) button on the steering wheel. The

selected song continues playing.

Once you have canceled this mode, you need

to press the button and say “Music

Search” again to re-activate this mode.

1Searching for music using SBV

Song By Voice

Commands List

2Song By Voice Commands P. 242

NOTE:

Song By Voice

commands are available for tracks

stored on the USB flash drive or iPod.

You can add phonetic modifications of difficult

words so that it is easier for SBV to recognize artists,

songs, albums, and composers in voice commands.

2Phonetic Modification P. 260

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 259 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice

(SBV)

260

Features

Add phonetic modifications of difficult or foreign words so that it is easier for SBV

to recognize artists, songs, albums, and composers in voice commands when

searching for music on the USB flash drive or iPod.

1. Select .

2. Select Settings.

3. Select System.

4. Select the Voice Recog. tab.

5. Select Song by Voice Phonetic

Modification.

6. Select New Modification.

7. Select USB or iPod.

■Phonetic Modification

1Phonetic Modification

Song by Voice Phonetic Modification function is

not available when Song by Voice is set to Off.

You can store up to 2,000 phonetic modification

items.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 260 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

261

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice

(SBV)

Features

8. Select the item to modify (e.g., Artist).

uThe list of the selected item appears on

the screen.

9. Select an entry to modify.

uThe pop-up menu appears on the

screen.

uTo listen to the current phonetic

modification, select Play.

uTo delete the current phonetic

modification, select Delete.

10. Select Modify.

11. Select the phonetic spelling you want to

use (e.g., “Artist A”) when prompted.

12. Select OK.

uThe artist “No Name” is phonetically

modified to “Artist A.” When in the

SBV mode, you can press the (Talk)

button and use the voice command

“Play ‘Artist A’” to play songs by the

artist “No Name.”

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 261 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

262

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora®

Features

Playing Pandora®

Your audio system allows you to listen to music from the Pandora® app on a

compatible smartphone.

This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system, or with an iPhone, you can connect using

your USB cable to the USB port.

2Phone Setup P. 343

2USB Ports P. 205

*1:Available only on U.S. models.

1Playing Pandora®

Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade

dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of

Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora

is only available in certain countries. Visit the Pandora

website for more information.

To find out if your phone is compatible with this

feature, visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,

or call 1-888-528-7876.

To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app

must first be installed on your phone. Visit

www.pandora.com. for more information.

Pandora® is free, personalized radio that plays music

and comedy you’ll love. Just start with the name of

one of your favorite artists, tracks, comedians or

composers and Pandora® will create a custom station

that plays similar tracks. Pandora® also features

hundreds of genre stations ranging from Dubstep to

Smooth Jazz to Power Workout.

If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio

system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth®

Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio

system is selected.

If your phone is connected to Android Auto,

Pandora® is only available through the Android Auto

interface. Visit the Android Auto website to check

compatibility.

Audio/Information

Screen

Cover Art

VOL (Volume) Icons

Select to adjust the

volume.

(Back) Icon

Select to go back to the

previous display.

/AUDIO (Power/Audio)

Icon

Select to turn the audio

system on and off.

(Menu) Icon

Select to display the

menu items.

Play/Pause Icon

Select to resume or play a track.

Station Up/Down Icons

Select to change a station.

Skip Icon

Select to skip a track.

Like/Dislike Icons

Select to evaluate a track.

Driver Information

Interface

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 262 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

263

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora®

Features

You can operate some of the Pandora® menu items from your vehicle’s audio

system. The available items are:

•Bookmark

•Station List

•New Station

•Switch USB device

•Sound

•Setting

■Operating a menu item

1. Select .

2. Select an item.

■Pandora® Menu

1Pandora® Menu

Available operating functions vary on software

versions. Some functions may not be available on the

vehicle’s audio system.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message

on the audio/information screen.

2Pandora® P. 286

Pandora® may limit the total number of skips allowed

on the service. If you dislike a track after the skip limit

has been reached, your feedback will be saved but

the current track will continue to play.

To change stations, activate the Pandora® menu,

select Station List, and then select a new station. It

also changes stations on the main Pandora® screen.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 263 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

264

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

Features

Playing a USB Flash Drive

Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,

WMA, or AAC

format.

Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode.

2USB Ports P. 205

*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.

*2:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.

VOL (Volume) Icons

Select to adjust the volume.

(Back) Icon

Select to go back to the previous

display.

Track Icons

Select or to change files.

Select and hold to move rapidly within

a track.

/AUDIO (Power/Audio) Icon

Select to turn the audio system on

and off.

Open/Close Icon

Displays/hides the detailed

information.

(Menu) Icon

Select to display the menu items.

Folder Icons

Select to skip to the next folder, and to skip to the beginning of the previous folder.

Audio/Information Screen

Driver Information Interface

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 264 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

265

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

Features

1. Select and select Music Search.

2. Select Music.

3. Select a folder.

4. Select a track.

■How to Select a File from the Music Search List

1Playing a USB Flash Drive

Use the recommended USB flash drives.

2General Information on the Audio System

P. 288

WMA files protected by digital rights management

(DRM) cannot be played.

The audio system displays Unplayable File, then

skips to the next file.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message

on the audio/information screen.

2iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 284

Folder Selection

Track Selection

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 265 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

266

Features

You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file.

■Scan

1. Select .

2. Select Scan.

3. Select a play mode.

■Random/Repeat

Select a play mode.

■To turn off a play mode

To turn off Scan, select or Cancel.

To turn off Random/Repeat, select the mode again.

■How to Select a Play Mode

1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items

Scan

Scan Folders: Provides 10-second sampling of the

first file in each of the main folders.

Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all files

in the current folder.

Random/Repeat

Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current

folder in random order.

Random All Tracks: Plays all files in random order.

Repeat Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder.

Repeat Track: Repeats the current file.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 266 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

267

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio

Continued

Features

Playing Bluetooth® Audio

Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible

phone.

This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.

2Phone Setup P. 343

*1:Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect, some or all of the lists may not

be displayed.

1Playing Bluetooth® Audio

Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming

audio capabilities are compatible.

To check if your phone is compatible, visit

automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/.

It may be illegal to perform some data device

functions while driving.

Only one phone can be used with HFL at a time.

When there are more than two paired phones in the

vehicle, the first paired phone the system finds is

automatically connected.

The connected phone for Bluetooth® Audio can be

different.

If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,

there may be a delay before the system begins to

play.

In some cases, the name of the artist, album, or track

may not appear correctly.

Some functions may not be available on some

devices.

If a phone is currently connected via Apple CarPlay or

Android Auto, Bluetooth® Audio from that phone is

unavailable. However, a second previously paired

phone can stream Bluetooth® Audio by selecting

Connect from the Bluetooth Device List.

2Phone Setup P. 343

Audio/Information

Screen

VOL (Volume) Icons

Select to adjust the

volume.

(Back) Icon

Select to go back to the

previous display.

/AUDIO (Power/

Audio) Icon

Select to turn the

audio system on and

off.

(Menu) Icon

Select to display

the menu items.

Group Icons

Select or to change group.

Pause Icon

Play Icon

Bluetooth Indicator

Appears when your

phone is connected

to HFL.

Track Icons

Select or to change tracks.

Open/Close Icon

Displays/hides the

detailed

information.

Driver Information

Interface

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 267 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio

268

Features

1. Make sure that your phone is paired and

connected to the system.

2Phone Setup P. 343

2. Select the Bluetooth® Audio mode.

If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-

compatible phone, which is not compatible

for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be

connected.

■To pause or resume a file

Select the play icon or pause icon.

1. Select .

2. Select Music Search.

3. Select a search category (e.g., Albums).

4. Select an item.

uThe selection begins playing.

■To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files

1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files

To play the audio files, you may need to operate your

phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating

instructions.

Switching to another mode pauses the music playing

from your phone.

You can change the connected phone in the

Bluetooth® settings on the Audio Menu screen by

the following procedure.

1. Select .

2. Select Setting.

■Searching for Music

1Searching for Music

Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,

some or all of the lists may not be displayed.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 268 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

269

uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®

Continued

Features

HondaLink®

HondaLink® connects you to the latest information from Honda. You can connect

your phone wirelessly through Wi-Fi or Bluetooth®.

2Wi-Fi Connection P. 274

2Phone Setup P. 343

■Places

Displays restaurants, gas stations, Honda dealer, and so on. You can also navigate to

the found locations via the navigation.

■Vehicle

Displays instruction messages when the vehicle needs service.

■Help & Support

Displays tips for vehicle usage, and get support via road side or customer service

center.

■HondaLink® Menu

1HondaLink®

The HondaLink® connect app is compatible with most

iPhone and Android phones.

Some cell phone carriers charge for tethering and

smartphone data use. Check your phone’s data

subscription package.

When Apple CarPlay or Android Auto is connected to

the audio system, HondaLink® can be accessed even

without a Wi-Fi connection.

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 269 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

270

uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®

Features

■Messages from Honda

Displays helpful and important information from Honda.

■Weather

Displays a weekly five-day weather forecast for any location you want. You can

change the ZIP Code at any time.

Use the following procedure to connect to HondaLink® service.

■To enable the HondaLink® service

1. Select .

2. Select Settings.

3. Select Info.

4. Select the HondaLink tab.

5. Select Diagnostic & Location Data.

6. Select On.

You need to allow the consent of the location

service to enable the HondaLink® service.

Enable once: Allows only one time. (Prompt

shows again next time.)

Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt

does not show again.)

Cancel: Does not allow this consent.

■To Set Up to Connect HondaLink® Service

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 270 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

271

uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®

Continued

Features

■To link with HondaLink®

You can see the Connection Guide screen

after launching HondaLink®. If you do not

need this guide, select check-box and select

OK.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 271 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

272

uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®

Features

You can check the messages that are received quickly in the shortcut operation.

1. A message appears and notifies you of a

new message on the header area.

uWhen the message is received, a

notification ring can be heard.

2. A message icon is continuously displayed in

the header area until the new message is

read.

■Vehicle Information and Message from Honda Tips

Message

Icon

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 272 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

273

uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®

Features

3. From the top of the screen, swipe down to

see the messages.

4. Select a new message to open.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 273 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

274

uuAudio System Basic OperationuWi-Fi Connection

Features

Wi-Fi Connection

You can connect the Display Audio to the Internet using Wi-Fi and browse websites

or use online services on the audio/information screen. If your phone has wireless

hotspot capabilities, the system can be tethered to the phone. Use the following

steps to setup.

1. Select .

2. Select Settings.

3. Select Bluetooth/Wi-Fi.

4. Select the Wi-Fi tab.

5. Select Wi-Fi On/Off Status, then On.

6. Select Wi-Fi Device List.

uMake sure your phone’s Wi-Fi setting is

in access point (tethering) mode.

uSelect the phone you want to connect to

the system.

uIf you do not find the phone you want to

connect in the list, select Scan.

7. Select Connect.

uIf needed, enter a password for your

phone and select OK.

uWhen the connection is successful, the

icon is displayed on the top of the

screen.

8. Select to go back to the home screen.

■Wi-Fi mode (setting for the first time)

1Wi-Fi mode (setting for the first time)

You cannot go through the setting procedure while a

vehicle is moving. Park in a safe place to setup the

Wi-Fi connection.

Some cell phone carriers charge for tethering and

smartphone data use. Check your phone’s data

subscription package.

Check your phone manual to find out if the phone

has Wi-Fi connectivity.

You can confirm whether Wi-Fi connection is on or

off with the icon on Wi-Fi Device List. Network

speed will not be displayed on this screen.

12ᾉ34

AAAAA

BBBBB

CCCCC

DDDDD

EEEEE

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 274 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

275

uuAudio System Basic OperationuWi-Fi Connection

Features

Make sure your phone's Wi-Fi setting is in access point (tethering) mode.

■Wi-Fi mode (after the initial setting has been made)

1Wi-Fi mode (after the initial setting has been made)

You may need to go through an initial setup for Wi-Fi

connection again after you boot your phone.

iPhone users

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 275 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

276

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri Eyes Free

Features

Siri Eyes Free

You can talk to Siri using the (Talk) button on the steering wheel when your

iPhone is paired to the Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.

2Phone Setup P. 343

■Using Siri Eyes Free

1Siri Eyes Free

Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc.

Check Apple Inc. website for features available for

Siri.

We recommend against using Siri other than in Siri

Eyes Free while operating a vehicle.

1Using Siri Eyes Free

Some commands work only on specific phone

features or apps.

(Talk) Button

Press and hold until the display

changes as shown.

(Hang-up/back) Button

Press to deactivate Siri Eyes Free.

While in Siri Eyes Free:

The display remains the same.

No feedback or commands

appear.

Appears when Siri is activated

in Siri Eyes Free

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 276 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

277

uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay

Continued

Features

Apple CarPlay

If you connect an Apple CarPlay-compatible iPhone to the system via the 1.5A USB

port, you can use the audio/information screen, instead of the iPhone display, to

make a phone call, listen to music, view maps (navigation), and access messages.

2USB Ports P. 205

■Phone

Access the contact list, make phone calls, or listen to voice mail.

■Messages

Check and reply to text messages, or have messages read to you.

■Music

Play music stored on your iPhone.

■Apple CarPlay Menu

1Apple CarPlay

Only iPhone 5 or newer versions with iOS 8.4 or later

are compatible with Apple CarPlay.

Park in a safe place before connecting your iPhone to

Apple CarPlay and when launching any compatible

apps.

To use Apple CarPlay, connect the USB cable to the

USB port (1.5A). The USB port (1.0A) will not enable

Apple CarPlay operation.

2USB Ports P. 205

To directly access the Apple CarPlay phone function,

press Phone on the home screen. While connected

to Apple CarPlay, calls are only made through Apple

CarPlay. If you want to make a call with Bluetooth®

HandsFreeLink®, turn Apple CarPlay OFF or detach

the USB cable from your iPhone.

2Setting Up Apple CarPlay P. 278

When your iPhone is connected to Apple CarPlay, it is

not possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio or

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®. However, other

previously paired phones can stream audio via

Bluetooth® while Apple CarPlay is connected.

2Phone Setup P. 343

For details on countries and regions where Apple

CarPlay is available, as well as information pertaining

to function, refer to the Apple homepage.

: Select the Honda

icon to go back to

the Home screen

Home screen

Apple CarPlay icon

Apple CarPlay menu screen

Go back to the Apple

CarPlay menu screen

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 277 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay

278

Features

■Maps

Display Apple Maps and use the navigation function just as you would on your

iPhone.

Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Apple CarPlay) can give

directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior

destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are

currently using will direct you to your destination.

After you have connected your iPhone to the system via the 1.5A USB port, use the

following procedure to set up Apple CarPlay. Use of Apple CarPlay will result in the

transmission of certain user and vehicle information (such as vehicle location, speed,

and status) to your iPhone to enhance the Apple CarPlay experience. You will need

to consent to the sharing of this information on the Display Audio Screen.

■Enabling Apple CarPlay

Enable once: Allows only once. (Prompt

shows again next time.)

Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt

does not show again.)

Cancel: Does not allow this consent.

You may change the consent settings under

the Smartphone settings menu.

■Setting Up Apple CarPlay

1Apple CarPlay

Apple CarPlay Operating Requirements &

Limitations

Apple CarPlay requires a compatible iPhone with an

active cellular connection and data plan. Your

carrier’s rate plans will apply.

Changes in operating systems, hardware, software,

and other technology integral to providing Apple

CarPlay functionality, as well as new or revised

governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or

cessation of Apple CarPlay functionality and services.

Honda cannot and does not provide any warranty or

guarantee of future Apple CarPlay performance or

functionality.

It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are

compatible with Apple CarPlay. Refer to the Apple

homepage for information on compatible apps.

Models with navigation system

1Setting Up Apple CarPlay

You can also use the method below to set up Apple

CarPlay:

Select HOME Settings Smartphone Apple

CarPlay

Use of user and vehicle information

The use and handling of user and vehicle information

transmitted to /from your iPhone by Apple CarPlay is

governed by the Apple iOS terms and conditions and

Apple’s Privacy Policy.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 278 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

279

uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay

Features

Press and hold the talk button to activate Siri.

■Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri

1Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri

Below are examples of questions and commands for

Siri.

•What movies are playing today?

•Call dad at work.

•What song is this?

•How’s the weather tomorrow?

•Read my latest email.

•Find a table for four tonight in Chicago.

For more information, please visit

www.apple.com/ios/siri.

(Talk) button:

Press and hold to activate Siri.

Press again to deactivate Siri.

Press and release to activate standard voice recognition system.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 279 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

280

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto

Features

Android Auto

When you connect an Android phone to the Display Audio system via the 1.5A USB

port, Android Auto is automatically initiated. When connected via Android Auto,

you can use the audio/information screen to access the Phone, Google Maps

(Navigation), Google Play Music, and Google Now functions. When you first use

Android Auto, a tutorial will appear on the screen.

We recommend that you complete this tutorial while safely parked before using

Android Auto.

2USB Ports P. 205

2Auto Pairing Connection P. 282

1Android Auto

To use Android Auto, you need to download the

Android Auto app from Google Play to your

smartphone.

Only Android 5.0 (Lollipop) or later versions are

compatible with Android Auto.

Bluetooth A2DP cannot be used with Android Auto

phone.

Park in a safe place before connecting your Android

phone to Android Auto and when launching any

compatible apps.

To use Android Auto, connect the USB cable to the

USB port (1.5A). The USB port (1.0A) will not enable

Android Auto operation.

2USB Ports P. 205

When your Android phone is connected to Android

Auto, it is not possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio.

However, other previously paired phones can stream

audio via Bluetooth® while Android Auto is

connected.

2Phone Setup P. 343

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 280 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

281

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto

Features

a Maps (Navigation)

Display Google Maps and use the navigation function just as you would with your

Android phone. When the vehicle is in motion, it is not possible to make keyboard

entries. Stop the vehicle in a safe location to undertake a search or provide other

inputs.

Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Android Auto) can give

directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior

destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are

currently using will direct you to your destination.

The audio/information screen shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your

destination.

b Phone (Communication)

Make and receive phone calls as well as listen to voicemail.

c Google Now (Home screen)

Display useful information organized by Android Auto into simple cards that appear

just when they’re needed.

■Android Auto Menu

1Android Auto

For details on countries and regions where Android

Auto is available, as well as information pertaining to

function, refer to the Android Auto homepage.

Android Auto Operating Requirements &

Limitations

Android Auto requires a compatible Android phone

with an active cellular connection and data plan.

Your carrier’s rate plans will apply.

Changes in operating systems, hardware, software,

and other technology integral to providing Android

Auto functionality, as well as new or revised

governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or

cessation of Android Auto functionality and services.

Honda cannot and does not provide any warranty or

guarantee of future Android Auto performance or

functionality.

It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are

compatible with Android Auto. Refer to the Android

Auto homepage for information on compatible apps.

: Go back to

the Home screen

Android Auto icon

Models with navigation system

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 281 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto

282

Features

d Music and audio

Play Google Play Music and music apps that are compatible with Android Auto.

To switch between music apps, press this icon.

e Go back to the Home Screen.

f Voice

Operate Android Auto with your voice.

When you connect an Android phone to the unit via the 1.5A USB port, Android

Auto is automatically initiated.

■Enabling Android Auto

Enable once: Allows only once. (Prompt

shows again next time.)

Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt

does not show again.)

Cancel: Does not allow this consent.

You may change the consent settings under

the Smartphone settings menu.

■Auto Pairing Connection

1Enabling Android Auto

Only initialize Android Auto when you safely parked.

When Android Auto first detects your phone, you will

need to set up your phone so that auto pairing is

possible. Refer to the instruction manual that came

with your phone.

You can use the method below to change Android

Auto settings after you have completed the initial

setup:

Select HOME Settings Smartphone Android

Auto

Use of user and vehicle information

The use and handling of user and vehicle information

transmitted to /from your phone by Android Auto is

governed by the Google’s Privacy Policy.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 282 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

283

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto

Features

Press and hold the talk button to operate Android Auto with your voice.

■Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition

1Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition

Below are examples of commands you can give with

voice recognition:

•Reply to text.

•Call my wife.

•Navigate to Honda.

•Play my music.

•Send a text message to my wife.

•Call flower shop.

For more information, please refer to the Android

Auto homepage.

You can also activate the voice recognition function

by pressing the icon in the upper-right corner of

the screen.

(Talk) button:

Press and hold to operate Android Auto with your voice.

Press and release to activate standard voice recognition system.

(Hang-up/back) button:

Press to deactivate voice recognition.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 283 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

284

Features

Audio Error Messages

iPod/USB Flash Drive

If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following

error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact an authorized Honda

Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

Error Message Solution

USB Error Appears when there is a problem with the audio system. Check if the device is compatible with the

audio system.

A charging error has

occurred with the connected

USB device. When safe

please check the

compatibility of the device

and USB cable and try again.

Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system

off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.

Unsupported Version Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod is connected,

update the iPod software to the newer version.

Connect Retry Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod. Reconnect the iPod.

Unplayable File Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are copyright protected or an unsupported format. This

error message appears for about three seconds, then plays the next song.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 284 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

285

uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod/USB Flash Drive

Features

Error Message Solution

No Data

Appears when the iPod is empty.

Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash

drive.

Check that compatible files are stored on the device.

Unsupported Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported device is

connected, reconnect the device.

iPod

USB flash drive

iPod and USB flash drive

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 285 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

286

uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®

Features

Pandora®

If an error occurs while playing Pandora®, you may see the following error messages.

If you cannot clear the error message, contact an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In

Hybrid dealer.

Error Message Solution

To begin listening, select a station from the Stations list. Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device

to create a station.

The maximum number of tracks that can be skipped has been

reached.

Appears when you try to skip a track or select Like/Dislike over

the predetermined number of times in an hour.

Unable to play PANDORA. Please try again later.

Unable to rate track. Please try again.

Unable to save bookmark.

Appears when the commanded operation fails. Try again later.

No Data Appears when no data is available with Pandora® activated.

Reboot the app and reconnect the device.

PANDORA App version is not supported. Appears when Pandora® version is not supported. Update

Pandora® to the latest version.

PANDORA system maintenance. Appears when the Pandora® server is in maintenance. Try again

later.

Unable to connect to PANDORA. When stopped, check your

mobile phone.

Appears when Pandora® is unable to play music. Check your

device.

Unable to connect to PANDORA. When stopped, check your

mobile phone.

Appears when Pandora® app is not installed on your device. Install

Pandora® app to your device.

U.S. models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 286 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

287

uuAudio Error MessagesuAndroid/Apps

Features

Android/Apps

If an error occurs while using the audio system or apps, you may see the following

error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact an authorized Honda

Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

*1:****part is variable characters, and will change depending upon where an error

occurs.

Error Message

Solution

Unfortunately, **** has

stopped. Error has occurred within app, select OK on the screen to close the app.

**** is not responding.

Would you like to close it?

App is not responding.

Select Wait if you can wait for a response from app a little longer. If it does not respond even if you keep

waiting, select OK to close the app and restart it. If the error message continues, perform Factory Data

Reset.

2Defaulting All the Settings P. 331

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 287 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

288

Features

General Information on the Audio System

SiriusXM® Radio Service

1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID on

the screen, select Channel 0.

2. Have your radio ID ready, and either call SiriusXM® or visit the SiriusXM® website

to subscribe.

Switch to the SiriusXM® mode by using the or button on the steering wheel,

or through the audio/information screen, and stay in this mode for about 30

minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with

good reception.

■Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio

■Receiving SiriusXM® Radio

1Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio

Contact Information for SiriusXM® Radio:

•U.S.: SiriusXM® Radio at www.siriusxm.com/

subscribenow, or 1-866-635-2349

•Canada: SiriusXM® Canada at www.siriusxm.ca/

subscribe-now, or 1-877-209-0079

1Receiving SiriusXM® Radio

The SiriusXM® satellites are in orbit over the equator;

therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause

satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are

more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and

mountains the farther north you travel from the

equator.

You may experience reception problems under the

following circumstances:

•In a location with an obstruction to the south of

your vehicle.

•In tunnels

•On the lower level of a multi-tiered road

•Large items carried on the roof rack

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 288 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

289

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuSiriusXM® Radio Service

Features

Requested Channel Not Subscribed:

You are not subscribed to the channel selected.

Channel Off Air:

The channel is not currently broadcasting.

Channel unauthorized:

SiriusXM® is loading the audio or program information.

Subscription Updated.:

SiriusXM® radio is receiving information update from the network.

Channel Not Available:

No such channel exists, or the artist or title information is unavailable.

No Signal:

The signal is too weak in the current location.

Check Antenna:

There is a problem with the SiriusXM® antenna. Contact an authorized Honda

Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

Check Tuner:

There is a problem with the SiriusXM® tuner. Contact an authorized Honda Clarity

Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

■SiriusXM® Radio Display Messages

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 289 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

290

uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uCompatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives

Features

Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives

•A USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher is recommended.

•Some digital audio players may not be compatible.

•Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work.

•Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.

•Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.

■iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility

Model

iPod (5th generation)

iPod classic 80GB/160GB (launch in 2007)

iPod classic 120GB (launch in 2008)

iPod classic 160GB (launch in 2009)

iPod nano (1st to 7th generation) released between 2005 and 2012

iPod touch (1st to 6th generation) released between 2007 and 2012

iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4s/iPhone 5/iPhone 5c/iPhone 5s/iPhone 6/

iPhone 6 Plus/iPhone 6s/iPhone 6s Plus/iPhone SE/iPhone 7/iPhone 7 Plus

■USB Flash Drives

1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility

This system may not work with all software versions

of these devices.

1USB Flash Drives

Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored

order. This order may be different from the order

displayed on your PC or device.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 290 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

291

uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement

Continued

Features

Honda App License Agreement

PLEASE CAREFULLY READ THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (THIS “AGREEMENT”) WHICH GOVERNS YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE

INSTALLED ON YOUR HONDA OR ACURA VEHICLE (YOUR “VEHICLE”) AS WELL AS THE APPLICATIONS, SERVICES, FUNCTIONS, AND

CONTENT PROVIDED THROUGH THE SOFTWARE (COLLECTIVELY, THE “SERVICES”). YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES WILL

SERVE AS YOUR CONSENT TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE SOFTWARE IS OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR

OPERATED BY AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO. INC., (“HONDA,” “US,” “WE,” OR “OUR”), WITH ITS BUSINESS ADDRESS AT 1919

TORRANCE BLVD., TORRANCE, CA 90501. REFERENCE TO “HONDA” IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES HONDA’S PARENT COMPANY AND

ITS AFFILIATES AND DESIGNATED AGENTS. THE SERVICES ARE OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR OPERATED BY HONDA OR A

THIRD-PARTY SERVICE PROVIDER (A “PROVIDER”). REFERENCE TO A “PROVIDER” IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES SUCH PROVIDER’S

PARENT COMPANY, AFFILIATES, AND DESIGNATED AGENTS.

A. Description of the Software. The SOFTWARE includes the software, firmware and the like, installed and executing on your VEHICLE

during manufacture, and thereafter updated from time to time by HONDA, you or an authorized HONDA dealer (a “DEALER”). The

SOFTWARE allows you to access and use a variety of SERVICES, including but not limited to: (a) HONDA applications, services, and content

provided through the SOFTWARE (together, “HONDA SERVICES”); and (b) PROVIDER applications, services, and content provided through

the SOFTWARE (together, “PROVIDER SERVICES”), each of which may provide access to various information, media, content, and services.

B. SOFTWARE Licensing and Intellectual Property.

1. SOFTWARE. This AGREEMENT grants you a non-exclusive, limited, and revocable license to use the SOFTWARE and SERVICES solely (a)

as installed on your VEHICLE by HONDA, (b) as updated on your Vehicle by HONDA, you (but only as and when directed by HONDA), or a

DEALER and (c) as permitted under the terms of this AGREEMENT

2. HONDA Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various HONDA SERVICES. Installation, activation, or use of HONDA

SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies applicable to those HONDA SERVICES (the

“HONDA TERMS”). You acknowledge and agree that any collection, use, sharing of data generated by your VEHICLE or your use of your

VEHICLE, and your use of the HONDA SERVICES shall be subject to this AGREEMENT and any additional HONDA TERMS that may be

specifically applicable to such HONDA SERVICES or data generation. The HONDA SERVICES may collect, use, and share such data while

you are using the SOFTWARE.

■END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 291 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

292

uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement

Features

3. Open-Source Software. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may incorporate software licensed to HONDA under free or open-source

licenses which govern HONDA’s distribution and your use of such software. HONDA and the third-party authors, licensors, and distributors

of such software disclaim all warranties and all liability arising from any and all use or distribution of the software. To the extent such

software is provided under terms that differ from the applicable free or open-source licenses, those terms are offered by HONDA alone.

Additional information regarding free and open-source software incorporated in the SOFTWARE and SERVICES is available in this manual

or within the SOFTWARE.

4. Provider Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various PROVIDER SERVICES. Installation or use of such PROVIDER

SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies of the applicable PROVIDER (the “PROVIDER

TERMS”). This AGREEMENT restricts the manner in which you can install and use PROVIDER SERVICES but does not grant you a license or

permission to use such PROVIDER SERVICES. Your permission to use PROVIDER SERVICES is limited and subject to any license grants,

conditions, and limitations included in the PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge that any collection, use, sharing of your information,

targeted advertising practices by PROVIDERS, and your use of the PROVIDER SERVICES shall be subject to both this AGREEMENT and any

applicable PROVIDER TERMS. The PROVIDER SERVICES may collect, use, and share such information while you are using the SOFTWARE.

5. License Limitations and Restrictions on Use.

(a) Limited License. You understand and agree that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are licensed, not sold, to you solely for use in accordance

with this AGREEMENT and any applicable PROVIDER TERMS, and any documentation for the VEHICLE made available to you by HONDA

(any “DOCUMENTATION”). HONDA and its licensors reserve all rights in the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES not expressly granted to

you under this AGREEMENT. PROVIDERS and their licensors reserve all rights in the PROVIDER SERVICES not expressly granted to you under

the applicable PROVIDER TERMS.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 292 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

293

uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement

Continued

Features

(b) Restrictions on Use. The licenses granted under this AGREEMENT do not permit you to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES on a device

other than your VEHICLE. As a condition of using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, you agree that you may not and will not:

6. Intellectual Property Rights. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, the accompanying

DOCUMENTATION, and all copies of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are owned by HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their suppliers or licensors. This

AGREEMENT does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their licensors,

affiliates, or suppliers.

(1) copy, download, distribute, modify, publish, sell, rent, lease, lend, license, sublicense, reuse, or create derivative works of the

SOFTWARE or SERVICES or any of the content or other material within the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including without limitation,

HONDA or PROVIDER names, logos, or any other trademarks of HONDA or PROVIDERS or used in association with the SOFTWARE or

any SERVICES, except as required to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in accordance with this AGREEMENT, any applicable PROVIDER

TERMS, and the DOCUMENTATION;

(2) access or use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in any manner intended to damage or impair the operation of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES

or interfere with anyone else’s use and enjoyment of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES;

(3) access or attempt to access any system or server on which the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is hosted or modify or alter the SOFTWARE

or SERVICES in any way;

(4) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES for any unlawful purpose, or in violation of any third party rights;

(5) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in violation of any applicable traffic regulations, rules or laws, including but not limited to any driver

distraction laws, rules or regulations;

(6) violate the terms of this AGREEMENT, any HONDA TERMS, any PROVIDER TERMS or other applicable third-party terms, conditions,

and privacy policies; or

(7) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, attempt to derive the source code of, nor permit others to reverse engineer, decompile,

or disassemble, or attempt to derive the source code of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, except and only to the extent that such activity is

expressly permitted (a) by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or (b) the terms of applicable free or opensource software

licenses.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 293 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

294

uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement

Features

7. Export Restrictions: You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to U.S., European Union, and other export

jurisdictions. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, including

the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use, and destination restrictions issued by the U.S. and other

governments.

C. SOFTWARE Operation

1. HONDA reserves the right to suspend or terminate your access to and use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES if you are found to be in

violation of this AGREEMENT or as reasonably deemed necessary by HONDA.

2. Eligibility/Registration/Activation. The SOFTWARE is intended for and available to individuals who (a) are of legal age of majority in their

jurisdiction of residence (and at least 18 years of age), or are younger than 18 years of age and possess a valid driver’s license issued by

their jurisdiction of residence, and (b) own or have permissive access to a compatible VEHICLE. We do not knowingly collect any

information, including personal information, from children under 13. If we learn or are notified that we have collected personal

information of a child under 13, we will immediately take steps to delete such information.

3. Use of PROVIDER SERVICES through the SOFTWARE. Certain PROVIDER SERVICES made available through the SOFTWARE may require

that you register or otherwise have an account with the PROVIDER and agree to PROVIDER TERMS. Any use of any of such PROVIDER

SERVICES within the SOFTWARE is subject to this AGREEMENT and the applicable PROVIDER TERMS. HONDA does not exercise control

over such PROVIDER SERVICES and is not responsible or liable for the availability, security, or content of such PROVIDER SERVICES, and the

inclusion of any PROVIDER SERVICES does not imply a referral from, the approval of, or the endorsement by HONDA of such PROVIDER

SERVICES. HONDA is not responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for any damage relating to or resulting from your use of the PROVIDER

SERVICES.

4. Links to Third Party Sites: The SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to access third-party sites and content through the use of the

SOFTWARE or SERVICES. The third-party sites and content are not under the control of HONDA. HONDA is not responsible or liable,

directly or indirectly, for such third-party websites and their content or for any damage relating to or resulting from your access or use of

such websites and content.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 294 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

295

uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement

Continued

Features

5. Unauthorized Use and Abuse. You are responsible for ensuring your (and any authorized third parties’) use of the SOFTWARE and

SERVICES remains in compliance with this AGREEMENT and all other applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge

and agree that any use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES occurring through your VEHICLE will be deemed your actions and that HONDA and

PROVIDERS may rely upon such actions. You agree to immediately notify us if you suspect fraudulent or abusive activity involving the

SOFTWARE or SERVICES. If you so notify us or if we otherwise suspect fraudulent or abusive activity, you agree to cooperate with us in any

fraud investigation and to use any fraud prevention measures we prescribe. Your failure to immediately notify us or cooperate to use such

measures will result in your liability for all fraudulent usage or abusive activity associated with your VEHICLE.

6. SOFTWARE Updates. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be updated when your VEHICLE is serviced by a DEALER or remotely, over-the-

air, by HONDA from time to time; such updates may occur with or without further notice or your future consent. The SOFTWARE may be

updated at HONDA’s discretion and for any purpose including, without limitation, to patch or otherwise improve the SOFTWARE or

SERVICES functionality, security, or stability. All updates to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to this AGREEMENT and any other

applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS.

7. Uninstalling, Removing, and Replacing the SOFTWARE. Replacing SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES with software or firmware not

provided and installed by HONDA or a DEALER will render all representations and warranties for the SOFTWARE, HONDA SERVICES, and

VEHICLE functionality reliant upon the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES null and void.

D. SOFTWARE Operational Notices and Warnings

1. Vehicle Geolocation Information. You acknowledge that your VEHICLE may be equipped with certain traffic and map features. The

traffic feature will automatically collect and transmit, through GPS technology, your Vehicle’s current location (longitude and latitude),

travel direction and speed (“VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION”) to HONDA and PROVIDERS. The VEHICLE GEOLOCATION

INFORMATION is used by HONDA and PROVIDERS to provide traffic and navigation-related information to you, but may also be used to

provide other SERVICES or offers to you. HONDA will not use such VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION for its own marketing efforts,

or provide such information to unaffiliated third parties for their own purposes, without your express consent.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 295 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

296

uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement

Features

2. Potential Map Inaccuracy and Route Safety. Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls,

routing, or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and common sense when following suggested routes. Do not follow the route

suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal driving maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would

be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency

services. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals, or clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such

navigation features. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for such locations and routes. The driver is ultimately

responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions. Any

navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing

traffic regulations. Navigation features are not a substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by the SOFTWARE or

SERVICES should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices.

3. Speech Recognition: You acknowledge and understand that HONDA and PROVIDERS may record, retain, and use voices commands

when you use the speech recognition components of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. You and all VEHICLE operators and passengers (a)

consent to the recording and retention of voice commands in support of providing speech recognition components and (b) release HONDA

and PROVIDERS from all claims, liabilities, and losses that may result from any use of such recorded voice commands. Recognition errors

are inherent in speech recognition. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address

any errors. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process.

4. Distraction Hazards. Navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) input or setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert

data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause a crash or other serious consequences; the ability to undertake such

interactions may also be limited by state or local law, which laws you are responsible to know and follow. Even occasional short scans of

the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving at a critical time. Pull over and stop the vehicle in

a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention. Do not raise the volume

excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable

to hear these sounds could result in a crash.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 296 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

297

uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement

Continued

Features

E. Information Collection and Storage

1. Information Collection, Use, Transmission and Storage of Data. Consent to Use of Data: You agree that HONDA and PROVIDERS may

collect and use your information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services.

HONDA may share such information with third parties, including, without limitation, PROVIDERS, third party software and services

suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agents, solely to improve their products or to provide services or technologies to you.

HONDA, third party software and systems suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may disclose this information to others,

but not in a form that personally identifies you.

2. Information Storage. Depending on the type of multimedia system you have in your VEHICLE, certain information may be stored for ease

of use of the SOFTWARE including, without limitation, search history, location history in certain applications, previous and saved

destinations, map locations within certain applications, and device numbers and contact information.

(a) Vehicle Health Information. Your VEHICLE may remotely transmit information regarding the status and health of your VEHICLE

(“VEHICLE INFORMATION”) to HONDA without notification to you. VEHICLE INFORMATION may contain VEHICLE maintenance and

malfunction status that is derived from VEHICLE diagnostic data and includes, but is not limited to, status of powered doors and windows,

battery life data, battery charging data, VEHICLE speed, coolant temperature, air compressor revolution, output power, warning codes,

diagnostic trouble codes, fuel injection volume, and engine rotations per minute. VEHICLE HEALTH INFORMATION may be used by HONDA

for research and development, to deliver HONDA SERVICES and information to you, and to contact you, and is retained only for a period

of time necessary to fulfill these goals.

(b) VEHICLE Geolocation Data (non-navigation/map based). If you opt-in to geolocation-based SERVICES, your vehicle’s geolocation data

(latitude and longitude) will be automatically sent from your VEHICLE to HONDA and PROVIDERS.

(c) You understand that the inputting or uploading of information to your VEHICLE’s multimedia system or the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is

at your own risk and that HONDA is not responsible for unauthorized access to or use of any personal or other information. All information

uploaded to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be stored on your VEHICLES’s multimedia system and you understand that the security and

safety of your VEHICLE’s multimedia system is your sole responsibility.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 297 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

298

uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement

Features

F. NO WARRANTY. You understand and agree that your use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are solely at your own risk and that you

will be solely responsible for any damage to your VEHICLE’s multimedia system or any other equipment or any loss of data that may result

from your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. THE SOFTWARE AND SERVICES ARE PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE” BASIS

WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES

OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. HONDA makes no warranties that the

SOFTWARE or SERVICES will meet your requirements, or that the SOFTWARE or SERVICES will be uninterrupted, timely, secure, non-

infringing or error free. You understand and agree that you are responsible for any and all charges, costs or expenses associated with your

use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. Advice or information, whether oral or written, obtained by you from us or through the SOFTWARE

or SERVICES are provided for informational purposes only and will not create any warranty not expressly made herein. You should not rely

on any such information or advice. We assume no liability or responsibility for any errors or omissions in the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. We

do not make any warranty or representation that your use of the material displayed on, or obtained through, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES

is non-infringing of any rights of any third party. Any decision or action taken by you on the basis of information or content provided via

the application is at your sole discretion and risk. HONDA and PROVIDERS are not responsible or liable for any such decision, or for the

accuracy, completeness, usefulness, or availability of any content or information displayed, transmitted, or otherwise made available via

the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. To the extent jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion of certain warranties, some of the above exclusions may

not apply to you.

G. LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY. You and HONDA are each waiving important rights.

1. Limitations on YOUR liability. HONDA cannot recover from you any consequential, indirect, incidental, or special damages, or attorney's

fees in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES. HONDA WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW

ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 298 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

299

uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement

Continued

Features

2. Limitation on HONDA and PROVIDER liability. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable to you or any other party for consequential,

indirect, incidental, special, or punitive damages (including without limitation lost profits) in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE

or SERVICES, even if HONDA or PROVIDERS are aware of the possibility of such damages. These limitations apply to all claims, including,

without limitation, claims in contract and tort (such as negligence, product liability and strict liability). To the extent that a jurisdiction does

not permit the exclusion or limitation of liability as set forth herein our liability is limited to the maximum extent permitted by law in such

states. If HONDA or PROVIDERS are found liable to you for any reason, you agree that the aggregate liability of all these parties to you for

any claim is limited to ten U.S. dollars (US $10.00). Neither HONDA nor any PROVIDER would have agreed to provide the SOFTWARE or

SERVICES to you if you did not agree to this limitation. This amount is the sole and exclusive liability of HONDA and PROVIDERS to you,

and is payable as liquidated damages and not as a penalty. Except where prohibited by law, you may not bring any claim against HONDA

or any third-party beneficiary more than two (2) years after the claim arises. We do not have any liability for SOFTWARE or SERVICES

interruptions of any length.

(a) Release of HONDA and PROVIDERS For yourself and anyone else claiming under you, you agree to release and discharge HONDA,

PROVIDERS, their respective officers, directors, and employees, and each third-party beneficiary from all claims, liabilities and losses in

connection with the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including, but not limited to claims for personal injury or property damage arising from the

total or partial failure of performance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, even if caused by or based upon the negligence, gross negligence,

strict products liability, Deceptive Trade Practices Act violations, bad faith, or breach of warranty of us or the malfunction of the SOFTWARE

or SOFTWARE SERVICES. YOU AGREE TO WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN

DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT. YOU HEREBY RELEASE AND DISCHARGE HONDA AND ITS

LICENSORS AND CONTRACTORS (INCLUDING ANY THIRD PARTIES PROVIDING ALL OR PART OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES) FROM AND

AGAINST ANY CLAIMS, DAMAGES, EXPENSES AND LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO ANY INJURIES, DAMAGES, OR LOSSES TO

ANY PERSON (INCLUDING DEATH) OR PROPERTY OF ANY KIND RESULTING IN WHOLE OR PART, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, FROM YOUR

USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES.

H. Survival. You agree that the limitations of liability and indemnities in this AGREEMENT will survive even after the AGREEMENT has

ended. These limitations of liability apply not only to you, but to anyone using the SOFTWARE or SERVICES via your VEHICLE, to anyone

making a claim on your behalf, and to any claims made by your family, employees, customers, or others arising out of or relating to your

VEHICLE, the SOFTWARE, or SERVICES.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 299 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

300

uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement

Features

I. Availability/Interruption. The SOFTWARE and certain SERVICES are made available through your VEHICLE’s compatible multimedia

system when the VEHICLE is turned on. Certain SERVICES may be available only through your compatible mobile device when it is within

the operating range of the VEHICLE and a wireless carrier. The availability of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be subject to transmission

limitation or interruption, including but not limited to technical obsolesce or sunsetting of the hardware, software or firmware, inside of

or external to the Vehicle, required for data transmission or receipt. HONDA does not guarantee that the SOFTWARE, SERVICES, or any

portion thereof will be available at all times or in all areas. You acknowledge and agree that HONDA is not responsible for performance

degradation, interruption or delays. You acknowledge that HONDA shall not be liable to you if the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in a given

location are not available. If the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are not available within your intended location, you agree that your sole remedy

shall be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.

J. PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support for the SOFTWARE is provided by HONDA. For product support, please refer to HONDA

instructions provided in the DOCUMENTATION. Should you have any questions concerning this AGREEMENT, or if you desire to contact

HONDA for any other reason, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.

K. Termination and Transfer.

1. Termination. This AGREEMENT is effective until terminated by you or US. WE may terminate this AGREEMENT for any or no reason,

and with or without notice to you. Your rights under this AGREEMENT will terminate automatically without notice from US if you fail to

comply with any term of this AGREEMENT. Upon termination of this AGREEMENT, you shall cease all use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.

2. Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this AGREEMENT only as part of a sale or transfer of the VEHICLE, provided

you retain no copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES (including all component parts, the media and printed

materials, and any upgrades), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this AGREEMENT. You agree to notify HONDA upon the sale or

transfer of the VEHICLE. To contact HONDA, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 300 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

301

uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement

Continued

Features

L. Changes to the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. WE may change, modify, or update the SOFTWARE or SERVICES from time to time. Unless

explicitly stated otherwise, any new features or services that augment or enhance the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in the future shall

respectively be considered part of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES and subject to this AGREEMENT. WE reserve the right at any time and from

time to time to interrupt, restrict, modify, suspend, discontinue, temporarily or permanently, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES (or any portion

thereof), with or without notice to you, and you agree that HONDA shall not be liable to you or to any third party for any modification,

suspension or discontinuance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES.

M.ARBITRATION:

PLEASE READ THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION CAREFULLY TO UNDERSTAND YOUR RIGHTS. YOU AGREE THAT ANY CLAIM THAT YOU

MAY HAVE IN THE FUTURE MUST BE RESOLVED THROUGH BINDING ARBITRATION. YOU WAIVE THE RIGHT TO HAVE YOUR DISPUTE

HEARD IN COURT AND WAIVE THE RIGHT TO BRING CLASS CLAIMS. YOU UNDERSTAND THAT DISCOVERY AND APPEAL RIGHTS ARE

MORE LIMITED IN ARBITRATION.

Arbitration is a method of resolving a claim, dispute or controversy without filing a lawsuit. By agreeing to arbitrate, the right to go to

court is waived and instead claims, disputes or controversies are submitted to binding arbitration. This provision sets forth the terms and

conditions of our agreement. YOU and HONDA agree and acknowledge that this Agreement affects interstate commerce and the

Federal Arbitration Act (“FAA”) applies. By using the Software, Vehicle, or Services, YOU elect to have disputes resolved by arbitration.

YOU, HONDA or any involved third party may pursue a Claim. “Claim” means any dispute between YOU, HONDA, or any involved third

party relating to your use of the Software, the Vehicle, or the Services, this Agreement, or our relationship, including any

representations, omissions or warranties. “Claim” does not include personal injury or wrongful death claims. YOU or HONDA may seek

remedies in small claims court or provisional judicial remedies without arbitrating. In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the

contrary, YOU or HONDA may seek equitable relief in a court of competent jurisdiction..

YOU or HONDA may select arbitration with American Arbitration Association, JAMS or National Arbitration and Mediation. Contact

these sponsors for their rules. The hearing will be in the federal district where YOU reside. If agreed, it may be by telephone or written

submissions. Filing and arbitrator fees to be paid per the sponsor rules. You may contact the sponsor for a fee waiver. If no fee waivers,

HONDA will pay filing and arbitrator fees up to $5,000, unless law requires more. Each party is responsible for other fees. Arbitrator

may award costs or fees to prevailing party, if permitted by law. HONDA will not seek fees, unless the claims are frivolous.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 301 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

302

uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement

Features

N. Miscellaneous: You may not assign this AGREEMENT without HONDA’s prior written consent. This AGREEMENT and any additional

HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS represents the entire agreement between you and US. HONDA may amend the terms of this

AGREEMENT by providing you with notices of such updated terms. If you do not consent to be bound by the updated terms, your sole

remedy will be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES. If any part of this AGREEMENT is found invalid, void, or unenforceable, the

balance of the AGREEMENT will remain valid and enforceable according to its terms. To the fullest extent permitted by law, and except as

explicitly provided otherwise, this AGREEMENT and any disputes arising out of or relating to it will be governed by the laws of the State of

California, except that California laws concerning choice of law or conflicts shall not apply if they would cause the substantive law of

another jurisdiction to apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section M shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act and the laws of

the State of California, as applicable, as set forth therein. The failure to enforce any term of this AGREEMENT on one occasion shall not

prevent enforcement on any other occasion or the enforcement of any other term. Headings and captions shall not be considered included

for purposes of interpretation or application hereof, but are for convenience only.

Arbitrator shall be an attorney or current or retired judge familiar with automotive or consumer software. The arbitrator shall follow

substantive law, statute of limitations and decide all issues relating to the interpretation, construction, enforceability and applicability of

this provision. The arbitrator may order relief permitted by law. This provision is governed and enforceable by the FAA. An award shall

include a written opinion and be final, subject to appeal by the FAA.

This provision survives termination of this Agreement or relationship, bankruptcy, assignment or transfer. If part of this provision is

unenforceable, the remainder remains in effect. If unenforceability allows arbitration as a class action, then this provision is entirely

unenforceable. YOU may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at

Honda Financial Services, P.O. Box 165007, Irving, TX 75016. HONDA reserves the right to make changes to this provision after

providing written notice and an opportunity to opt out.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 302 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

303

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto

Continued

Features

Legal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto

USE OF APPLE CARPLAY IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE, WHICH ARE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE

APPLE iOS TERMS OF USE. IN SUMMARY, THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE DISCLAIM APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ LIABILITY IF THE

SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED, STRICTLY LIMIT APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ OTHER

LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING, FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND

VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS

ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF CARPLAY, INCLUDING THE POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE APPLE’S PRIVACY POLICY FOR

DETAILS REGARDING APPLE'S USE AND HANDLING OF DATA UPLOADED BY CARPLAY.

USE OF ANDROID AUTO IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE WHICH MUST BE AGREED TO WHEN

THE ANDROID AUTO APPLICATION IS DOWNLOADED TO YOUR ANDROID PHONE. IN SUMMARY, THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE

DISCLAIM GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ LIABILITY IF THE SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED,

STRICTLY LIMIT GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ OTHER LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING,

FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY GOOGLE AND ITS

SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF ANDROID AUTO, INCLUDING THE

POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE GOOGLE’S PRIVACY POLICY FOR DETAILS REGARDING GOOGLE’S USE AND HANDLING OF

DATA UPLOADED BY ANDROID AUTO.

■OWNER’S MANUAL LICENSE/LIABILITY STATEMENTS

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 303 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

304

uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto

Features

YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT USE OF APPLE CARPLAY OR ANDROID AUTO (“THE APPLICATIONS”) IS AT YOUR

SOLE RISK AND THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU TO THE

MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AND THAT THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS IS

PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE,” WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND HONDA HEREBY

DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS,

EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND/OR CONDITIONS OF

MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ACCURACY, QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND NON-

INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY HONDA OR AN AUTHORIZED

REPRESENTATIVE SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY. AS EXAMPLES, AND WITHOUT LIMITATION, HONDA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY

REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF DATA PROVIDED BY THE APPLICATIONS, SUCH AS THE ACCURACY OF DIRECTIONS, ESTIMATED

TRAVEL TIME, SPEED LIMITS, ROAD CONDITIONS, NEWS, WEATHER, TRAFFIC, OR OTHER CONTENT PROVIDED BY APPLE, GOOGLE, THEIR

AFFILIATES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE AGAINST LOSS OF APPLICATION DATA, WHICH MAY BE LOST

AT ANY TIME; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE THAT THE APPLICATIONS OR ANY SERVICES PROVIDED THROUGH THEM WILL BE

PROVIDED AT ALL TIMES OR THAT ANY OR ALL SERVICES WILL BE AVAILABLE AT ANY PARTICULAR TIME OR LOCATION. FOR EXAMPLE,

SERVICES MAY BE SUSPENDED OR INTERRUPTED WITHOUT NOTICE FOR REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, SECURITY FIXES, UPDATES, ETC.,

SERVICES MAY BE UNAVAILABLE IN YOUR AREA OR LOCATION, ETC. IN ADDITION, YOU UNDERSTAND THAT CHANGES IN THIRD PARTY

TECHNOLOGY OR GOVERNMENT REGULATION MAY RENDER THE SERVICES AND/OR APPLICATIONS OBSOLETE AND/OR UNUSABLE.

TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR PERSONAL INJURY, OR ANY

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR

LOSS OF PROFITS, CORRUPTION OR LOSS OF DATA, FAILURE TO TRANSMIT OR RECEIVE ANY DATA, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR ANY

OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE APPLICATIONS OR YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO

USE THE APPLICATIONS OR INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS, HOWEVER CAUSED, REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY

(CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) AND EVEN IF HONDA WERE ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. SOME STATES AND

JURISDICTIONS DISALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES, SO THESE LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS MAY

NOT APPLY TO YOU. IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA’S TOTAL LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ALL DAMAGES (OTHER THAN AS MAY BE REQUIRED

BY APPLICABLE LAW IN CASES INVOLVING PERSONAL INJURY) EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF FIVE DOLLARS ($5.00). THE FOREGOING

LIMITATIONS WILL APPLY EVEN IF THE ABOVE STATED REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.

■DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES; LIMITATION ON LIABILITY

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 304 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

305

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuAbout Open Source Licenses

Features

About Open Source Licenses

To see the open source license information, follow these steps.

1. Select .

2. Select Settings.

3. Select System.

4. Select the Others tab.

5. Select Detail Information.

6. Select About device.

7. Select Legal information.

8. Select Open source licenses.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 305 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

306

Features

Customized Features

Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features.

■How to customize

While the vehicle is at a complete stop with the power mode in ON, select , and

Settings, then select a setting item.

1Customized Features

When you customize setting, make sure that the

vehicle is at a complete stop and

(P is selected.

To customize other features, select Settings.

2List of customizable options P. 314

Audio/Information

Screen

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 306 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

307

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

■Customization flow

Select Settings.Clock

Wallpaper

Clock/Wallpaper Type

Clock Type

Clock Adjustment

Clock Format

ClockClock

Auto Time Zone

Manual Time Zone

Auto Daylight Saving Time

Clock Display

Overlay Clock Location

Info Screen Preference

Clock

Wallpaper

Clock/Wallpaper Type

Clock Type

Clock Adjustment

Clock Format

Auto Time Zone

Manual Time Zone

Auto Daylight Saving Time

Clock Display

Overlay Clock Location

Clock Reset

Info Screen Preference

Info

*1: Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.

*2: Appears only when you change the screen interface design.

Diagnostic & Location Data

HondaLink

Others

HondaLink

Others

Clock

Clock Reset

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 307 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

308

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

Bluetooth On/Off Status

Bluetooth Device List

Edit Pairing Code

Wi-Fi On/Off Status

Wi-Fi Device List

Wi-Fi

BluetoothBluetooth/Wi-Fi

Wi-Fi Information

Text/Email

Bluetooth Device List

Edit Speed Dial

Ring Tone

Phone

Automatic Phone Sync

HondaLink Assist

Enable Text/Email

Select Account

New Message Notification

Phone

LaneWatch

Fixed Guideline

Dynamic Guideline

Show with Turn Signal

Rear CameraCamera

Display Time after Turn Signal Off

Reference Line

HD Radio Mode (FM)

RDS INFO

Audio FM/AM

HD Radio Mode (AM)

Apple CarPlay

Android Auto

Smartphone

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 308 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

309

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

Audio Source Pop-Up

Cover Art

Tune Start

SportsFlash Setup

Traffic & Weather Setup

Other

SXM

Default

Bluetooth Device List

Bluetooth

Multiple Channel Mix Preset

Home Screen Edit Order

Configuration of Instrument Panel

Display Settings

Background Color

Display

System

Touch Panel Sensitivity

Brightness

Contrast

Black Level

Blue

Amber

Red

Violet

BlueGreen

Home

Menu Icon Position

*1: Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.

*2: Appears only when you change the screen interface design.

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 309 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

310

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

Guidance Volume

Text Message Volume

Sound/Beep

Voice Recog. Volume

Verbal Reminder

Beep Volume

Meter Volume - List Reading

Meter Volume - Alphabetic Reading

Voice Prompt

Voice Recog. Volume

Song by Voice

Song by Voice Phonetic Modification

Phonebook Phonetic Modification

Automatic Phone Sync

One Press Voice Operation

Voice Recog.

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 310 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

311

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

Clock Clock/Wallpaper Type

Clock Type

Clock Adjustment

Clock Format

Auto Time Zone

Manual Time Zone

Auto Daylight Saving Time

Clock Display

Overlay Clock Location

Clock Reset

Clock

Wallpaper

*1: Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.

*2: Appears only when you change the screen interface design.

Others Language

Voice Command Tips

Remember Last Screen

Memory Refresh

Refresh Time Adjustment

Change Skin

Factory Data Reset

Climate Screen Timeout

Detail Information

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 311 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

312

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

Driver Assist System Setup Forward Collision Warning Distance

ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep

Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep

Road Departure Mitigation Setting

Adjust Outside Temp. Display

“Trip A” Reset Timing

“Trip B” Reset Timing

Vehicle

Meter Setup

Adjust Alarm Volume

New Message Notifications

Turn By Turn Auto Display

Reverse Alert Tone

Cancel

TPMS Calibration

Calibrate

Fuel Efficiency Backlight

Memory Position LinkDriving Position Setup

Speed/Distance Units

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 312 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

313

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

Lighting Setup Interior Light Dimming Time

Headlight Auto Off Timer

Auto Light Sensitivity

Auto Interior Illumination Sensitivity

Auto Door Lock

Key and Remote Unlock Mode

Door/Window Setup

Maintenance Info.

Auto Headlight ON With Wiper ON

Keyless Lock Answer Back

Security Relock Timer

Walk Away Auto Lock

Keyless Access Setup

Keyless Access Light Flash

Keyless Access Beep

Door Unlock Mode

Auto Door Unlock

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 313 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

314

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

■List of customizable options

*1:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.

*2:Appears only when you change the screen interface design.

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Clock

Clock/

Wallpaper

Type

Clock

Type

Clock

See Info on P. 315

Wallpaper

Clock Adjustment

Auto Time Zone

Manual Time Zone

Auto Daylight Saving Time

Clock Format

Clock Display

Overlay Clock Location

Clock Reset

HondaLink Diagnostic & Location Data

Others Info Screen Preference

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 314 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

315

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

*1:Default Setting

*2:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.

*3:Appears only when you change the screen interface design.

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Info Clock

Clock/

Wallpaper

Type

Clock

Type

Clock Changes the clock display type. Analog/Digital

Small Digital/Off

Wallpaper

●

Changes the wallpaper type.

●

Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.

●

Deletes an image file for a wallpaper.

Blank/Galaxy

Metallic/Time Zone

Clock Adjustment Adjusts Clock. —

Auto Time Zone

Automatically adjusts the clock when driving

through different time zones. On

/Off

Manual Time Zone Changes the time zone manually. —

Auto Daylight Saving Time

Select On to have the GPS automatically adjust

the clock to daylight savings time. Select Off to

cancel this function.

/Off

Clock Format Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H. 12H

/24H

Clock Display Selects whether the clock display comes on. On

/Off

Overlay Clock Location Changes the clock display layout.

Upper Right

/Upper

Left/Lower Right/

Lower Left/Off

Clock Reset Resets the clock settings to the factory default. Yes/No

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 315 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

316

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Info

HondaLink Diagnostic & Location

Data Turns HondaLink® on and off. On

/Off

Others Info Screen Preference

Selects the top menu when the Info is selected.

●

Info Top- A brief menu pops up.

●

Info Menu- A full menu pops up.

●

Off- A menu does not pop up.

Info Top/Info

/Off

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 316 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

317

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Camera

Rear

Camera

Fixed Guideline

Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on the

rear camera monitor.

2Multi-View Rear Camera P. 449

/Off

Dynamic Guideline

Selects whether the guidelines adjust to the

movement of the steering wheel.

2Multi-View Rear Camera P. 449

/Off

Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Rear

Camera setting group as default. Yes/No

LaneWatch

Show with Turn Signal

Selects whether the LaneWatch display comes on

when you move the turn signal lever to indicate a

right turn.

/Off

Display Time after Turn

Signal Off

Changes the length of time the LaneWatch

display stays on after the turn signal lever returns

to the center.

0 second

/2 seconds

Reference Line Selects whether the reference lines come on the

LaneWatch monitor. On

/Off

Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the

LaneWatch group as default. Yes/No

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 317 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

318

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Bluetooth/

Wi-Fi

Bluetooth

Bluetooth On/Off Status Changes the Bluetooth® status. On

/Off

Bluetooth Device List

Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a

paired phone.

2Phone Setup P. 343

—

Edit Pairing Code Edits a pairing code.

2To change the pairing code setting P. 344 Random/Fixed

Wi-Fi

Wi-Fi On/Off Status Changes the Wi-Fi mode. On/Off

Wi-Fi Device List Connects, disconnects, or deletes the Wi-Fi

device. —

Wi-Fi Information Shows the Wi-Fi information of the head unit. —

Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the

Bluetooth/Wi-Fi group as default. Yes/No

Smartphone

Apple CarPlay Sets up the Apple CarPlay connection. —

Android Auto Sets up the Android Auto connection. —

Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the

Smartphone group as default. Yes/No

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 318 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

319

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Phone

Bluetooth Device List

Pairs a new phone to HFL, connects or

disconnects a paired phone.

2Phone Setup P. 343

—

Edit Speed Dial Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry.

2Speed Dial P. 349 —

Ring Tone Selects the ring tone. Fixed/Mobile

Phone

Automatic Phone Sync

Sets a phonebook and call history data to be

automatically imported when a phone is paired

to HFL.

/Off

HondaLink Assist Turns HondaLink Assist on and off. On/Off

Text/Email

Enable Text/Email Turns the text/e-mail message function on and

off. On

/Off

Select Account Selects a text or e-mail message account. —

New Message Notification

Selects whether a pop-up alert comes on the

screen when HFL receives a new text/e-mail

message.

On/Off

Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Phone

settings group as default. Yes/No

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 319 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

320

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Audio

FM/AM

HD Radio Mode

Selects whether the audio system automatically

switches to the digital radio waves or receives the

analog waves only.

Auto

/Analog Only

RDS INFO Turns on and off the RDS information. On

/Off

SXM

Tune Start Turns on and off, starts the song from the

beginning as you change preset stations. On

/Off

SportsFlash

Setup

Interrupt Turns on and off the sports alert function. Off/On(One Time)/

On(Continue)

Favorite

Team

Selects your favorite sports teams.

2Live Sports Alert P. 252 —

Interrupt

Beep

Causes the system to beep when the sports alert

is notified. On

/Off

Traffic & Weather Setup Selects the region you want to receive the

information. —

Multiple Channel Mix

Preset Turns multiple channel mix preset on and off. On/Off

FM/AM mode

SiriusXM

mode

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 320 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

321

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

*1:Default Setting

*2:Appears only when you change the screen interface design.

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Audio

Bluetooth Bluetooth Device List

Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a

paired phone.

2Phone Setup P. 343

—

Other

[Your selected media]

Cover Art

Turns the cover art display on and off. On

/Off

Audio Source Pop-Up

Selects whether the list of selectable audio source

comes on when Audio is selected on the home

screen.

On/Off

Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Audio

settings group as default. Yes/No

System Home

Home Screen Edit Order Changes the HOME screen icon layout. —

Menu Icon Position

Changes the position of the menu icons on the

Audio, Phone, and Info screen. —

Configuration of

Instrument Panel

Changes the Instrument Panel screen icon

layout. —

Bluetooth® mode

iPod or USB mode

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 321 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

322

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

*1:Default Setting

*2:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

System

Display

Settings

Brightness Changes the brightness of the audio/information

screen. —

Contrast Changes the contrast of the audio/information

screen. —

Black Level Changes the black level of the audio/information

screen. —

Background Color

Changes the background color of the audio/

information screen.

Blue

/Amber/Red/

Violet/BlueGreen

Touch Panel Sensitivity Sets the sensitivity of the touch panel screen. High/Low

Sound/

Beep

Guidance Volume

Changes the sound volume.

Adjusts the guidance volume of the navigation

system.

00~06

~11

Text Message Volume Changes the text/e-mail message reading

volume. 01~06

~11

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 322 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

323

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

System

Sound/

Beep

Voice Recog. Volume Changes the volume of the voice prompt. 01~06

~11

Meter Volume - List

Reading Changes the list reading volume. 01~06

~11

Meter Volume -

Alphabetic Reading Changes the alphabetic reading volume. 01~06

~11

Verbal Reminder

Turns the verbal reminders on and off. On

/Off

Beep Volume Changes the beep volume. Off/1/2

Voice

Recog.

One Press Voice

Operation

Changes the setting of the (Talk) button operation when

using the voice operation. On

/Off

Voice Prompt Turns the voice prompt on and off. On

/Off

Voice Recog. Volume Changes the volume of the voice prompt. 01~06

~11

Song by Voice Turns the Song By Voice

on and off. On

/Off

Song by Voice

Phonetic Modification

Modifies a voice command for music stored in the USB flash

drive or an iPod/iPhone.

2Phonetic Modification P. 260

—

Phonebook Phonetic

Modification

Modifies a voice command for the phonebook.

2Phonebook Phonetic Modification P. 352 —

Automatic Phone Sync Sets phonebook and call history data to be automatically

imported when a phone is paired to HFL. On/Off

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 323 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

324

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

*1:Default Setting

*2:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.

*3:Appears only when you change the screen interface design.

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

System

Clock

Clock/

Wallpaper

Type

Clock

Type

Clock

See Info on P. 315

Wallpaper

Clock Adjustment

Auto Time Zone

Manual Time Zone

Auto Daylight Saving Time

Clock Format

Clock Display

Overlay Clock Location

Clock Reset

Others Language Change the display language.

English (United

States)

/Français/

Español

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 324 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

325

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

*1:Default Setting

*2:Does not appear when you change the screen interface design.

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

System Others

Voice Command Tips

Alerts you when manual control of the system is

disabled to prevent distraction while driving.

Only voice commands are available.

/Off

Remember Last Screen

Selects whether the device remembers the last

screen. On/Off

Memory Refresh

Turns on the audio system automatically and

restores the fragmentation of a memory when

the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.

/Off

Refresh Time Adjustment Sets the time for Memory Refresh. —

Change Skin Changes the screen interface design. Yes/No

Factory Data Reset Resets all the settings to their factory default.

2Defaulting All the Settings P. 331 Yes/No

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 325 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

326

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

System

Others

Climate Screen Timeout

Changes the length of time the climate control

display stays on when you press the CLIMATE

button.

Never/5 Seconds/10

Seconds

/20

Seconds

Detail Information Displays the details of the head unit and

operating system information.

Default Cancels /Resets all customized items in the

System group as default. Yes/No

Vehicle

TPMS Calibration Cancels/Calibrates the TPMS. Cancel/Calibrate

Driver

Assist

System

Setup

Forward Collision Warning

Distance Changes the distance at which CMBS

alerts. Long/Normal

/Short

ACC Forward Vehicle

Detect Beep

Causes the system to beep when the system

detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of

the ACC with LSF range.

On/Off

Lane Keeping Assist

Suspend Beep

Causes the system to beep when LKAS is

suspended. On/Off

Road Departure Mitigation

Setting

Changes the setting for the road departure

mitigation system.

Normal

/Wide/

Warning Only/

Narrow

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 326 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

327

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Vehicle Meter

Setup

Adjust Outside Temp.

Display

Adjusts the temperature reading by a few

degrees.

-5°F ~ ±0°F

~ +5°F

(U.S.)

-3°C ~ ±0°C

~ +3°C

(Canada)

“Trip A” Reset Timing

Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A,

average fuel economy A, average speed A, and

elapsed time A.

When Refueled/

When Charged/IGN

Off/Manually Reset

“Trip B” Reset Timing

Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B,

average fuel economy B, average speed B, and

elapsed time B.

When Refueled/

When Charged/IGN

Off/Manually Reset

Adjust Alarm Volume Changes the alarm volume, such as buzzers,

warnings, turn signal sound, and so on. High/Mid

/Low

Fuel Efficiency Backlight Turns the ambient meter feature on and off. On

/Off

Turn By Turn Auto Display Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes

on during the route guidance. On

/Off

New Message

Notifications

Used to select whether a pop-up alert comes on

the screen when HFL receives a new text/e-mail

message.

/Off

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 327 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

328

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Vehicle

Meter

Setup

Reverse Alert Tone Causes the beeper to sound once when the

transmission is put into (R.On

/Off

Speed/Distance Units Selects the trip computer units.

km/h∙km/

mph∙miles

(U.S.)

km/h∙km

mph∙miles

(Canada)

Driving

Position

Setup

Memory Position Link Turns the driving position memory system on and

off. On

/Off

Keyless

Access

Setup

Door Unlock Mode Changes which doors unlock when you grab the

driver’s door handle.

Driver Door Only

All Doors

Keyless Access Light Flash Causes some exterior lights to flash when you

unlock/lock the doors. On

/Off

Keyless Access Beep Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/

lock the doors. On

/Off

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 328 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

329

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Vehicle Lighting

Setup

Interior Light Dimming

Time

Changes the length of time the interior lights stay

on after you close the doors.

15seconds/

30seconds

60seconds

Headlight Auto Off Timer Changes the length of time the exterior lights

stay on after you close the driver’s door.

0seconds/

15seconds

30seconds/

60seconds

Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for the headlights to come

on.

Max/High/Mid

Low/Min

Auto Interior Illumination

Sensitivity

Changes the sensitivity of the brightness of the

instrument panel when the headlight switch is in

the AUTO position.

Max/High/Mid

Low/Min

Auto Headlight ON With

Wiper ON

Changes the settings for the wiper operation

when the headlights automatically come on while

the headlight switch is in the AUTO position.

/Off

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 329 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

330

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Vehicle

Door/

Window

Setup

Auto Door Lock Used to change the setting for when the doors

automatically lock.

With Vehicle

Speed

/Shift from P/

Off

Auto Door Unlock Changes the setting for when the doors unlock

automatically.

All Doors When

Driver’s Door

Opens

/All Doors

When Shifted to

Park/All Doors When

Ignition Switched

Off/Off

Key and Remote Unlock

Mode

Sets up the driver’s door or all the doors to unlock

on the first push of the remote.

Driver Door

/All

Doors

Keyless Lock Answer Back LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.

LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds. On

/Off

Security Relock Timer

Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock

and the security system to set after you unlock

the vehicle without opening any door.

90seconds/

60seconds/

30seconds

Walk Away Auto Lock Changes the settings for the auto lock function

when you walk away from the vehicle. On/Off

Maintenance Info. Resets the Maintenance Minder

display when

you have performed the maintenance service. —

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 330 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

331

uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings

Features

Defaulting All the Settings

Reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.

1. Select .

2. Select Settings.

3. Select System.

4. Select the Others tab.

5. Select Factory Data Reset.

uA confirmation message appears on the

screen.

6. Select Yes to reset the settings.

7. Select Yes again to reset the settings.

uA confirmation message appears on the

screen. Select OK.

uAfter selecting OK, the system will

reboot.

1Defaulting All the Settings

When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset

all settings to default and delete all personal data.

If you perform Factory Data Reset, it will reset the

preinstalled apps to their factory default.

If you perform Factory Data Reset, you cannot use

the HondaLink® because it becomes off line.

2HondaLink® P. 269

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 331 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

332

Features

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three

remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or

home security systems.

Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that

the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety

information, contact the manufacturer.

Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the

way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.

When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage door’s

path.

■Important Safety Precautions

1HomeLink® Universal Transceiver

Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage

door opener, confirm that the opener has an external

entrapment protection system, such as an “electronic

eye,” or other safety and reverse stop features. If it

does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 332 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

333

uuHomeLink® Universal Transceiver

uTraining HomeLink

Continued

Features

Training HomeLink

If it is necessary to erase a previously entered

learned code:

•Press and hold the two outside buttons for

about 20 seconds, until the red indicator

blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to

step 1.

•If you are training the second or third

button, go directly to step 1.

The instructions on the next page should work for most gate or garage openers, but

may not work for all. For detailed instructions about your specific remote opener,

visit http://www.homelink.com or call (800) 355-3515.

Red Indicator

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 333 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuHomeLink® Universal Transceiver

uTraining HomeLink

334

Features

■Training a Button

1Training HomeLink

Retraining a Button

If you want to retrain a programmed button for a

new device, you do not have to erase all button

memory. You can replace the existing memory code

using this procedure:

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button

until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink.

2. Quickly release the HomeLink button and follow

steps 1 - 3 under “Training a Button.” You do not

need to press and release the HomeLink button

again in step 2.

Indicator remains on

for about 25 secs.

Standard transmitter

Indicator remains on for

about 25 secs.

Rolling code transmitter

Erasing Codes

To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside

buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink

(about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes

before selling the vehicle.

If you have any problems, see the device’s

instructions, visit www.homelink.com, or call

HomeLink at (800) 355-3515.

HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Gentex

Corporation.

5. A.

1. Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the

HomeLink button you want to program.

Press and hold the desired HomeLink button. Hold the button on the remote

transmitter. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from slowly blinking to

constantly on or rapidly blinking? The process should take less than 60 seconds.

Press and hold the

programmed HomeLink

button for about a sec.

Does the device (garage

door opener) work?

Press and release the HomeLink button. Press

and release the button on the remote every 2

secs.

Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from

slowly blinking to constantly on or rapidly

blinking? The process should take less than 60

seconds.

Training

Complete

Press and hold the HomeLink button again.

Press and hold the HomeLink

button again.

The remote-controlled device

should operate.

Training Complete

The remote has a rolling code. Press the

“learn” button on the remote-controlled

device (e.g. garage door opener).

Within 30 secs, press and hold the

programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs.

HomeLink indicator rapidly blinks.

HomeLink LED is

constantly on.

YES NO

YES

YES NO NO

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 334 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

335

Continued

Features

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using

your vehicle’s audio system, without handling your cell phone.

Using HFL

■HFL Buttons

1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

Place your phone where you can get good reception.

To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell

phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing

procedures, and special feature capabilities:

•U.S.: Visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,

or call 1-888-528-7876.

•Canada: For more information on smartphone

compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.

To use the system, the Bluetooth On/Off Status

setting must be On. If there is an active connection to

Apple CarPlay, HFL is unavailable.

2How to customize P. 306

Voice control tips

•Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the

windows, as noise coming from them may interfere

with the microphone.

•Press the button when you want to call a

number using a stored voice tag. Speak clearly and

naturally after a beep.

•If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,

the command may be misinterpreted.

•To change the volume level, select the audio

system’s VOL (Volume) or use the remote audio

controls on the steering wheel.

Up to five speed dial entries can be displayed among

a total of 20 that can be entered.

2Speed Dial P. 349

(Talk) Button

Volume up

Microphone

(Hang-up/Back) Button

(Pick-up) Button

ENTER Button

Button

Buttons

Volume down

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 335 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL

336

Features

(Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the phone menu on the driver

information interface, or to answer an incoming call.

(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call, go back to the previous

command, or cancel a command.

(Talk) button: Press to access Voice Portal.

buttons: Press to select an item displayed on the phone menu in the driver

information interface.

ENTER button: Press to call a number listed in the selected item on the phone

menu in the driver information interface.

button: Select and press ENTER to display Speed Dial, Call History, or

Phonebook on the phone menu in the driver information interface.

To go to the Phone Menu screen:

1. Select .

2. Select Phone to switch the display to the phone screen.

3. Select .

1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

Up to five previous calls can be displayed at a time

among a total of 20 that can be entered. If there is no

call history, Call History is disabled.

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology

The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered

trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any

use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under

license. Other trademarks and trade names are those

of their respective owners.

HFL Limitations

An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio

system when it is playing. It will resume when the call

is ended.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 336 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

337

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL

Features

The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call.

Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.

You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.

Only previously stored speed dial entries with voice tags, phonebook names, or

numbers can be called using voice commands while the vehicle is in motion.

2Speed Dial P. 349

■HFL Status Display

1HFL Status Display

The information that appears on the audio/

information screen varies between phone models.

You can change the system language.

2How to customize P. 306

■Limitations for Manual Operation

Bluetooth Indicator

Appears when your phone is

connected to HFL.

Signal Strength

HFL Mode

Battery Level Status

Caller’s Name

Caller’s Number

Roaming Status

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 337 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

338

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

HFL Menus

The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL.

■Phone Settings screen

1. Select .

2. Select Settings.

3. Select Phone.

1HFL Menus

To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-

compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle

is parked.

Some functions are limited while driving.

Disconnect a paired phone

from the system.

Bluetooth Device List (Existing entry list)

Disconnect

Delete Delete a paired phone.

Add Bluetooth Device Pair a new phone to the system.

Phone

Connect a paired device to

the system.

Connect

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 338 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

339

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Continued

Features

Manual Input

New Entry

Import from Call History

Import from Phonebook

Edit

Delete

(Existing entry list)

Edit Speed Dial

Delete All

Enter a phone number to store as a speed

dial number.

Select a phone number from the call history

to store as a speed dial number.

Delete all of the previously stored speed dial numbers.

Select a phone number from the phonebook

to store as a speed dial number.

Edit a previously stored speed dial number.

●

Change a name.

●

Change a number.

●

Create or delete a voice tag.

Delete a previously stored speed dial number.

Ring Tone Select the fixed or mobile phone.

Automatic Phone Sync Set phonebook and call history data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to HFL.

Turn HondaLink Assist on and off.

HondaLink Assist

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 339 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

340

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

Select Account

Enable Text/Email

Text/Email

New Message Notification Select whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL

receives a new text/e-mail message.

Turn the text/e-mail message function on and off.

Select a mail or text message account.

Default Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Phone settings group as default.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 340 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

341

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Continued

Features

■Phone Menu screen

1. Select .

2. Select Phone.

3. Select .

Select a phone number from the call history to

store as a speed dial number.

Speed Dial

Manual Input

New Entry

Import from Call History

Import from Phonebook Select a phone number from the phonebook

to store as a speed dial number.

Enter a phone number to store as a speed

dial number.

(Existing entry list) Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.

Select a phone number from the call history to

store as a speed dial number.

Manual Input

New Entry

Import from Call History

Import from Phonebook Select a phone number from the phonebook

to store as a speed dial number.

Enter a phone number to store as a speed

dial number.

(Existing entry list) Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.

Edit Speed Dial

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 341 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

342

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

See the previous message.

Text/Email Read/Stop

(Existing message list)

See the next message.

System reads received message aloud, or

stop message from being read.

Select Account Select a mail or text message account.

Reply to a received message using one of six

fixed phrases.

Dial Make a call to the sender.

Display the last outgoing, incoming and missed calls.

Call History All

Dialed

Received

Display the last outgoing calls.

Display the last incoming calls.

Missed Display the last missed calls.

Dial

Redial

Enter a phone number to dial.

Redial the last number dialed.

Phonebook Display the paired phone’s phonebook.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 342 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

343

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■To pair a cell phone (when there is no

phone paired to the system)

1. Select Phone.

2. Select Yes.

3. Make sure your phone is in search or

discoverable mode, then select Continue.

uHFL automatically searches for a

Bluetooth® device.

4. Select your phone when it appears on the

list.

uIf your phone does not appear, you can

select Refresh to search again.

uIf your phone still does not appear, select

Phone Not Found and search for

Bluetooth® devices using your phone.

From your phone, search for

HandsFreeLink.

5. The system gives you a pairing code on the

audio/information screen.

uConfirm if the pairing code on the screen

and your phone match.

This may vary by phone.

■Phone Setup

1Phone Setup

Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to

the system before you can make and receive hands-

free calls.

Phone Pairing Tips:

•You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is

moving.

•Up to six phones can be paired.

•Your phone's battery may drain faster when it is

paired to the system.

•If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found

by the system within three minutes, the system will

time out and return to idle.

Once you have paired a phone, you can see it

displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the

right side.

These icons indicate the following:

: The phone can be used with HFL.

: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.

If there is an active connection to Apple CarPlay,

pairing of additional Bluetooth-compatible devices is

unavailable and Add Bluetooth Device is grayed

out from the Bluetooth Device List screen.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 343 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

344

Features

■To change the currently paired phone

1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.

2Phone Settings screen P. 338

2. Select Bluetooth Device List.

3. Select a phone to connect.

uHFL disconnects the connected phone

and starts searching for another paired

phone.

4. Select Connect , Connect , or

Connect .

■To change the pairing code setting

1. Select .

2. Select Settings.

3. Select Bluetooth/Wi-Fi.

4. Select the Bluetooth tab.

5. Select Edit Pairing Code.

6. Select Random or Fixed.

1To change the currently paired phone

If no other phones are found or paired when trying to

switch to another phone, HFL will inform you that the

original phone is connected again.

To pair other phones, select Add Bluetooth Device

from the Bluetooth Device List screen.

1To change the pairing code setting

The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the

setting.

To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the

current code, then enter a new one.

For a randomly generated pairing code each time you

pair a phone, select Random.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 344 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

345

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Continued

Features

■To delete a paired phone

1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.

2Phone Settings screen P. 338

2. Select Bluetooth Device List.

3. Select a phone you want to delete.

4. Select Delete.

5. A confirmation message appears on the

screen. Select Yes.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 345 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

346

Features

■To turn on or off the text/e-mail

message function

1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.

2Phone Settings screen P. 338

2. Select the Text/Email tab, then Enable

Text/Email.

uA pop-up menu appears on the screen.

3. Select On or Off.

■To turn on or off the text/e-mail

message notice

1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.

2Phone Settings screen P. 338

2. Select the Text/Email tab, then New

Message Notification.

uA pop-up menu appears on the screen.

3. Select On or Off.

■To Set Up Text/E-mail Message Options

1To Set Up Text/E-mail Message Options

To use the text/e-mail message function, it may be

necessary to set up on your phone.

Some text/e-mail message features may not be

available depending on a cellular phone.

1To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice

On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you

receive a new message.

Off: The message you receive is stored in the system

without notification.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 346 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

347

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

You can change the ring tone setting.

1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.

2Phone Settings screen P. 338

2. Select Ring Tone.

3. Select Fixed or Mobile Phone.

■Ring Tone

1Ring Tone

Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speakers.

Mobile Phone: For certain connected phones, the

ring tone stored in the phone sounds from the

speakers.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 347 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

348

Features

■When Automatic Phone Sync is set to

On:

When your phone is paired, the contents of its

phonebook and call history are automatically

imported to the system.

■Changing the Automatic Phone Sync

setting

1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.

2Phone Settings screen P. 338

2. Select Automatic Phone Sync.

3. Select On or Off.

■Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History

1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History

When you select a name from the list in the cellular

phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.

The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored

for that name.

On some phones, it may not be possible to import the

category icons to the system.

The phonebook is updated after every connection.

Call history is updated after every connection or call.

Home

Mobile

Work

Pager

Fax

Car

Other

Voice

Pref

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 348 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

349

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.

To store a speed dial number:

1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.

2Phone Menu screen P. 341

2. Select Speed Dial.

3. Select New Entry.

From Import from Call History:

uSelect a number from the call history.

From Manual Input:

uInput the number manually.

From Import from Phonebook:

uSelect a number from the connected cell

phone’s imported phonebook.

4. When the speed dial is successfully stored,

you are asked to create a voice tag for the

number. Select Yes or No.

5. Select Record, or use the button and

follow the prompts to complete the voice

tag.

■Speed Dial

1Speed Dial

When a voice tag is stored, press the button to

call the number using the voice tag. Say the voice tag

name.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 349 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

350

Features

■To add a voice tag to a stored speed

dial number

1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.

2Phone Settings screen P. 338

2. Select Edit Speed Dial.

3. Select an existing speed dial entry.

uFrom the pop-up menu, select Edit.

4. Select Voice Tag.

uFrom the pop-up menu, select Record.

5. Select Record, or use the button and

follow the prompts to complete the voice

tag.

■To delete a voice tag

1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.

2Phone Settings screen P. 338

2. Select Edit Speed Dial.

3. Select an existing speed dial entry.

uFrom the pop-up menu, select Edit.

4. Select Voice Tag.

uFrom the pop-up menu, select Clear.

5. A confirmation message appears on the

screen. Select Yes.

1Speed Dial

Avoid using duplicate voice tags.

Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.

It is easier for the system to recognize a longer name.

For example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 350 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

351

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Continued

Features

■To edit a speed dial

1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.

2Phone Settings screen P. 338

2. Select Edit Speed Dial.

3. Select an existing speed dial entry.

uFrom the pop-up menu, select Edit.

4. Select a setting you want.

■To delete a speed dial

1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.

2Phone Settings screen P. 338

2. Select Edit Speed Dial.

3. Select an existing speed dial entry.

uFrom the pop-up menu, select Delete.

4. A confirmation message appears on the

screen. Select Yes.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 351 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

352

Features

Add phonetic modifications or a new voice tag to the phone’s contact name so that

it is easier for HFL to recognize voice commands.

■To add a new voice tag

1. Select .

2. Select Settings.

3. Select System.

4. Select the Voice Recog. tab.

5. Select Phonebook Phonetic

Modification.

6. Select the phone you want to add

phonetic modification to.

■Phonebook Phonetic Modification

1Phonebook Phonetic Modification

You can store up to 20 phonetic modification items.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 352 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

353

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Continued

Features

7. Select New Voice Tag.

8. Select a contact name you want to add to.

uThe pop-up menu appears on the

screen.

9. Select Modify.

10. Using Record or the button, follow

the prompts to complete the voice tag.

11. You will receive a confirmation message

on the screen, then select OK.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 353 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

354

Features

■To modify a voice tag

1. Select .

2. Select Settings.

3. Select System.

4. Select the Voice Recog. tab.

5. Select Phonebook Phonetic

Modification.

6. Select the phone you want to modify

phonetic modification.

7. Select a contact name you want to

modify.

uThe pop-up menu appears on the

screen.

8. Select Modify.

9. Using Record or the button, follow

the prompts to complete the voice tag.

10. You will receive a confirmation message

on the screen, then select OK.

1Phonebook Phonetic Modification

You can only modify or delete contact names for the

currently connected phone.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 354 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

355

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Continued

Features

■To delete a modified voice tag

1. Select .

2. Select Settings.

3. Select System.

4. Select the Voice Recog. tab.

5. Select Phonebook Phonetic

Modification.

6. Select the phone you want to delete

phonetic modification.

7. Select a contact name you want to delete.

uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.

8. Select Delete.

uThe selected contact name has been

selected.

9. Select OK.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 355 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

356

Features

■To delete all modified voice tags

1. Select .

2. Select Settings.

3. Select System.

4. Select the Voice Recog. tab.

5. Select Phonebook Phonetic

Modification.

6. Select the phone you want to delete

phonetic modification.

uThe contact name list appears.

7. Select Delete All.

8. You will receive a confirmation message on

the screen, then select Yes.

You can make calls by inputting any phone

number, or by using the imported

phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or

redial.

■Making a Call

1Making a Call

Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by

voice from most screens.

Press the button and say the voice tag name.

Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of

the person you are calling through the audio

speakers.

While there is an active connection with Apple

CarPlay, phone calls cannot be made with

HandsFreeLink® and are only made from Apple

CarPlay.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 356 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

357

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■To make a call using the imported

phonebook

1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.

2Phone Menu screen P. 341

2. Select Phonebook.

3. Select a name.

uYou can also search by letter. Select

Search.

uUse the keyboard on the touch screen for

entering a name, if multiple numbers

exist select a number.

4. Select a number.

uDialing starts automatically.

■To make a call using a phone number

1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.

2Phone Menu screen P. 341

2. Select Dial.

3. Select a number.

uUse the keyboard on the touch screen for

entering numbers.

4. Select .

uDialing starts automatically.

1To make a call using the imported phonebook

You can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial number

using voice commands.

2Speed Dial P. 349

1To make a call using a phone number

You can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial number

using voice commands.

2Speed Dial P. 349

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 357 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

358

Features

■To make a call using redial

1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.

2Phone Menu screen P. 341

2. Select Redial.

uDialing starts automatically.

■To make a call using the Call History

Call history is stored by All, Dialed,

Received, and Missed.

1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.

2Phone Menu screen P. 341

2. Select Call History.

3. Select All, Dialed, Received, or Missed.

4. Select a number.

uDialing starts automatically.

■To make a call using a Speed Dial entry

1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.

2Phone Menu screen P. 341

2. Select Speed Dial.

3. Select a number.

uDialing starts automatically.

1To make a call using the Call History

The call history displays the last 20 all, dialed,

received, or missed calls.

(Appears only when a phone is connected to the

system.)

1To make a call using a Speed Dial entry

When a voice tag is stored, press the button to

call the number using the voice tag.

2Speed Dial P. 349

Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by

voice from any screen.

Press the button and follow the prompts.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 358 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

359

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

When there is an incoming call, an audible

notification sounds (if activated) and the

Incoming call screen appears.

Press the button to answer the call.

Press the button to decline or end the

call.

The following options are available during a call.

Mute: Mute your voice.

Transfer: Transfer a call from the system to your phone.

Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-

driven phone system.

The available options are shown on the lower

half of the screen.

Select the option.

uThe mute icon appears when Mute is

selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.

■Receiving a Call

1Receiving a Call

Call Waiting

Press the button to put the current call on hold to

answer the incoming call.

Press the button again to return to the current

call.

Select Ignore to ignore the incoming call if you do

not want to answer it.

Press the button if you want to hang up the

current call.

You can select the icons on the audio/information

screen instead of the and buttons.

■Options During a Call

1Options During a Call

Touch Tones: Available on some phones.

You can select the icons on the audio/information

screen.

Mute Icon

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 359 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

360

Features

HFL can display newly received text or e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most

recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be

read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.

1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new

text or e-mail message.

2. Select Read to listen to the message.

uThe text or e-mail message is displayed.

The system automatically starts reading

out the message.

3. To discontinue the message read-out, select

Stop.

■Receiving a Text/E-mail Message

1Receiving a Text/E-mail Message

The system does not display any received messages

while you are driving. You can only hear them read

aloud.

The system can only receive massages that are sent as

text (SMS) messages. Messages sent using data

services will not be displayed in the list.

With some phones, you may be able to display up to

20 most recent text and e-mail messages.

State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text/

e-mail message feature. Only use the text/e-mail

message feature when conditions allow you to do so

safely.

When you receive a text or e-mail message for the

first time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are

asked to turn the New Message Notification

setting to On.

2To turn on or off the text/e-mail message

notice P. 346

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 360 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

361

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

If a paired phone has text message or mail accounts, you can select one of them to

be active and receive notifications.

1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.

2Phone Settings screen P. 338

2. Select the Text/Email tab, then Select

Account.

uA pop-up menu appears on the screen.

3. Select Text Messages or an e-mail

message account you want.

■Selecting a Mail Account

1Selecting a Mail Account

You can also select a mail account from the folder list

screen or the message list screen.

You can only receive notifications from one text

message or mail account at a time.

Select

Account

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 361 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

362

Features

■Displaying text messages

1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.

2Phone Menu screen P. 341

2. Select Text/Email.

uSelect account if necessary.

3. Select a message.

uThe text message is displayed. The

system automatically starts reading the

message aloud.

■Displaying Messages

1Displaying Messages

The icon appears next to an unread message.

If you delete a message on the phone, the message is

also deleted in the system. If you send a message

from the system, the message goes to your phone’s

outbox.

To see the previous or next message, select

(previous) or (next) on the message screen.

Message List

Text Message

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 362 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

363

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Continued

Features

■Displaying e-mail messages

1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.

2Phone Menu screen P. 341

2. Select Text/Email.

uSelect Select Account if necessary.

3. Select a folder.

4. Select a message.

uThe e-mail message is displayed. The

system automatically starts reading the

message aloud.

Folder List

Message List

E-mail

Message

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 363 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

364

Features

■Read or Stop reading a message

1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen.

uThe system automatically starts reading

the message aloud.

2Displaying Messages P. 362

2. Select Stop to stop reading.

Select Read again to start reading the

message from the beginning.

■Reply to a message

1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen.

uThe system automatically starts reading

the message aloud.

2Displaying Messages P. 362

2. Select Reply.

3. Select the reply message.

uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.

4. Select Send to send the message.

uMessage sent appears on the screen

when the reply message was successfully

sent.

1Reply to a message

The available fixed reply messages are as follows:

•Talk to you later, I’m driving.

•I’m on my way.

•I’m running late.

•OK

•Yes

•No

You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.

Only certain phones receive and send messages when

paired and connected. For a list of compatible

phones:

•U.S.: Visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,

or call 1-888-528-7876.

•Canada: For more information on smartphone

compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 364 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

365

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Continued

Features

■Making a call to a sender

1. Go to the text message screen.

2. Select Dial.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 365 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

366

Features

■Automatic collision notification

If your vehicle’s airbags deploy or if the unit

detects that the vehicle is severely impacted,

your vehicle automatically will attempt to

connect to the HondaLink operator. If

connected, information about your vehicle, its

location, and its condition can be sent to the

operator

; you also can speak to the operator

when connected.

IMPORTANT: For vehicles equipped with HondaLink Assist, owner activation

constitutes authorization for Honda to collect information from your vehicle needed

to provide the service, and agreement to the Terms of Use at www.hondalink.com/

TermsAndConditions. In a crash, HondaLink Assist will attempt to notify emergency

services but NEITHER Honda-PRO NOR ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS GUARANTEE THAT

SUCH NOTIFICATION WILL OCCUR.

Honda reserves the right to terminate HondaLink Assist services at any time or for

any reason, and in the future may not be able to provide services due to changes in,

or obsolescence of, technology integral to the service or changes in governmental

regulation.

*1: Depending on your phone and adequate cellular coverage, your vehicle’s

location may not be sent to the operator.

■In Case of Emergency

1In Case of Emergency

Your vehicle may not be able to connect to the

operator if the 12-volt battery level is low, the line is

disconnected, or you do not have adequate cellular

coverage.

You cannot use this emergency service when:

•You travel outside the HondaLink service coverage

areas.

•There is a problem with the connecting devices,

such as the microphones, speakers, or the unit

itself.

You cannot operate other phone-related functions

using the screen while talking to the operator.

Select Hang Up to terminate the connection to your

vehicle.

1Automatic collision notification

If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it

repeatedly tries until it succeeds.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 366 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

367

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■To enable notification

1. Go to the Phone Settings screen.

2Phone Settings screen P. 338

2. Select the Phone tab, then HondaLink

Assist.

uA pop-up menu appears on the screen.

3. Select On or Off.

1To enable notification

Setting options:

•On: Notification is available.

•Off: Disable the feature.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 367 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

368

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 368 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

369

Driving

This chapter discusses driving and refueling.

Before Driving................................... 370

Towing a Trailer................................ 375

When Driving

Turning on the Power ...................... 376

Precautions While Driving................. 380

Transmission .................................... 381

Shifting............................................ 382

ECON Mode .................................... 388

SPORT Mode.................................... 389

Deceleration Paddle Selector ............ 390

Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System...... 393

Front Sensor Camera ....................... 394

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM)

System........................................396

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low

Speed Follow (LSF) ......................... 400

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) .. 415

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka

Electronic Stability Control (ESC),

System ....................................... 422

Agile Handling Assist ....................... 424

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).. 425

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) -

Required Federal Explanation ......... 427

LaneWatch

................................... 429

Braking .............................................. 431

Parking Your Vehicle

When Stopped................................. 447

Multi-View Rear Camera.................. 449

Refueling

Fuel Information .............................. 451

How to Refuel ................................. 452

Charging

Before Charging .............................. 454

Charge the High Voltage battery using a

Level 1 or 2 charger ....................... 455

Control Box ..................................... 461

High Voltage Battery........................ 466

Using a Timer .................................. 467

Fuel Economy and CO

Emissions

Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing

Emissions................................ 469

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 369 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

370

Driving

Before Driving

Driving Preparation

Check the following items before you start driving.

•Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior

lights, or other parts of the vehicle.

uRemove any frost, snow, or ice.

uRemove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of

vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened.

uWhen removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel

or wheel components.

•Make sure the hood is securely closed.

uIf the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.

•Make sure the tires are in good condition.

uCheck air pressures, and check for damage and excessive wear.

2Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 499

•Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle.

uThere are blind spots from the inside.

•Disconnect the charging cable.

■Exterior Checks

1Exterior Checks

NOTICE

When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around

the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force

them open, as this can damage the rubber trim

around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid

further freezing.

Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder.

You will be unable to insert the key if the water

freezes in the hole.

Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite

flammable materials left under the hood, causing a

fire. If you’ve parked your vehicle for an extended

period, inspect and remove any debris that may have

collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have

fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a

small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover

flammable materials after you or someone else has

performed maintenance on your vehicle.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 370 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

371

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation

Driving

•Store or secure all items on board properly.

uCarrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle’s

handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe.

2Maximum Load Limit P. 373

•Do not pile items higher than the seat height.

uThey can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden

braking.

•Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor

mat.

uAn object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator

pedal operation while driving.

•If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle.

uThey may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.

•Securely close and lock all doors and the trunk.

2Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 146

•Adjust your seating position properly.

uAdjust the head restraint, too.

2Adjusting the Seats P. 175

2Adjusting the Front Head Restraints Positions P. 178

•Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving.

uAdjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.

2Adjusting the Mirrors P. 173

2Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 172

■Interior Checks

1Interior Checks

The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not

need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry

heavy items in the trunk, have the aiming readjusted

at an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer

or by a qualified technician.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 371 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

372

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation

Driving

•Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the

seats.

uThey can interfere with the driver’s ability to operate the pedals, the operation

of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats.

•Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.

2Fastening a Seat Belt P. 50

•Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the

vehicle, and go off soon after.

uAlways have an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer check the

vehicle if a problem is indicated.

2Indicators P. 86

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 372 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

373

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit

Continued

Driving

Maximum Load Limit

The maximum load for your vehicle is 850 lbs (385 kg). See the Tire

and Loading Information label attached to the driver’s doorjamb.

This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and

accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.

Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit -

(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and

cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your

vehicle’s placard.

(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers

that will be riding in your vehicle.

(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers

from XXX kg or XXX lbs.

(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and

luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount

equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in

your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load

capacity is 650 lbs.

(1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

1Maximum Load Limit

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR):

The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all

occupants, all accessories and all cargo.

2Specifications P. 566

Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR):

The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.

2Specifications P. 566

WARNING

Overloading or improper loading

can affect handling and stability

and cause a crash in which you

can be hurt or killed.

Follow all load limits and other

loading guidelines in this manual.

Label Example

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 373 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

374

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit

Driving

(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being

loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the

available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.

(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will

be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to

determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage

load capacity of your vehicle.

In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants,

accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight

Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb.

Load Limits Example

Example1

Max Load

850 lbs

(385 kg)

Passenger Weight

150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs

(68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)

Cargo Weight

550 lbs

(249 kg)

Example2

Max Load

850 lbs

(385 kg)

Passenger Weight

150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs

(68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)

Cargo Weight

100 lbs

(45 kg)

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 374 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

375

Driving

Towing a Trailer

Your vehicle is not designed to tow a trailer. Attempting to do so can void your

warranties.

Towing Your Vehicle

Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs

to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.

2Emergency Towing P. 561

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 375 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

376

Driving

When Driving

Turning on the Power

1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.

2. Depress the brake pedal.

1When Driving

When you set the power mode to ON, you may feel

as if the brake pedal is sinking down. This is normal.

1Turning on the Power

Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when

starting the power system.

The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in

thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400

meters).

When turning on the power system in cold weather,

turn off all electrical accessories such as the lights,

climate control system, and rear defogger in order to

reduce 12-volt battery drain.

If the temperature of the High Voltage battery drops

below approximately –22°F (–30°C), the power

system will not start, the High Voltage battery will not

operate and, as a result, the vehicle will not start.

Store the vehicle in a garage or take another measure

to insure that temperature of the High Voltage

battery does not fall below this temperature. If

necessary, consult an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-

In Hybrid dealer.

U.S. models

Electric Parking

Brake Switch

Brake Pedal

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 376 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

377

uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power

Driving

3. Press the POWER button without

depressing the accelerator pedal.

uThe Ready To Drive message appears

on the driver information interface.

uWhen the ambient temperature is

extremely low, the vehicle does not move

until certain conditions are met.

A warning message appears instead of

Ready To Drive.

2Driver Information Interface

Warning and Information Messages

P. 103

uIf the High Voltage battery is fully

charged, the gasoline engine may not

start.

uIf the High Voltage battery charge level is

low, the gasoline engine starts.

1Turning on the Power

If the temperature of the High Voltage battery drops

to approximately –22°F (–30°C) or below, the power

system will not start. Wait for the High Voltage

battery to warm up or move the vehicle to a warmer

location. Note plugging the vehicle in will not help in

this case.

Store the vehicle in a garage or take another measure

to insure that temperature of the High Voltage

battery does not fall below this temperature. If

necessary, consult an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-

In Hybrid dealer.

If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can

smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle

checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In

Hybrid dealer. There may be a problem with the

engine or exhaust system.

The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from

theft.

If an improperly coded device is used, the power

system does not activate.

2Immobilizer System P. 153

Canadian models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 377 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power

378

Driving

You can turn the power system off when the vehicle is completely stopped.

1. Put the transmission into (P.

2. Press the POWER button.

■Stopping the Power System

1Turning on the Power

Bring the smart entry remote close to the POWER

button if the battery in the smart entry remote is

weak.

2If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak

P. 537

The power system may not activate if the smart entry

remote is subjected to strong radio waves.

Do not hold the POWER button to start the power

system.

If the power system does not start, wait at least 30

seconds before trying again.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 378 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

379

uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power

Driving

1. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, press the (D button. Select (R when

reversing.

2. With the parking brake applied, release the brake pedal and gently depress the

accelerator pedal.

uMake sure the parking brake and brake system indicator (red) goes off.

2Parking Brake P. 431

■Hill Start Assist System

Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from

rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.

Change to (D when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill, then release the

brake pedal.

■Starting to Drive

1Starting to Drive

You can also release the parking brake by pressing

the electric parking brake switch while depressing the

brake pedal.

When facing downhill, you can start your vehicle

more smoothly by manually releasing it with the

electric parking brake switch than by releasing it with

the accelerator pedal.

1Hill Start Assist System

Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from

rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and

does not operate on small inclines.

Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking

brake.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 379 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

380

uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving

Driving

Precautions While Driving

Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the power

system or driveline, or cause electrical component failure.

■In Rain

1Precautions While Driving

NOTICE

Do not select a shift button while pressing the

accelerator pedal. You could damage the

transmission.

NOTICE

The following can damage the rear frames and rear

suspensions. Be careful when driving.

•Backing up the vehicle into a space with a parking

block or road shoulder

•Driving up or down to a different surface level

(such as a road shoulder)

•Driving on a road with potholes

NOTICE

If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an

extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel in

the full left or right position for a while, the electric

power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system

goes into a protective mode, and limits its

performance. The steering wheel becomes harder

and harder to operate. Once the system cools down,

the EPS system is restored.

Repeated operation under these conditions can

eventually damage the system.

If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY while

driving, the power system will shut down and all

steering and brake power assist functions will stop,

making it difficult to control the vehicle.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 380 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

381

uuWhen DrivinguTransmission

Driving

If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location.

Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks, and contact an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

Transmission

As with a conventional gasoline-powered vehicle with an automatic transmission,

this vehicle will creep.

Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.

Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the vehicle

to react similar to an automatic transmission vehicle, unexpectedly increasing vehicle

speed. Depress the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and

curves.

■Other Precautions

■Creeping

■Kickdown

1Precautions While Driving

Do not press the (N button, as you will lose

regenerative braking (and acceleration) performance.

During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation,

avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so

as to not damage the engine or powertrain.

Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km).

You should also follow this when the brake pads are

replaced.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 381 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

382

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

Driving

Shifting

Change the gear position in accordance with your driving needs.

■Shift button positions

1Shifting

To prevent malfunction and unintended

engagement:

•Do not spill any liquids on or around shift buttons.

•Do not place or drop any objects on or around shift

buttons.

•Do not let passengers or children operate the shift

buttons.

You may occasionally find that it takes longer than

usual for the vehicle to start moving when you select

(R, release the brake pedal, and/or depress the

accelerator pedal. This may occur when the High

Voltage battery level is extremely low, and does not

indicate a vehicle malfunction.

WARNING

The vehicle can roll away if left unattended

without confirming that Park is engaged.

A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash

resulting in serious injury or death.

Always keep your foot on the brake pedal

until you have confirmed that

is shown

on the gear position indicator.

Park

Used when parking or before turning the

power on or off

Reverse

Used when reversing

Neutral

Transmission is not locked

Drive

Used for:

Normal driving

●

The deceleration paddle selector can be

used temporarily.

The deceleration paddle selector can be

used when SPORT mode is on.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 382 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

383

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

Driving

■(P (parking) button

The gear position changes to (P when you

press the (P button while the vehicle is

parked with the power mode in ON.

The indicators on the sides of the (P button

come on.

1Shifting

The beeper sounds and the message appears on the

driver information interface when you depress the

accelerator pedal with the gear position in (N.

Change the gear position to (D or (R with the brake

pedal depressed.

(P Button

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 383 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

384

Driving

■Shift Operation

1Shift Operation

NOTICE

When you change (D to (R and vice versa, come to

a complete stop and keep the brake pedal depressed.

Operating the shift button before the vehicle has

come to a complete standstill can damage the

transmission.

Use the gear position indicator and the shift button

indicator to check the gear position before and after

selecting a shift button.

If the indicator of the currently selected gear position,

or all the gear position indicators are blinking

simultaneously, there is a problem with the

transmission.

Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission

checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In

Hybrid dealer as soon as possible.

The beeper sounds once when you change to (R.

Gear Position Indicator

READY Indicator

Press the (P button.

Press back the (R button.

Press the (N button.

Press the (D button.

Shift Button

Indicator

SPORT Mode Indicator

Deceleration Paddle

Selector Indicator

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 384 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

385

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

Driving

■When opening the driver’s door

If you open the driver’s door under the following conditions, the gear position

automatically changes to (P.

•The vehicle is in stationary with the power mode in ON, or moving at 1 mph (2

km/h) or slower.

•The transmission is in other than (P.

•You have unfastened the driver side seat belt.

uIf you manually change the gear position from (P with the brake pedal

depressed, the gear position will automatically return to (P once you release

the brake pedal.

■When turning off the power mode

If you turn the power system off while the vehicle is stationary, and the transmission

is in other than (P, the gear position automatically changes to (P.

1When opening the driver’s door

While the system is designed to automatically change

the gear position to (P under the described

conditions, in the interest of safety you should always

select (P before opening the driver's door.

Make sure to park the vehicle in a safe place.

2When Stopped P. 447

If you want to drive the vehicle after the gear position

has automatically changed to (P under the described

conditions, close the door, fasten the seat belt,

depress the brake pedal, then change the gear

position.

If you leave the vehicle, turn off the power system

and lock the doors.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 385 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

386

Driving

■If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode]

With the power system on:

1. Depress the brake pedal.

2. Make sure the READY indicator is on.

3. Press (N. Within six seconds press and hold (N for two seconds.

uThis puts the vehicle in car wash mode which must be used when your vehicle

is pulled through a conveyor type automatic car wash where you or an

attendant do not remain in the vehicle.

If you want to cancel car wash mode, select a position other than (N.

If you want to reduce energy consumption in car wash mode:

Press the POWER button during car wash mode.

uMake sure the READY indicator is off.

uThe gear position remains in (N with the power mode in ACCESSORY for 15

minutes, then, it automatically changes to (P and the power mode changes to

OFF.

Manually changing to (P cancels ACCESSORY mode. The (P indicator comes on

and the power mode changes to OFF. You must always shift to (P when car wash

mode is no longer needed.

1If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash

mode]

To keep the vehicle in (N position, you can also

follow this procedure:

While the power system is on, select (N, and then

within five seconds, press the POWER button.

Note that the transmission may not stay in (N

position while any of the following indicators is on:

•POWER SYSTEM indicator

•Transmission system indicator

•12-volt battery charging system indicator

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 386 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

387

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

Driving

■Restriction on selecting a gear position

You cannot select a gear position under certain circumstances that may lead to a crash.

When the

transmission is in:

1. Under the circumstances

of that: 2. You cannot select: 3. The gear position

remains in/changes to:

How to change the

gear position

The brake pedal is not

depressed.

Other gear position

Release the accelerator

pedal and depress the

brake pedal.

The accelerator pedal is

depressed.

The vehicle is moving at low

speed without the brake pedal

depressed.

The vehicle is moving at low

speed with the accelerator

pedal depressed.

(N or (DThe vehicle is moving forward. (R

Park your vehicle in a

safe place.

(R or (NThe vehicle is moving backward. (D

(R, (N, or (DThe vehicle is moving. (P

(P or (NThe READY indicator is not on.

A gear position other than (P

or (N(P or (N

Make sure that the

READY indicator

comes on.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 387 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

388

uuWhen DrivinguECON Mode

Driving

ECON Mode

The ECON button turns the ECON mode on and off.

The ECON mode helps you improve your energy economy by adjusting the

performance of the climate control system and the accelerator pedal response.

1ECON Mode

While in the ECON mode, the climate control system

has greater temperature fluctuations.

When the ECON mode is active, the driver’s side seat

heater functions according to the status of the

climate control system. If you want to use only the

climate control system, press the seat heater button

to OFF.

If you select ECON mode, the threshold for the

engine to provide additional power is higher than it is

when the vehicle is in either of the other two drive

modes. Note that if the accelerator pedal is depressed

past the point at which you feel a click, the engine

will start in the ECON mode.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 388 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

389

uuWhen DrivinguSPORT Mode

Driving

SPORT Mode

To turn the SPORT mode on and off, press the SPORT button.

The SPORT mode delivers crisp agility and responsiveness.

This mode is suitable for driving on hills or through curves on mountain roads.

The SPORT mode is turned off every time you start the power system, even if you

turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle.

1SPORT Mode

Depending on the driving conditions, the engine may

start if you depress the accelerator pedal past the

point at which you feel a click. In SPORT mode,

however, the engine will start before this point.

SPORT Button

SPORT Mode

Indicator

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 389 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

390

uuWhen DrivinguDeceleration Paddle Selector

Driving

Deceleration Paddle Selector

When you release the accelerator pedal, you can control the rate of deceleration

without releasing your hands from the steering wheel. Using the deceleration

paddle selector situated on the steering wheel, you can sequentially shift through

four stages of deceleration.

When descending a hill, you can use the deceleration paddle selector to help

maintain the rate of deceleration, thereby allowing you to keep a safe distance

between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead as well as utilize engine braking.

The default deceleration stage is . Each

paddle selector operation makes a single

stage deceleration change.

uThe deceleration stage may not change if

you pull the paddle selector

continuously.

To select the different stages of deceleration:

•Pull back the (+ selector (right side) to decrease the deceleration stage.

•Pull back the (- selector (left side) to increase the deceleration stage.

Pull the (+ selector for a few seconds when you want to cancel the deceleration

paddle selector.

1Deceleration Paddle Selector

If you are descending a hill when you select stage ,

the vehicle may enter stage .

If you pull back right and left paddle selector at the

same time, the deceleration stage may not change.

CAUTION

Rapidly increasing the deceleration rate by

quickly shifting the deceleration paddle

can cause the tires to skid, resulting in a

crash that could injure or kill someone.

Always maintain a reasonable rate of

deceleration.

Decrease

Increase

Deceleration

Stage

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 390 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

391

uuWhen DrivinguDeceleration Paddle Selector

Driving

1Deceleration Paddle Selector

In the following situations, the stage may not change

and the stage number will blink even if you pull back

the selector. The deceleration stage may decrease or

cancel automatically:

•The high voltage battery is fully charged or its

temperature is too cold or too hot.

•The speed of the vehicle is beyond the deceleration

range with SPORT mode off.

•Hybrid system protection is needed.

•The paddle selector is operated while your vehicle is

stopped automatically by ACC with LSF.

If either paddle selector is operated, ACC with LSF

will cancel automatically.

When to use

Gear position is in (D

When SPORT mode is OFF,

the deceleration stage

appears.

Deceleration Stage When SPORT mode is ON,

the deceleration stage

and M appear.

Increase the deceleration

stage when pulling the (-

paddle selector (left side)

Paddle Selector

Decrease the deceleration

stage when pulling the (+

paddle selector (right side)

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 391 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

392

uuWhen DrivinguDeceleration Paddle Selector

Driving

■When SPORT mode is OFF

If you pull back the paddle selector, the rate of deceleration will change temporarily,

and the stage will appear in the driver information interface.

When you want to cancel the deceleration paddle selector, pull the (+ selector

(right side) for a few seconds.

The deceleration paddle selector will cancel automatically and deceleration stage in

the driver information interface disappear when you drive with constant speed,

situations of acceleration and decelerate just before stopping your vehicle.

■When SPORT mode is ON

If you pull back the paddle selector, the rate of deceleration will change and the

stage along with M will appear in the driver information interface. The deceleration

stage is not cancel automatically while SPORT mode is ON.

When you want to cancel the deceleration paddle selector, turn the SPORT mode

OFF, or pull the (+ selector (right side) for a few seconds. When canceled,

deceleration stage in the driver information interface disappear.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 392 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

393

uuWhen DrivinguAcoustic Vehicle Alerting System

Driving

Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System

Alerts pedestrians that a vehicle is approaching when the vehicle speed is around 12

mph (20 km/h) or less.

Press the button to turn the system on and

off.

uThe indicator in the button comes on

when the system is off.

The system is turned on every time you turn

the power system on, even if you turned it off

the last time you drove the vehicle.

■Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System Button

Canadian models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 393 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

394

uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera

Driving

Front Sensor Camera

The camera, used in systems such as LKAS, RDM, ACC with LSF, and CMBS

, is

designed to detect an object that triggers any of the systems to operate its

functions.

This camera is located behind the rearview

mirror.

To help reduce the likelihood that high interior

temperatures will cause the camera’s sensing

system to shut off, when parking, find a shady

area or face the front of the vehicle away from

the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do

not allow it to cover the camera housing.

Covering the camera can concentrate heat on

it.

■Camera Location and Handling Tips

1Front Sensor Camera

Never apply a film or attach any objects to the

windshield, hood, or front grill that could obstruct

the camera’s field of vision and cause the system to

operate abnormally.

Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield

within the camera’s field of vision can cause the

system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we

recommend that you replace the windshield with a

genuine Honda replacement windshield. Making

even minor repairs within the camera’s field of vision

or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield

may also cause the system to operate abnormally.

After replacing the windshield, have an authorized

Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer recalibrate the

camera. Proper calibration of the camera is necessary

for the system to operate properly.

Do not place an object on the top of the instrument

panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent

the system from detecting lane lines properly.

Front Sensor

Camera

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 394 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

395

uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera

Driving

1Front Sensor Camera

If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot

Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message

appears:

•Use the climate control system to cool down the

interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode

with the airflow directed towards the camera.

•Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield

temperature, which cools down the area around

the camera.

If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot

Operate: Clean Front Windshield message

appears:

•Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the

windshield. If the message does not disappear after

you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a

while, have your vehicle checked by an authorized

Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 395 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

396

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

Driving

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

Alerts and helps to assist you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle

unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings and/or leaving the roadway

altogether.

The front camera behind the rearview mirror

monitors left and right lane markings (in white

or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close to

detected lane markings without a turn signal

activated, the system, in addition to a visual

alert, applies steering torque and alerts you

with rapid vibrations on the steering wheel, to

help you remain within the detected lane.

2Customized Features P. 306

As a visual alert, the Lane Departure

message appears on the driver information

interface.

If the system determines that its steering input

is insufficient to keep your vehicle on the

roadway, it may apply braking.

uBraking is applied only when the lane

markings are solid continuous lines.

The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid

crossing over detected lane markings.

If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system

beeps to alert you.

■How the System Works

1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

Important Safety Reminder

Like all assistance systems, the RDM system has

limitations.

Over-reliance on the RDM system may result in a

collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the

vehicle within your driving lane.

The RDM system only alerts you when lane drift is

detected without a turn signal in use. The RDM

system may not detect all lane markings or lane or

roadway departures; accuracy will vary based on

weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is

always your responsibility to safely operate the

vehicle and avoid collisions.

You can read about handling information for the

camera equipped with this system.

2Front Sensor Camera P. 394

The RDM system may not work properly or may work

improperly under the certain conditions:

2RDM Conditions and Limitations P. 398

There are times when you may not notice RDM

functions due to your operation of the vehicle, or

road surface conditions.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 396 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

397

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

Driving

The system becomes ready to start searching for lane markings when all the

following conditions are met:

•The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).

•The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road.

•The turn signals are off.

•The brake pedal is not depressed.

•The wipers are not in continuous operation.

•The vehicle is not accelerating or braking, and the steering wheel is not being

turned.

•The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating,

braking or steering.

■How the System Activates

1How the System Activates

If LKAS is off and you have selected Narrow from the

customized options using the driver information

interface, the message below will appear in case the

system determines a possibility of your vehicle

crossing over detected lane markings.

2Customized Features P. 133

The RDM system may automatically shut off and the

indicator comes and stays on.

2Indicators P. 86

RDM system function can be impacted when the

vehicle is:

•Not driven within a traffic lane.

•Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of

a lane.

•Driven in a narrow lane.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 397 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

398

Driving

Press the RDM button to turn the system on

and off.

uThe indicator in the button comes on and

the message appears on the driver

information interface when the system is

on.

The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle

under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.

■Environmental conditions

•Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).

•Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.

•There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.

•Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).

•Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.

•Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.

•Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.

•Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.

•Reflections on the interior of the windshield.

■RDM On and Off

1RDM On and Off

When you have selected Warning Only from the

customized options using the audio/information

screen, the system does not operate the steering

wheel and braking.

RDM Button

Indicator

■RDM Conditions and Limitations

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 398 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

399

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

Driving

■Roadway conditions

•Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,

reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).

•Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.

•Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road

repairs or old lane markings.

•The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection

or crosswalk).

•The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.

•The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.

•The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.

•Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.

•When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white

lines (or yellow lines).

•Driving on roads with double lines.

■Vehicle conditions

•Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.

•The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet

snow, etc.

•The inside of the windshield is fogged.

•The camera temperature gets too high.

•An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,

improperly inflated tire, etc.).

•The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.

•When tire chains are installed.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 399 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

400

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

Driving

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF)

Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-interval behind a vehicle

detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate

and stop your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the

accelerator.

When ACC with LSF slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your vehicle's brake

lights will illuminate.

1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

Important Reminder

As with any system, there are limits to ACC with LSF.

Use the brake pedal whenever necessary, and always

keep a safe interval between your vehicle and other

vehicles.

Be careful not to severely impact the radar sensor

cover.

WARNING

Improper use of ACC with LSF can lead to a

crash.

Use ACC with LSF only when driving on

expressways or freeways and in good

weather conditions.

WARNING

ACC with LSF has limited braking capability

and may not stop your vehicle in time to

avoid a collision with a vehicle that quickly

stops in front of you.

Always be prepared to apply the brake

pedal if the conditions require.

When to use

■

Vehicle speed for ACC with LSF: A vehicle is detected ahead within ACC with LSF

range – ACC with LSF operates at speeds up to 90 mph (145 km/h).

No vehicle is detected within ACC with LSF range – ACC with LSF operates at the

speed of 25 mph (40 km/h) or above.

■

Gear position for ACC with LSF: In (D.

The radar sensor is

in the front grille.

The camera is

located behind

the rearview

mirror.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 400 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

401

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

Driving

■How to activate the system

1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

When the MAIN button is pressed, both ACC with

LSF and the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) are

either turned on or off.

ACC with LSF may not work properly under certain

conditions.

2ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations

P. 406

When not using ACC with LSF: Turn off adaptive

cruise by pressing the MAIN button. This also will

turn off the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).

Do not use ACC with LSF under the following

conditions:

•On roads with heavy traffic or while driving in

continuous stop and go traffic.

•On roads with sharp turns.

•On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set

vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such

cases, ACC with LSF will not apply the brakes to

maintain the set speed.

•On roads with toll collection facilities or other

objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking

areas, or facilities with drive through access.

How to use

■

Press the MAIN button

on the steering wheel.

ACC (green) is on in the

instrument panel.

ACC with LSF is ready to

use.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 401 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

402

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

Driving

When driving at about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above: Take your foot off the

pedal and press the −/SET button when you reach the desired speed. The moment

you release the button, the set speed is fixed, and ACC with LSF begins.

When driving at slower than about 25 mph (40 km/h): If the vehicle is moving

and the brake pedal is not depressed, pressing the button fixes the set speed to

about 25 mph (40 km/h) regardless of current vehicle speed. If your vehicle is

stationary, you can set the vehicle speed even with the brake pedal depressed.

■To Set the Vehicle Speed

On when ACC with

LSF begins Press and release

−/SET Button

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 402 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

403

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

Continued

Driving

When ACC with LSF starts operating, the

vehicle icon, interval bars and set speed

appear on the driver information interface.

When you use ACC with LSF, Straight Driving

Assist (a feature of the Electric Power Steering

system) is activated.

By enabling the steering system to

automatically compensate for natural steering

pull, Straight Driving Assist makes it easier for

you to keep your vehicle in a straight line.

Set Vehicle Speed

Set Vehicle Interval

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 403 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

404

Driving

■There is a vehicle ahead

ACC with LSF monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC with LSF range. If a

vehicle is detected doing so, the ACC with LSF system maintains or decelerates your

vehicle’s set speed in order to keep the vehicle’s set following-interval from the

vehicle ahead.

2To Set or Change Following-Interval P. 409

When a vehicle whose speed is slower than

your set speed is detected in front of you, your

vehicle starts to slow down.

■When in Operation

1When in Operation

If the vehicle ahead of you slows down abruptly, or if

another vehicle is detected cutting in front of you,

the beeper sounds, a message appears on the driver

information interface.

Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate

interval from the vehicle ahead.

Even if the interval between your vehicle and the

vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC with LSF may

start accelerating your vehicle under the following

circumstances:

•The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the

same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle.

•A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster

than your vehicle, gradually increasing the interval

between the vehicles.

You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle

detected in front of you comes in and goes out of the

ACC with LSF detecting range. Change the ACC

Forward Vehicle Detect Beep setting.

2Customized Features P. 306

Beep

ACC with LSF Range: 394 ft. (120 m)

A vehicle icon appears on the

driver information interface

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 404 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

405

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

Driving

■There is no vehicle ahead

Your vehicle maintains the set speed without

having to keep your foot on the brake or

accelerator pedal.

If there previously was a vehicle detected

ahead that kept your vehicle from traveling at

the set speed, ACC with LSF accelerates your

vehicle to the set speed, and then maintains it.

■When you depress the accelerator pedal

You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or

visual alert even if a vehicle is in the ACC with LSF range.

ACC with LSF stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the accelerator pedal,

the system resumes an appropriate speed for keeping the following-interval while a

vehicle ahead is within the ACC with LSF range.

■A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows to a stop

Your vehicle also stops, automatically. The

Stopped message appears on the driver

information interface.

When the vehicle ahead of you starts again,

the vehicle icon on the driver information

interface blinks. If you press the RES/+ or

−/SET button, or depress the accelerator

pedal, ACC with LSF operates again within the

prior set speed.

1When in Operation

Limitations

You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe

interval when using ACC with LSF. Additionally, ACC

with LSF may not work properly under certain

conditions.

2ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations

P. 406

WARNING

Exiting a vehicle that has been stopped

while the ACC with LSF system is operating

can result in the vehicle moving without

operator control.

A vehicle that moves without operator

control can cause a crash, resulting in

serious injury or death.

Never exit a vehicle when the vehicle is

stopped by ACC with LSF.

A vehicle icon with dotted-line

contour appears on the driver

information interface

1When you depress the accelerator pedal

While the accelerator pedal is depressed, the system

does not apply the brakes to keep the following

interval, as well as the BRAKE message on the driver

information interface does not appear.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 405 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

406

Driving

The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under

certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other

conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions.

2Front Sensor Camera P. 394

■Environmental conditions

Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).

■Roadway conditions

Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected

lights, road spray, high contrast).

■Vehicle conditions

•The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.

•An abnormal tire or wheel condition (Wrong sized, varied size or construction,

improperly inflated tire, etc.).

•The camera temperature gets too high.

•The parking brake is applied.

•When the front grille is dirty.

•The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.

•When tire chains are installed.

■ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations

1ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations

The radar sensor for ACC with LSF is shared with the

collision mitigation braking system

(CMBS

2Collision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

) P. 439

You can read about handling information for the

camera equipped with this system.

2Front Sensor Camera P. 394

Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.

Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for

cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a

mild detergent.

Do not put a sticker on the radar sensor cover or

replace the radar sensor cover.

If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or

removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly

impacted, turn off the system by pressing the MAIN

button and take your vehicle to an authorized Honda

Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

Have your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda

Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer if you find any unusual

behavior of the system (e.g., the warning message

appears too frequently).

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 406 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

407

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

Continued

Driving

■Detection limitations

•A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.

•The interval between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is

too short.

•A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.

•When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you

at high speed.

•The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small

vehicle.

•When there are animals in front of your vehicle.

•When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult

for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.

•The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of

you is significantly large.

•An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.

•Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.

•When driving through a narrow iron bridge.

•When the vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly.

•When the vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape.

•When your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 407 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

408

Driving

Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+ or −/SET button on the

steering wheel.

•Each time you press the RES/+ or −/SET button, the vehicle speed is increased or

decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.

•If you press and hold the RES/+ or −/SET button, the vehicle speed increases or

decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.

■To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower

than your increased set speed, ACC with LSF may not

accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set

interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead.

You can switch the displayed set speed

measurements on the driver information interface

between mph and km/h.

2Gauges P. 121

To increase speed

To decrease speed

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 408 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

409

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

Continued

Driving

Press the (interval) button to change the

ACC with LSF following-interval.

Each time you press the button, the following-

interval (the interval behind a vehicle detected

ahead of you) setting cycles through extra

long, long, middle, and short following-

intervals.

Determine the most appropriate following-

interval setting based on your specific driving

conditions. Be sure to adhere to any

following-interval requirements set by local

regulation.

■To Set or Change Following-Interval

Interval Button

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 409 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

410

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

Driving

The higher your vehicle’s following-speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or

extra long following-interval becomes. See the following examples for your

reference.

When your vehicle stops automatically because a vehicle detected ahead of you has

stopped, the interval between the two vehicles will vary based on the ACC with LSF

interval setting.

Following-interval

When the Set Speed is:

50 mph (80 km/h) 65 mph (104 km/h)

Short

83 feet

25 meters

1.1 sec

100 feet

31 meters

1.1 sec

Middle

110 feet

33 meters

1.5 sec

142 feet

43 meters

1.5 sec

Long

154 feet

47 meters

2.1 sec

200 feet

61 meters

2.1 sec

Extra

Long

204 feet

62 meters

2.8 sec

265 feet

81 meters

2.8 sec

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 410 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

411

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

Driving

To cancel ACC with LSF, do any of the

following:

•Press the CANCEL button.

•Press the MAIN button.

uACC with LSF indicator goes off.

•Depress the brake pedal.

uWhen the LSF function has stopped the

vehicle, you cannot cancel ACC with LSF

by depressing the brake pedal.

■To Cancel

1To Cancel

Resuming the prior set speed: After you have

canceled ACC with LSF, you can resume the prior set

speed while it is still displayed. Press the RES/+

button.

The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC

with LSF has been turned off using the MAIN button.

Press the MAIN button to activate the system, then

set the desired speed.

CANCEL

Button

MAIN

Button

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 411 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

412

Driving

■Automatic cancellation

The beeper sounds and a message appears on the driver information interface when

ACC with LSF is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may cause the ACC

with LSF to automatically cancel:

•Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)

•When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.

•An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding.

•Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods.

•Abrupt steering wheel movement.

•When the ABS, VSA® or CMBS

is activated.

•When the ABS or VSA® system indicator comes on.

•When the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope.

•When you manually apply the parking brake.

•When the detected vehicle within the ACC with LSF range is too close to your

vehicle.

•The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including

the windshield, gets dirty.

The ACC with LSF automatic cancellation can be also triggered by the following

causes. In these cases, the parking brake will be automatically applied.

•The driver’s seat belt is unfastened when the vehicle is stationary.

•The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes.

•The power system is turned off.

In the following cases, a buzzer sounds, ACC with LSF is deactivated, and the

message Cruise Cancelled: Slope Too Steep. Watch Downhill Speed appears in

the driver information interface.

•While descending a long slope and the vehicle has repeatedly applied the brakes

to maintain the set speed.

1Automatic cancellation

Even though ACC with LSF has been automatically

canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed.

Wait until the condition that caused ACC with LSF to

cancel improves, then press the RES/+ button.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 412 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

413

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

Driving

Press and hold the (interval) button for one

second. Cruise Mode Selected appears on

the driver information interface for two

seconds, and then the mode switches to

Cruise.

To switch back to ACC with LSF, press and

hold the button again for one second. ACC

Mode Selected appears on the driver

information interface for two seconds.

■When to use

Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~.

Take your foot off the pedal and press the –/SET button when you reach the desired

speed.

The moment you release the –/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control

begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.

Each time you press the RES/+ or –/SET button, the vehicle speed is increased or

decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

If you keep the RES/+ or –/SET button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or

decreases until you release it. This speed is then set.

■To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control

1To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control

Always be aware which mode you are in. When you

are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist

you to maintain a following-interval from a vehicle

ahead of you.

You can switch the displayed set speed

measurements on the driver information interface

between mph and km/h.

2Gauges P. 121

ACC with

LSF ON

Cruise

Control ON

■To Set the Vehicle Speed

■To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 413 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

414

Driving

To cancel cruise control, do any of the following:

•Press the CANCEL button.

•Press the MAIN button.

•Depress the brake pedal.

The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.

■To Cancel

1To Cancel

Resuming the prior set speed:

After cruise control has been canceled, you can still

resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+

button while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40

km/h) or more.

You cannot set or resume in the following situations:

•When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h).

•When the MAIN button is turned off.

At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise

control canceled automatically.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 414 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

415

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Continued

Driving

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and

provides tactile and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.

1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Important Safety Reminders

The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a

substitute for your vehicle control. The system does

not work if you take your hands off the steering

wheel or fail to steer the vehicle.

2Driver Information Interface Warning and

Information Messages P. 119

Do not place objects on the instrument panel.

Objects may reflect on the front windshield and

prevent correct detection of the traffic lanes.

The LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected

without a turn signal in use. The LKAS may not detect

all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will

vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker

condition. It is always your responsibility to safely

operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.

The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways.

The LKAS may not work properly or may work

improperly under the certain conditions:

2LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 420

You can read about handling information for the

camera equipped with this system.

2Front Sensor Camera P. 394

When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and

resumes after the signals are off.

() If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS

alerts activate, and torque is applied to the steering.

■Front Sensor

Camera

Monitors the lane

lines

■Tactile and visual alerts

Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel

and a warning display alert you that

the vehicle is drifting out of a

detected lane.

■Steering input assist

The system applies torque to the steering to keep the vehicle between the left

and right lane lines. The applied torque becomes stronger as the vehicle gets

closer to either of the lane lines.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 415 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

416

Driving

Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane, when the vehicle

nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become

stronger.

When the vehicle enters the warning area, the LKAS alerts you with slight steering

wheel vibration as well as a warning display.

■Lane Keep Support Function

1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

The LKAS may not function as designed while driving

in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with

sharp curves.

When it fails to detect lanes, the system will

temporarily be canceled. When lane is detected,

system will recover automatically.

■Lane Departure Warning Function

Warning Area

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 416 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

417

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Driving

The system can be used when the following conditions are met.

•The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and

your vehicle is in the center of the lane.

•The vehicle speed is between 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).

•You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road.

•The turn signals are off.

•The brake pedal is not depressed.

•The wipers are not in continuous operation.

■How to activate the system

1. Press the MAIN button.

uThe LKAS (green) is on in the driver

information interface.

The system is ready to use.

2. Press the LKAS button.

uLane outlines appear on the driver

information interface.

The system is activated.

■When the System can be Used

1When the System can be Used

If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line

due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS

and have your vehicle checked by an authorized

Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

MAIN Button

LKAS Button

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 417 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

418

Driving

3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the

lane while driving.

uThe dotted outer lines change to solid

ones once the system starts operating

after detecting the left and right lane

markings.

To cancel the LKAS:

Press the MAIN or LKAS button.

The LKAS is turned off every time you turn the

power system off, even if you turned it on the

last time you drove the vehicle.

■To Cancel

1To Cancel

Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC with LSF

on and off.

MAIN Button

LKAS Button

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 418 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

419

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Continued

Driving

■The system operation is suspended if

you:

•Set the wipers to HI.

uSet the wiper switch to other than HI

resumes the LKAS.

•Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40

mph (64 km/h) or less.

uIncreasing the vehicle speed to about 45

mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the

LKAS.

•Depress the brake pedal.

uThe LKAS resumes and starts detecting

the lane lines again once you release the

brake pedal.

■The LKAS may automatically be suspended when:

•The system fails to detect lane lines.

•The steering wheel is quickly turned.

•You fail to steer the vehicle.

•Driving through a sharp curve.

•Driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h).

Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.

When the LKAS is suspended,

the lane lines on the driver

information interface change to

contour lines, and the beeper

sounds (if activated).

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 419 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

420

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Driving

■The LKAS may automatically be canceled when:

•The camera temperature gets extremely high or low.

•The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including

the windshield, gets dirty.

•The ABS or VSA® systems engage.

A beeper will sound if the LKAS is automatically canceled.

The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in

the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following:

■Environmental conditions

•Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).

•Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.

•There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.

•Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).

•Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.

•Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.

•Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.

•Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.

•Reflections on the interior of the windshield.

■LKAS Conditions and Limitations

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 420 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

421

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Driving

■Roadway conditions

•Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,

reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).

•Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.

•Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road

repairs or old lane markings.

•The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection

or crosswalk).

•The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.

•The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.

•The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.

•Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.

•When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white

lines (or yellow lines).

•Driving on roads with double lines.

■Vehicle conditions

•Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.

•The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet

snow, etc.

•The inside of the windshield is fogged.

•The camera temperature gets too high.

•An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,

improperly inflated tire, etc.).

•The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 421 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

422

uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

Driving

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic

Stability Control (ESC), System

VSA® helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less

than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces.

It does so by regulating engine and motor output and selectively applying the

brakes.

When VSA® activates, you may notice that the

engine and motor do not respond to the

accelerator. You may also notice some noise

from the hydraulic system. You will also see

the indicator blink.

■VSA® Operation

1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control

(ESC), System

The VSA® may not function properly if tire type and

size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and

type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.

When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays

on while driving, there may be a problem with the

system. While this may not interfere with normal

driving, have your vehicle checked by an authorized

Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer immediately.

The indicators for the Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)

System, Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) OFF, low tire

Pressure/TPMS and Collision Mitigation Braking

System

(CMBS

) may come on along with a

message in the driver information interface after

reconnecting the 12-volt battery. Drive a short

distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). The

indicator should go off. If it does not, have your

vehicle checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-

In Hybrid dealer.

VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations

and does not control the entire braking system. You

still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate

for the conditions and always leave a sufficient

margin of safety.

The main function of the VSA® system is generally

known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The

system also includes a traction control function.

VSA® System

Indicator

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 422 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

423

uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

Driving

This button is on the driver side control panel.

To partially disable VSA® functionality/

features, press and hold it until you hear a

beep.

Your vehicle will have normal braking and

cornering ability, but traction control function

will be less effective.

To restore VSA® functionality/features, press

the (VSA® OFF) button until you hear a

beep.

VSA® is turned on every time you turn the

power system on, even if you turned it off the

last time you drove the vehicle.

■VSA® On and Off

1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control

(ESC), System

In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets

stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier

to free it with the VSA® temporarily switched off.

When the button is pressed, the traction control

function becomes less effective. This allows for the

wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should

only attempt to free your vehicle with the VSA® off if

you are not able to free it when the VSA® is on.

Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to

switch VSA® on again. We do not recommend driving

your vehicle with the VSA® system switched off.

You may hear a motor sound coming from the

engine compartment while system checks are being

performed immediately after turning the power

system on or while driving. This is normal.

VSA® OFF Indicator

U.S. models

Canadian models

VSA® OFF Indicator

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 423 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

424

uuWhen DrivinguAgile Handling Assist

Driving

Agile Handling Assist

Lightly brakes each of the front and rear wheels, as needed, when you turn the

steering wheel, and helps support the vehicle’s stability and performance during

cornering.

1Agile Handling Assist

The agile handling assist cannot enhance stability in

all driving situations. You still need to drive and

corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and

always leave a sufficient margin of safety.

When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays

on while driving, the agile handling assist does not

activate.

You may hear a sound coming from the engine

compartment while the agile handling assist is

activated. This is normal.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 424 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

425

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Continued

Driving

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Instead of directly measuring the pressure in each tire, the TPMS on this vehicle

monitors and compares the rolling radius and rotational characteristics of each

wheel and tire while you are driving to determine if one or more tires are

significantly under-inflated. This will cause the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to

come on and a message to appear on the driver information interface.

You must start TPMS calibration every time you:

•Adjust the pressure in one or more tires.

•Rotate the tires.

•Replace one or more tires.

Before calibrating the TPMS:

•Set the cold tire pressure in all four tires.

2Checking Tires P. 499

Make sure:

•The vehicle is at a complete stop.

•The gear position is in (P.

•The power mode is in ON.

■TPMS Calibration

1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

The system does not monitor the tires when driving

at low speed.

Conditions such as low ambient temperature and

altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can

trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come on.

Tire pressure checked and inflated in:

•Warm weather can become under-inflated in

colder weather.

•Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer

weather.

The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come

on as a result of over inflation.

The TPMS may not function properly if tire type and

size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and

type of tire.

2Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 499

The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator may come on

with a delay or may not come on at all when:

•You rapidly accelerate, decelerate, or turn the

steering wheel.

•You drive on snowy or slippery roads.

•Snow chains are used.

The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator may come on

under the following conditions:

•There is a heavier and uneven load on the tires,

such as when towing a trailer, than the condition at

calibration.

•Snow chains are used.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 425 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

426

Driving

You can calibrate the system from the

customized feature on the audio/information

screen.

1. Set the power mode to ON.

2. Select .

3. Select Settings.

4. Select Vehicle.

5. Select TPMS Calibration.

6. Select Cancel or Calibrate.

uWhen the calibration is complete, the

display returns to the customization

menu screen.

•If the Calibration Failed To Start.

message appears, repeat steps 4-6.

•The calibration process finishes

automatically.

1TPMS Calibration

•The calibration process requires approximately 30

minutes of cumulative driving at speeds between

30-65 mph (48-105 km/h).

•During this period, if the power system is turned on

and the vehicle is not moved within 45 seconds, you

may notice the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator

comes on briefly. This is normal and indicates that

the calibration process is not yet complete.

If snow chains are installed, remove them before

calibrating the TPMS.

If the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on even

when the properly inflated specified regular tires are

installed, have your vehicle checked by an authorized

Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

We recommend that the tires be replaced with the

same brand, model, and size as the originals. Ask an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer for

details.

The indicators for the Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)

System, Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) OFF, low tire

Pressure/TPMS and Collision Mitigation Braking

System

(CMBS

) may come on along with a

message in the driver information interface after

reconnecting the 12-volt battery. Drive a short

distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). The

indicator should go off. If it does not, have your

vehicle checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-

In Hybrid dealer.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 426 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

427

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation

Continued

Driving

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required

Federal Explanation

Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked

monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure

recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard

or tire inflation pressure label.

(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated

on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should

determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with

a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low

tire pressure telltale

when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you

should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate

them to the proper pressure.

Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to

overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces

fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s

handling and stopping ability.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 427 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

428

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation

Driving

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire

maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain

correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the

level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction

indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly.

The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire

pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the

telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain

continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon

subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may

not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.

TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including

the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the

vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.

Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or

more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the

replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to

continue to function properly.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 428 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

429

uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatch

Continued

Driving

LaneWatch

LaneWatch is an assistance system that allows you to check the passenger side rear

areas displayed on the audio/information screen when the turn signal is activated to

the passenger’s side. A camera in the passenger side door mirror monitors these

areas and allows you to check for vehicles, in addition to your visual check and use

of the passenger door mirror. You can also keep the system on for your convenience

while driving.

1LaneWatch

Important Safety Reminder

Like all assistance systems, LaneWatch has

limitations. Over reliance on LaneWatch may result in

a collision.

The LaneWatch function can be affected by weather,

lighting (including headlights and low sun angle),

ambient darkness, camera condition, and loading.

The LaneWatch may not provide the intended display

of traffic to the side and rear under the following

conditions:

•Your vehicle’s suspension has been altered,

changing the height of the vehicle.

•Your tires are over or under inflated.

•Your tires or wheels are of varied size or

construction.

WARNING

Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to

change lanes before doing so may result in

a crash and serious injury or death.

Do not rely only on LaneWatch while

driving.

Always look in your mirrors, to either side

of your vehicle, and behind you for other

vehicles before changing lanes.

1 2

Camera

Move the turn signal

lever to the passenger

side.

Press the LaneWatch

button.

The passenger side view

display appears on the

audio/information screen.

The system activates when you:

The system deactivates when you press

the LaneWatch button again.

Audio/Information Screen

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 429 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatch

430

Driving

■Customizing the LaneWatch settings

You can customize the following items using the audio/information screen.

•Show with Turn Signal: Selects whether LaneWatch monitor comes on when

you operate the turn signal light lever.

•Display Time after Turn Signal Off: Changes the length of time the LaneWatch

display stays on after you pull the turn signal lever back.

•Reference Line: Selects whether the reference lines appear on the LaneWatch

monitor.

•Display: Allows for display adjustments of items, such as brightness, contrast and

black level. This setting is part of the System setup group.

2Customized Features P. 306

■Reference Lines

Three lines that appear on the screen can give

an idea of how far the vehicles or objects on

the screen are from your vehicle, respectively.

If an object is near line 1 (in red), it indicates

that it is close to your vehicle whereas an

object near line 3 farther away.

1LaneWatch

The LaneWatch camera view is restricted. Its unique

lens makes objects on the screen slightly look

different from what they are.

LaneWatch display does not come on when the gear

position is in (R.

For proper LaneWatch operation:

•The camera is located in the passenger side door

mirror. Always keep this area clean. If the camera

lens is covered with dirt or moisture, use a soft,

moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of debris.

•Do not cover the camera lens with labels or stickers

of any kind.

•Do not touch the camera lens.

1Reference Lines

The area around the reference line 1 (red) is very close to

your vehicle. As always, make sure to visually confirm

the safety of a lane change before changing lanes.

The distance between your vehicle and lines 1, 2 and

3 on the screen vary depending on road conditions

and vehicle loading. For example, the reference lines

on the screen may seem to appear closer than the

actual distances when the rear of your vehicle is more

heavily loaded.

Consult an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer if:

•The passenger side door mirror, or area around it is

severely impacted, resulting in changing the

camera angle.

•The LaneWatch display does not come on at all.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 430 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

431

Continued

Driving

Braking

Brake System

Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parked. When the

parking brake is applied, you can manually or automatically release it.

■To apply

The electric parking brake can be applied any

time the vehicle has battery, no matter which

position the power mode is in.

Pull the electric parking brake switch up gently

and securely.

uThe parking brake and brake system

indicator (red) comes on.

■To release

The power mode must be in ON in order to

release the electric parking brake.

1. Depress the brake pedal.

2. Press the electric parking brake switch.

uThe parking brake and brake system

indicator (red) goes off.

Manually releasing the parking brake using

the switch helps your vehicle start slowly and

smoothly when facing down hill on steep hills.

■Parking Brake

1Brake System

When you depress the brake pedal, you may hear a

whirling sound from the engine compartment. This is

because the brake system is in operation, and it is

normal.

1Parking Brake

You may hear the electric parking brake system

motor operating from the rear wheel area when you

apply or release the parking brake, or set the power

mode to OFF. This is normal.

The brake pedal may slightly move due to the electric

parking brake system operation when you apply or

release the parking brake. This is normal.

You cannot apply or release the parking brake if the

12-volt battery goes dead.

2Jump Starting P. 539

If you pull up and hold the electric parking brake

switch while driving, the brakes on all four

wheels are applied by the electric servo brake

system until the vehicle comes to a stop. The

electric parking brake then applies, and the

switch should be released.

Electric Parking

Brake Switch

Electric Parking

Brake Switch

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 431 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuBrakinguBrake System

432

Driving

■To release automatically

Depressing the accelerator pedal releases the parking brake.

Use the accelerator pedal to release the brake when you are starting the vehicle

facing uphill, or in a traffic jam.

Gently depress the accelerator pedal.

When on a hill, it may require more

accelerator input to release.

uThe parking brake and brake system

indicator (red) goes off.

You can release the parking brake automatically when:

•You are wearing the driver’s seat belt.

•The power system is on.

•The transmission is not in (P or (N.

1Parking Brake

In the following situations, the parking brake

automatically operates.

•When the vehicle stops more than 10 minutes

while ACC with LSF is activated.

•

When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while your

vehicle is stopped automatically by ACC with LSF.

•When the power system is turned off while ACC

with LSF is activated.

•When the vehicle stops with the automatic brake

hold system activated for more than 10 minutes.

•When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while

your vehicle is stopped and brake hold is applied.

•When the power system is turned off while brake

hold is applied.

•When there is a problem with the Brake Hold

System.

If the parking brake cannot be released

automatically, release it manually.

The parking brake may not be released automatically

while the following indicators are on:

•POWER SYSTEM indicator

•Transmission system indicator

•Parking brake and brake system indicator (amber)

•VSA® system indicator

•ABS indicator

•Supplemental restraint system indicator

Accelerator Pedal

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 432 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

433

uuBrakinguBrake System

Driving

Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. The brake assist system

increases the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an

emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering

control when braking very hard.

2Brake Assist System P. 438

2Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 437

■Foot Brake

1Foot Brake

Check the brakes after driving through deep water,

or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If

necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the

pedal several times.

If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when

applying the brakes, this is caused by the brake wear

indicator rubbing on the brake rotor and indicates

that the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the

vehicle checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-

In Hybrid dealer. If you hear only an occasional

squeak or squeal when you initially apply the brake

pedal, this may be normal and caused by high

frequency vibration of the brake pads against the

rotating brake disc.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 433 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuBrakinguBrake System

434

Driving

1Foot Brake

Applying constant pressure to the brakes while going

down a long hill can cause the brakes to heat up,

resulting in a loss of stopping power. Therefore,

when descending a long hill, release the accelerator

pedal and allow regenerative braking to slow the

vehicle down. To adjust the rate of deceleration, use

the deceleration paddle selector.

When the high voltage battery is recharging,

regenerative braking may not be possible.

2POWER/CHARGE Gauge P. 122

2High Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge

P. 123

2Deceleration Paddle Selector P. 390

Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while

driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause

them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad

life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 434 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

435

uuBrakinguBrake System

Driving

Keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal until the accelerator pedal is

pressed. You can use this system while the vehicle is temporarily stopped, like at

traffic lights and in heavy traffic.

■Automatic Brake Hold

1Automatic Brake Hold

WARNING

Activating the automatic brake hold system

on steep hills or slippery roads may still

allow the vehicle to move if you remove

your foot from the brake pedal.

If a vehicle unexpectedly moves, it may

cause a crash resulting in serious injury or

death.

Never activate the automatic brake hold

system or rely on it to keep a vehicle from

moving when stopped on a steep hill or

slippery roads.

WARNING

Using the automatic brake hold system to

park the vehicle may result in the vehicle

unexpectedly moving.

If a vehicle moves unexpectedly, it may

cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or

death.

Never leave the vehicle when braking is

temporarily kept by automatic brake hold

and always park the vehicle by putting the

transmission in

and applying the parking

brake.

■Turning on the system

Fasten your seat belt

properly, then start the

power system. Press the

automatic brake hold

button.

●

The automatic brake

hold system indicator

comes on. The system

is turned on.

■

Activating the system

Depress the brake pedal

to come to a complete

stop. The transmission

must be in (D or (N.

●

The automatic brake

hold indicator comes

on. Braking is kept for

up to 10 minutes.

●

Release the brake

pedal after the

automatic brake hold

indicator comes on.

■

Canceling the system

Depress the accelerator

pedal while the

transmission is in (D.

The system is canceled

and the vehicle starts to

move.

●

The automatic brake

hold indicator goes

off. The system

continues to be on.

Accelerator Pedal

Brake PedalAutomatic Brake

Hold Button

Goes

Off

Comes

On On

Comes

U.S.

Canada

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 435 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuBrakinguBrake System

436

Driving

■The system automatically cancels when:

•You depress the brake pedal and change to (P or (R.

•You engage the parking brake.

■The system automatically cancels and the parking brake is applied when:

•Braking is kept for more than 10 minutes.

•The driver’s seat belt is unfastened.

•The power system is turned off.

•Brake Hold System Problem appears on the driver information interface.

■Turning off the automatic brake hold system

While the system is on, press the automatic

brake hold button again.

uThe automatic brake hold system

indicator goes off.

If you want to turn off automatic brake hold

while the system is in operation, press the

automatic brake hold button with the brake

pedal depressed.

1Automatic Brake Hold

While the system is activated, you can turn off the

power system or park the vehicle through the same

procedure as you normally do.

2When Stopped P. 447

Whether the system is on, or the system is activated,

the automatic brake hold turns off once the power

system is off.

1Turning on the system

Make sure to turn off the automatic brake hold

system before using an automated car wash.

You may hear an operating noise if the vehicle moves

while the automatic brake hold system is in

operation. The system generates sound while holding

the vehicle and it moves.

Automatic Brake

Hold Button

Goes

Off

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 436 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

437

uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)

Driving

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by

pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.

The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also

balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.

You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always

keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as

“stomp and steer.”

■ABS operation

You may hear an operating noise when the ABS is working. Keep holding the pedal

firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press on the brake pedal very hard

before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately if you

are trying to stop on snow or ice.

ABS may activate when you depress the brake pedal when driving on:

•Wet or snow covered roads.

•Roads paved with stone.

•Roads with uneven surfaces, such as potholes, cracks, manholes, etc.

When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.

■ABS

1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

NOTICE

The ABS may not function correctly if you use a tire of

the wrong size or type.

If the ABS indicator comes on while driving, there

may be a problem with the system.

While normal braking will not be affected, there is a

possibility that the ABS will not operating. Have your

vehicle checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-

In Hybrid dealer immediately.

The ABS is not designed for the purpose of reducing

the time or distance it takes for a vehicle to stop: It is

designed to limit brake lockup which can lead to

skidding and loss of steering control.

In the following cases, your vehicle may need more

distance to stop than a vehicle without the ABS:

•You are driving on rough or uneven road surfaces,

such as gravel or snow.

•The tires are equipped with snow chains.

The following may be observed with the ABS system:

•Motor sounds coming from the engine

compartment when the brakes are applied, or

when system checks are being performed after the

power system has been turned on and while

vehicle is accelerates.

•Brake pedal and/or the vehicle body vibration when

ABS activates.

These vibrations and sounds are normal to ABS

systems and are no cause for concern.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 437 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

438

uuBrakinguBrake Assist System

Driving

Brake Assist System

Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress

the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.

■Brake assist system operation

Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.

■Brake Assist System

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 438 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

439

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)

Continued

Driving

Collision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)

Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a

pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBS

is designed to alert you when a

potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help

minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable.

■How the system works

1Collision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)

Important Safety Reminder

The CMBS

is designed to reduce the severity of an

unavoidable collision. It does not prevent a collision

nor stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your

responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering

wheel appropriately according to the driving

conditions.

The CMBS

may not activate or may not detect a

vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain

conditions:

2CMBS

Conditions and Limitations P. 443

You can read about handling information for the

camera equipped with this system.

2Front Sensor Camera P. 394

Be careful not to severely impact the radar sensor

cover.

1How the system works

Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel alert you

when the your vehicle speed is between 19 and 62

mph (30 and 100 km/h) with an oncoming vehicle

detected in front of you.

When the CMBS

activates, it may automatically

apply the brake. It will be canceled when your vehicle

stops or a potential collision is not determined.

The radar sensor is

in the front grille.

The camera is

located behind

the rearview

mirror.

The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about 3

mph (5 km/h) and there is a vehicle in front of you.

When to use

The CMBS

activates when:

●

The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian detected

in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance of a

collision.

●

Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and there is a chance of a

collision with an oncoming detected vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 439 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)

440

Driving

■When the system activates

At system’s earliest collision alert stage, you can change the distance (Long/

Normal/Short) between vehicles at which alerts will come on through audio/

information screen setting options.

2Customized Features P. 306

■Vibration alert on the steering wheel

When a potential collision to an oncoming detected vehicle is determined, the

system alerts you with rapid vibration on the steering wheel, in addition to visual and

audible alerts.

uTake appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, operate the

steering wheel, etc.).

1When the system activates

The camera in the CMBS

is also designed to detect

pedestrians.

However, this pedestrian detection feature may not

activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of

your vehicle under certain conditions.

Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection

limitations from the list.

2CMBS

Conditions and Limitations P. 443

The system provides visual, audible and tactile alerts of a possible collision, and

stops if the collision is avoided.

uTake appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change

lanes, etc.)

Beep

Visual Alerts

Audible Alert Tactile Alert

1Vibration alert on the steering wheel

Vibration alert function is disabled when the electric

power steering (EPS) system indicator comes on.

2Electric Power Steering (EPS) System

Indicator P. 94

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 440 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

441

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)

Continued

Driving

The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBS

may not go through all of

the stages before initiating the last stage.

■Collision Alert Stages

Distance between vehicles

CMBS

The sensor detects a

vehicle Audible & Visual WARNINGS Steering Wheel Braking

Stage

one

There is a risk of a

collision with the

vehicle ahead of you.

When in Long, visual and

audible alerts come on at a

longer distance from a vehicle

ahead than in Normal setting,

and in Short, at a shorter

distance than in Normal.

In case of an

oncoming vehicle

detected, rapid

vibration is provided.

—

Stage

two

The risk of a collision

has increased, time to

respond is reduced.

Visual and audible alerts. —

Lightly

applied

Stage

three

The CMBS

determines that a

collision is

unavoidable.

Forcefully

applied

Your Vehicle

Vehicle

Ahead

ShortLong

Normal

Your

Vehicle

Ahead

Your

Vehicle

Ahead

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 441 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)

442

Driving

Press and hold the button until the beeper

sounds to switch the system on or off.

When the CMBS

is off:

•The CMBS

indicator in the instrument

panel comes on.

•A message on the driver information

interface reminds you that the system is off.

The CMBS

is turned on every time you start

the power system, even if you turned it off the

last time you drove the vehicle.

■CMBS

On and Off

1Collision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)

The CMBS

may automatically shut off, and the

CMBS

indicator will come and stay on under certain

conditions:

2CMBS

Conditions and Limitations P. 443

The indicators for the Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)

System, Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) OFF, low tire

Pressure/TPMS and Collision Mitigation Braking

System

(CMBS

) may come on along with a

message in the driver information interface after

reconnecting the 12-volt battery. Drive a short

distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). The

indicator should go off. If it does not, have your

vehicle checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-

In Hybrid dealer.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 442 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

443

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)

Continued

Driving

The system may automatically shut off and the CMBS

indicator will come on under

certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other

conditions may reduce some of the CMBS

functions.

2Front Sensor Camera P. 394

■Environmental conditions

•Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).

•Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.

•There is little contrast between objects and the background.

•Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).

•Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.

•Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.

•Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians.

•Reflections on the interior of the windshield.

•Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.

■Roadway conditions

•Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,

reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).

•Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads.

•The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.

■CMBS

Conditions and Limitations

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 443 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

444

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)

Driving

■Vehicle conditions

•Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.

•The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.

•The inside of the windshield is fogged.

•An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,

improperly inflated tire, etc.).

•When tire chains are installed.

•The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.

•The camera temperature gets too high.

•Driving with the parking brake applied.

•When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.

■Detection limitations

•A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.

•The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is

too short.

•A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.

•When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you

at high speed.

•The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small

vehicle.

•When there are animals in front of your vehicle.

•When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for

the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.

•The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of

you is significantly large.

•An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.

•Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc.

•Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.

•When driving through a narrow iron bridge.

•When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 444 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

445

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)

Continued

Driving

•When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by

side.

•Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrian’s

shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian.

•When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3.3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about

6.6 feet (2 meters) in height.

•When a pedestrian blends in with the background.

•When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands are raised or

they are running.

•When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group.

•When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an

unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size).

■Automatic shutoff

The CMBS

may automatically shut itself off and the CMBS

indicator comes and

stays on when:

•The temperature inside the system is high.

•You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an

extended period.

•An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.).

•The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including

the windshield, gets dirty.

Once the conditions that caused the CMBS

to shut off improve or are addressed

(e.g., cleaning), the system comes back on.

Limitations applicable to pedestrian detection only

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 445 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)

446

Driving

The CMBS

may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or

when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:

■When Passing

Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.

■At an intersection

Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.

■On a curve

When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming

vehicle is right in front of you.

■Through a low bridge at high speed

You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed.

■Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc.

You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train

tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when

parking, stationary vehicles and walls.

■With Little Chance of a Collision

1Collision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)

For the CMBS

to work properly:

Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.

Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for

cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a

mild detergent.

Do not apply any coverings or paint to the radar

sensor area. Do not put a sticker on the emblem or

replace the emblem.

These can impact CMBS

operation.

If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or

removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly

impacted, turn off the system by pressing the

CMBS

off button and take your vehicle to an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

Have your vehicle checked by an authorized Honda

Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer if you find any unusual

behavior of the system (e.g., the warning message

appears too frequently).

If the front of the vehicle is impacted in any of the

following situations, the radar sensor may not work

properly. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized

Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer:

•The vehicle mounted onto a bump, curb, chock,

embankment, etc.

•You drive the vehicle where the water is deep.

•Your vehicle has a frontal collision.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 446 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

447

Continued

Driving

Parking Your Vehicle

When Stopped

1. Depress the brake pedal firmly.

2. With the brake pedal depressed, pull up the electric parking brake switch slowly,

but fully.

3. Change the gear position to (P.

4. Turn off the power system.

uThe parking brake and brake system indicator (red) goes off in about 15

seconds.

1Parking Your Vehicle

Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects,

such as dry grass, oil, or timber.

Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.

WARNING

The vehicle can roll away if left unattended

without confirming that Park is engaged.

A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash

resulting in serious injury or death.

Always keep your foot on the brake pedal

until you have confirmed that

is shown

on the gear position indicator.

1When Stopped

NOTICE

The following can damage the driveline:

•Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals

simultaneously.

•Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by

depressing the accelerator pedal.

•Changing into

(P before the vehicle stops

completely.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 447 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuParking Your VehicleuWhen Stopped

448

Driving

Always confirm the electric parking brake is set, in particular if you are parked on an

incline.

1When Stopped

When facing uphill, do not hold the vehicle by

depressing the accelerator pedal.

Doing so may cause the power system to overheat

and fail.

In extremely cold temperatures, the parking brake

may freeze up if applied. If such temperatures are

expected, do not apply the parking brake but, if

parking on a slope, either turn the front wheels so

they will contact the curb if the vehicle rolls down the

slope or block the wheels to keep the vehicle from

moving. If you do not take either precaution, the

vehicle may roll unexpectedly, leading to a crash.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 448 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

449

Continued

Driving

Multi-View Rear Camera

About Your Multi-View Rear Camera

The audio/information screen can display your vehicle’s rear view. The display

automatically changes to the rear view when the transmission is put into (R.

■Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area

1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera

The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see

the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath

the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects

appear closer or farther than they actually are.

Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing

up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and

high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do

not rely on the rearview display which does not give

you all information about conditions at the back of

your vehicle.

If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture,

use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free

of debris.

You can change the Fixed Guideline and Dynamic

Guideline settings.

2Customized Features P. 306

Fixed Guideline

On: Guidelines appear when you put the

transmission into (R.

Off: Guidelines do not appear.

Dynamic Guideline

On: Guidelines move according to the steering wheel

direction.

Off: Guidelines do not move.

Top Down View Mode

Normal View Mode

Wide View Mode

Guidelines

Bumper

Camera

Approx. 20 inches (50 cm)

Approx. 39 inches (1 m)

Approx. 79 inches (2 m)

Approx. 118 inches (3 m)

Approx. 118 inches

(3 m)

Approx. 79 inches

(2 m)

Approx. 39 inches

(1 m)

Approx. 20 inches

(50 cm)

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 449 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

450

uuMulti-View Rear CamerauAbout Your Multi-View Rear Camera

Driving

You can view three different camera modes on the rearview display. Touch the

appropriate icon to switch the mode.

: Wide view mode

: Normal view mode

: Top down view mode

•If the last used viewing mode was Wide or Normal view mode, the same mode is

selected the next time you put the transmission into (R.

•If Top down view mode was last used before you turned off the power system,

Wide View mode is selected next time you turn the power on and put the

transmission into (R.

•If Top down view mode was last used more than 10 seconds after you change

from (R, Wide View mode is selected the next time you put the transmission into

(R.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 450 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

451

Driving

Refueling

Fuel Information

■Fuel recommendation

Use of a lower octane gasoline can cause a persistent, heavy metallic knocking noise

that can lead to engine damage.

■Top tier detergent gasoline

Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Honda

endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help

maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent

Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive

manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines.

Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met

“TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is

guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic

additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic

additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission

control system.

For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on

gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit www.hondacars.com. In Canada, visit

www.honda.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more information on top

tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.

■Fuel tank capacity: 7.0 US gal (26.5 liters)

Unleaded gasoline, pump octane number 87 or higher

1Fuel Information

NOTICE

We recommend quality gasoline containing

detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and

engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain

good performance, fuel economy, and emissions

control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline

that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based

fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is

available.

Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely

affect performance, and cause the malfunction

indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on.

If this happens, contact an authorized Honda Clarity

Plug-In Hybrid dealer for service.

Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such

as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on

oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol

by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol.

If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try

another service station or switch to another brand of

gasoline.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 451 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

452

uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel

Driving

How to Refuel

1. Stop your vehicle with the service station

pump on the left side of the vehicle in the

rear.

2. Put the transmission into (P.

3. Turn the power system off.

4. Press the fuel fill door release button.

uPlease Wait appears for a few seconds

on the driver information interface.

5. When the message changes to Ready, the

fuel fill door automatically opens.

uYou can now unscrew the fuel cap and

start refueling.

6. Remove the fuel fill cap slowly. If you hear a

release of air, wait until this stops, then turn

the knob slowly to open the fuel fill cap.

1How to Refuel

This vehicle has a pressurized fuel system.

When the fuel vapor pressure inside the fuel tank is

high, it takes about 10 seconds for the vehicle to vent

the fuel tank. Once the pressure is vented, the driver

information interface changes from Please Wait to

Ready.

If the filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is

not full, there may be a problem with the pump's fuel

vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If

this does not fix the problem, consult an authorized

Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

Do not continue to add fuel after the filler nozzle has

automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed

the full tank capacity.

The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in

the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result

of changes in air temperature.

WARNING

Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.

You can be burned or seriously injured

when handling fuel.

•Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,

and flame away.

•Handle fuel only outdoors.

•Wipe up spills immediately.

Fuel Fill Door

Release Button

Fuel Fill Cap

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 452 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

453

uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel

Driving

7. Place the fuel fill cap in the holder.

8. Insert the fuel filler nozzle fully.

uWhen the tank is full, the filler nozzle will

click off automatically. This leaves space

in the fuel tank in case the fuel expands

with a change in the temperature.

9. After filling, replace the fuel fill cap,

tightening it until you hear it click at least

once.

uShut the fuel fill door by hand.

1How to Refuel

If the fuel fill door does not open after you press the

button, even after the display changes to Ready, you

can manually open the door.

2When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door

P. 562

An internal valve automatically closes after 30

minutes from the moment you press the fuel fill door

release button. When it does, do not continue to

refuel as fuel may spill out.

When the fuel fill door automatically opens, a vent

valve in the fuel system also opens to allow the air

and the vapors being displaced by the fuel to escape.

This valve automatically closes, however, if the

refueling is not completed within 30 minutes. If this

happens, reinstall the fuel cap, close the fuel fill door,

and then follow these steps again to restart the

system. If you decide to add fuel after the vent valve

has automatically closed (i.e. after 30 minutes), do so

very slowly. Trying to add fuel too rapidly after the

vent valve has closed will cause fuel vapors to be

pushed out the filler pipe and could cause a small

amount of liquid fuel to be spilled onto the ground.

Holder

Fuel Fill Cap

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 453 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

454

Driving

Charging

Before Charging

Check the following items before you start charging your vehicle.

•Make sure to use a dedicated and properly grounded circuit, that is rated for at

least 15 amps.

uHave an electrician inspect the outlet you are using to see if it meets these

criteria.

•Make sure you plug the charging cable directly into the wall outlet dedicated to

vehicle charging.

uDo not use extension cords, adaptors, or multi-outlet plugs between the

charging cable and the outlet.

•Make sure the charging cable is fully uncoiled before use.

•Make sure the control box, charging connector, and charging cable are free from

any damage, including cracks or frays.

uIf you find any damage to the devices, contact an authorized Honda Clarity

Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

•Make sure the charging connector and inlet are clean.

uIf you find any contamination or foreign object in the connector or inlet,

contact an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

•Make sure the charging cable is dry.

uCheck that there is no water in the immediate area, and that your hands are

dry.

Note: Outlet needs to be in good shape. Worn or damaged outlet will not make

good contact with the plug. Ensure that the plug is fully inserted and does not come

out of the outlet after installation. A loose connection will cause excessive heat build

up within the plug and damage it.

■Safety Checklist

1Charging

WARNING

Using a 120 volt wall outlet that is rated less

than 15 amps or one that is powering other

devices can cause a fire, seriously injuring

you or others.

When using the 120 volt charger, use a

dedicated and properly grounded circuit

rated 15 amps or more. Consult an

electrician if you are not sure.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 454 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

455

uuCharginguCharge the High Voltage battery using a Level 1 or 2 charger

Continued

Driving

Charge the High Voltage battery using a Level 1 or 2

charger

There are two ways to charge the High Voltage battery; by using the Level 1 120 volt

(15 amp) charger supplied with the vehicle plugged into a standard three-prong wall

outlet, or by using a professionally installed Level 2 240 volt (32 amp) charger.

*1:

Charging time varies depending on conditions, such as the remaining battery level and the ambient

temperature.

The suggested full charging time in this table indicates the hours it may likely take

for the High Voltage battery to be fully charged.

Charging with Suggested full charging time

AC 240 V

(Level 2) 2.5 hours

AC 120 V

(Level 1) 12 hours

1Charging

When the battery warming system is activated, the

battery may take longer to charge.

When the 12-volt battery is disconnected, vehicle

charging is not possible. After reconnecting the

battery, turn the power system on, then turn it off.

Confirm that charging is possible.

2Turning on the Power P. 376

WARNING

Improper usage and handling of the 120

volt charger can cause a fire, seriously

injuring you or others.

•Always insert the plug fully into a

properly rated and grounded the wall

outlet.

•Plug the charging cable directly to the

wall outlet. Do not use extension cords or

multi-plug adapters.

•Prevent the vehicle charging connector

from becoming contaminated. Clean if

necessary.

Canadian models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 455 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuCharginguCharge the High Voltage battery using a Level 1 or 2 charger

456

Driving

1. Put the transmission into (P and set the

power mode to OFF.

2. Press and hold the lid open button on the

remote transmitter, or press and hold the

charge lid release button on the dashboard.

uThe lid opens.

uThe illumination lamp inside the charge

lid comes on for a few minutes.

3. Open the trunk, and remove the bag.

4. Open the bag, and take the charging cable

out.

uDo not tie or coil the cable when in use.

■How to Charge (Level 1)

1Charging

WARNING

Charging the High Voltage battery under

the following conditions is a potential

source of electric shock and fire, which can

result in serious injury or death:

•Charging the battery during an electric

storm.

•Using the charging cable near water or

handling with wet hands.

•Using a charger, whose case is broken or

cracked or whose cable is frayed or

damaged.

Never charge the vehicle in any of the

above situations.

WARNING

Using a charger that is damaged or

modified can cause electrical shock and

fire, which can result in serious injury or

death.

Never disassemble or modify the charger. If

the charger becomes damaged, stop using

it and consult an authorized Honda Clarity

Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

Charge Lid

Release

Button

Charging Cable Bag

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 456 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

457

uuCharginguCharge the High Voltage battery using a Level 1 or 2 charger

Driving

5. Open the vehicle’s charge lid.

6. Insert the plug into a 120 volt wall outlet.

uInsert the plug completely until it stops.

7. Check that the POWER indicator on the

control box comes on.

8. Remove the cover from the charging

connector. Align and insert the charging

connector into the vehicle’s inlet until you

hear a click.

uThe charge indicator stops blinking, and

stays on when charging starts.

Charge Lid

Illumination Lamp

Plug

POWER Indicator

1Charging

NOTICE

Do not charge the vehicle with a vehicle cover on. It

can cause a malfunction and damage the vehicle or

charging components.

The 120 volt charger requires a properly grounded

and dedicated 15 amp or greater circuit. For more

information consult an authorized Honda Clarity

Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

We recommend that a GFCI (ground-fault circuit

interrupter) protected outlet be used to charge the

vehicle. Follow the GFCI maker's installation

instructions, or consult an electrician if you are not

sure about installation requirements.

Inspect the charging cable plug and charging

connector, as well as the vehicle’s charge inlet,

before use. If the plug or connector are dirty or

otherwise contaminated, carefully clean them with a

dry clean cloth before use. Do not wipe the metal

part of the inlet and the charging connector. Also, if

you are unable to clean the plug or connector, if the

inlet is dirty, or if any are damaged or corroded, take

the charging cable and vehicle to an authorized

Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer for inspection

and possible repair.

Charging Connector

Charge Indicator

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 457 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuCharginguCharge the High Voltage battery using a Level 1 or 2 charger

458

Driving

■When charging is completed

Press the release button on the charging

connector to disengage it from the inlet.

The charge indicator goes off once charging is

completed.

1Charging

Before using a vehicle charging cable, inspect the

cable for damage such as scratches, cracks, or tears.

If you find any damage, do not use the charging

cable; instead, take it to an authorized Honda Clarity

Plug-In Hybrid dealer for inspection.

If a blackout or other electrical interruption occurs

during vehicle charging, the vehicle will automatically

resume charging once power is restored.

If available, use a 240 V AC level 2 charger. Using a

level 2 charger takes less time than using a level 1

120 V AC charger.

If the ambient air is cold enough to lower the High

Voltage battery temperature below -22F° (-30°C),

charging may not start.

Release Button

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 458 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

459

uuCharginguCharge the High Voltage battery using a Level 1 or 2 charger

Driving

1. Stop your vehicle at a station specified for

electric vehicles. Park with the charge lid

closest to the charge plug, just in front of

the driver’s door.

2. Put the transmission into (P.

3. Turn off the power system.

4. Press and hold the charge lid release

button.

uThe lid opens.

The illumination lamp inside the charge lid

comes on for a few minutes.

■How to Charge (Level 2)

1Charge the High Voltage battery using a Level 1 or 2 charger

The High Voltage battery may not be charged even if

the charging connector is properly connected to the

vehicle’s inlet when the charging timer is set but the

timer has not yet started.

To avoid damage to the charger, take these

precautions:

•Do not hit the charging connector components

with a hard object or drop them on the ground.

•Do not pull, twist, tangle, drag or step on the

charging cable.

•Do not use or store near any sources of heat.

•Do not expose to liquids or use harsh chemicals to

clean.

If you unplug the charging connector from the inlet,

charging cancels automatically.

The charge speed slows down towards the

completion of the battery charging. When the High

Voltage battery temperature is low, the charge speed

may slow or it may not be fully charged.

Charge Lid

Release

Button

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 459 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuCharginguCharge the High Voltage battery using a Level 1 or 2 charger

460

Driving

5. Open the vehicle’s charge lid.

6. To connect the cable to the vehicle, push

the cable’s charging connector until it clicks

to the charge lid.

uThe charge indicator on the charge lid

stays on.

■When charging is completed

Press the release button on the charging

connector to disengage it from the inlet.

The charge indicator goes off once charging is

completed.

Charge Lid

Illumination Lamp

1How to Charge (Level 2)

The charge lid can be opened by remote transmitter.

The High Voltage battery may not be charged even if

the charge connector is properly connected to the

vehicle’s inlet when the charging timer is set but the

timer has not yet started.

Be sure to follow the instructions and safety

precautions provided with the Level 2 charging

equipment.

Charging Connector

Charge Indicator

Release Button

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 460 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

461

uuCharginguControl Box

Continued

Driving

Control Box

POWER Indicator

CHARGE Indicator

Error Warning

Indicator

Vehicle

Status

Control Box LED Status Indicator

Charge

Indicator Explanatory notes Goes off Stays on Blinking

POWER CHARGE (Error

Warning)

Initializing Initial processing

Stand by Slowly Ready and waiting for the timer

Charge Comes on during charge.

Completion Charge end

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 461 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

462

uuCharginguControl Box

Driving

Vehicle

Status

Control Box LED Status Indicator

Charge

Indicator Explanatory notes Goes off Stays on Blinking

POWER CHARGE (Error

Warning)

Plug

temperature

rise

detected

A rise in plug temperature due to bad electrical contact between the

outlet and the plug was detected.

Check the connection between the outlet and the plug.

●

Charging is carried out with a limited charging current.

Fault Except above lighting patterns or or

There could be a problem with the electric supply or an internal

failure.

Contact an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

You don’t have to charge before contacting the dealer.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 462 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

463

uuCharginguControl Box

Continued

Driving

If charging does not start, even if the POWER indicator comes on, and the charging

connector is plugged in, perform one of the following solutions.

■What to do when you cannot start charging

Cause Solution

The timer has been set, but the start time is in

the future.

Start charging using the smart entry remote.

Press and hold the charge lid release button on the smart entry remote.

uThe charge indicator on the charge lid comes on when charging starts.

Change the customized setting of the charge timer to OFF using the driver

information interface.

uThe timer setting will be canceled.

2Using a Timer P. 467

The 12-volt battery is weak. Check the 12-volt battery condition. If necessary, charge the battery.

The power mode is ON. Set the power mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

The charging connector is not properly

attached to the vehicle’s inlet.

Disengage the connector from the inlet.

Align and insert the connector into the inlet until you hear a click.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 463 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

464

uuCharginguControl Box

Driving

Note: The charging equipment provided with this vehicle has been tested and found

to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC

Rules.

These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful

interference in a residential installation.

This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not

installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful

interference to radio communications.

However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular

installation.

If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception,

which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is

encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following

measures:

•Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

•Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.

•Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which

the receiver is connected.

•Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 464 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

465

uuCharginguControl Box

Driving

Shows the High Voltage battery charging status.

If it blinks for a while, then stays on after the charge connector is plugged in, it indicates that the

battery is being charged.

■Charge Indicator on the Vehicle Side

Charge Indicator

Indicator status Explanation

Blinks slowly

●

The charger is ready to charge the battery.

●

Charging is programmed to start using the timer.

uThe indicator goes off after about 15 seconds.

●

The power mode is set to ON while the battery is being

charged.

Stays on

●

The battery is being charged.

Goes off

●

Charging is complete.

Blinks once after staying on

for a few seconds.

●

The battery has been fully charged and the battery

heating system has been activated.

Blinks rapidly

●

When the 12-volt battery is disconnected.

uAfter reconnecting the battery, turn the power system

on, then turn it off.

The charging connector is replugged in. Confirm that

charging is possible.

●

There is a problem with the charging system.

uThe indicator goes off after 15 seconds. Charging does

not start.

Canadian models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 465 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

466

uuCharginguHigh Voltage Battery

Driving

High Voltage Battery

The High Voltage battery gradually discharges even if the vehicle is not in use. As a

result, if your vehicle is parked for an extended period of time, the battery level may

get low. Keeping your vehicle’s battery level low can shorten the battery life. To

maintain the battery while the vehicle is not in use, recharge the battery at least

once every three months.

The High Voltage battery life can also be affected by ambient temperature. In

particular, when it is cold outside, the vehicle’s driving range on electric power can

be reduced, and a longer battery charging time is required. In addition, parking in

extremely hot or cold environments can accelerate battery drain.

To help extend the lifespan of the battery, it is recommended that you fully charge

the battery each time prior to driving.

Store the vehicle in a garage to insure that the temperature of the High Voltage

battery does not drop too low.

■Battery Warming System

Designed to prevent the temperature of the battery from dropping when outside

temperatures drop, thereby maintaining starting and running efficiency.

If the vehicle is plugged in when outside temperatures are low, the battery warming

system will use the power from the charging equipment to maintain the

temperature of the battery until the next time the vehicle is driven.

1High Voltage Battery

The High Voltage battery drains over time, and under

some conditions, drains faster. When the battery life

is shortened, this changes the vehicle’s driving

distance.

Be careful not to let the High Voltage battery drain

too much. If the battery level becomes close to zero,

it will make it impossible to start the engine.

U.S. models

1Battery Warming System

If the vehicle is left unplugged in cold temperatures,

the temperature of the battery will drop, possibly

resulting in a loss of running efficiency.

If left for an extended period of time in extremely

cold temperatures, the vehicle may not start. We

recommend that you plug in your vehicle when you

are parking or storing your vehicle in cold

temperatures.

Canadian models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 466 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

467

uuCharginguUsing a Timer

Continued

Driving

Using a Timer

You can set the timer for the High Voltage battery charge using the driver

information interface’s customization feature.

The vehicle automatically begins charging at the scheduled time when the charging

connector is connected to the vehicle.

1. Press the (display/information) button

and press or until Vehicle Settings

appears on the display, then press the

ENTER button.

2. Select Charge Timer Setup, then press the

ENTER button.

■Driver Information Interface

1Using a Timer

When the battery warming system is activated, it may

not sufficiently charge within the charging period

that you have set.

Canadian models

1Driver Information Interface

Timer: Select ON or OFF.

Mode: When Timer is ON, select the charging

mode, Full or Time.

Full: Charging will continue until the battery is fully

charged.

Time: The battery will be charged between the time

you have designated to start and end.

Start: Set the time when to start the High Voltage

battery charge.

End: Set the time when to end the High Voltage

battery charging. You cannot set this when the Full

mode is selected.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 467 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

468

uuCharginguUsing a Timer

Driving

3. Press the ENTER button to select the item

you want to set.

4. Press the / button to select when to

start and end the charging, and the

charging mode.

5. Press the ENTER button again.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 468 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

469

Driving

Fuel Economy and CO

Emissions

Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO

Emissions

Achieving fuel economy and reducing CO

emissions is dependent on several

factors, including driving conditions, load weight, idling time, driving habits, and

vehicle condition. Depending on these and other factors, you may not achieve the

rated fuel economy of this vehicle.

You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle.

Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the

driver information interface.

•Use the recommended viscosity engine oil, displaying the API Certification Seal.

•Maintain the specified tire pressure.

•Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo.

•Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle's underside

adds weight and increases wind resistance.

■Maintenance and Fuel Economy

1Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO

Emissions

Direct calculation is the recommended method to

determine actual fuel consumed while driving.

In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are

established following a simulated test. For more

information on how this test is performed, please visit

http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/

Miles driven Gallons of

fuel

Miles per

Gallon

100 Liters of

fuel

Kilometers

driven L per 100 km

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 469 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

470

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 470 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

471

Maintenance

This chapter discusses basic maintenance.

Before Performing Maintenance

Inspection and Maintenance ............ 472

Safety When Performing Maintenance...473

Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance

Service ........................................... 474

Maintenance Minder

..................... 475

Maintenance Under the Hood

Maintenance Items Under the Hood.. 480

Opening the Hood ........................... 481

Recommended Engine Oil ................ 482

Oil Check......................................... 483

Adding Engine Oil............................ 484

Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter...485

Engine Coolant................................ 488

Cooling System................................ 490

Transmission Fluid............................ 492

Brake Fluid....................................... 492

Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 493

Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 494

Checking and Maintaining Wiper

Blades .......................................... 496

Checking and Maintaining Tires

Checking Tires ................................. 499

Tire and Loading Information Label .. 500

Tire Labeling .................................... 500

DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles).. 502

Wear Indicators ............................... 504

Tire Service Life................................ 504

Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 505

Tire Rotation.................................... 506

Winter Tires ..................................... 507

12-Volt Battery ................................. 508

Remote Transmitter Care

Replacing the Button Battery ........... 510

Climate Control System Maintenance

..511

Cleaning

Interior Care .................................... 513

Exterior Care.................................... 515

Accessories and Modifications ........ 519

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 471 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

472

Maintenance

Before Performing Maintenance

Inspection and Maintenance

For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle

in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient

brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer. (Note, however, that service at an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer is not mandatory to keep your

warranties in effect.)

■Daily inspections

Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when

refueling.

■Periodic inspections

•Check the brake fluid level monthly.

2Brake Fluid P. 492

•Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects.

2Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 499

•Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly.

2Replacing Light Bulbs P. 494

•Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months.

2Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 496

■Types of Inspection and Maintenance

1Inspection and Maintenance

Maintenance, replacement, or repair of

emissions control devices and systems may be

done by any automotive repair establishment or

individuals using parts that are “certified” to

EPA standards.

According to state and federal regulations, failure to

perform maintenance on the maintenance main

items marked with # will not void your emissions

warranties. However, all maintenance services should

be performed in accordance with the intervals

indicated by the driver information interface.

2Maintenance Service Items P. 477

If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks

that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a

subscription to the Service Express website at

www.techinfo.honda.com.

2Authorized Manuals P. 576

If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make

sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first.

After performing maintenance, update the records in

the separate maintenance booklet.

U.S. models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 472 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

473

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance

Continued

Maintenance

Safety When Performing Maintenance

Some of the most important safety precautions are given here.

However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in

performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether you should perform a given

task.

•To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames

away from the 12-volt battery, all High Voltage system, and all fuel related parts.

•Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood.

uHeat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them, causing a fire.

•To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not

gasoline.

•Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the 12-volt

battery or compressed air.

•Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you.

uOnly operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation.

■Maintenance Safety

1Safety When Performing Maintenance

WARNING

Improperly maintaining this vehicle or

failing to correct a problem before driving

can cause a crash in which you can be

seriously hurt or killed.

Always follow the inspection and

maintenance recommendations according

to the schedules in this owner’s manual.

WARNING

Failure to properly follow maintenance

instructions and precautions can cause you

to be seriously hurt or killed.

Always follow the procedures and

precautions in this owner’s manual.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 473 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

474

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service

Maintenance

•The vehicle must be in a stationary condition.

uMake sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and

the power system is turned off.

•Be aware that hot parts can burn you.

uMake sure to let the power system including the engine and exhaust system

cool thoroughly before touching vehicle parts.

•Be aware that moving parts can injure you.

uDo not activate the power system unless instructed, and keep your hands and

limbs away from moving parts. When the power mode is on, the engine can

automatically start, or the radiator fan may start operating without the engine

running.

Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service

The use of Honda genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and

servicing your vehicle. Honda genuine parts are manufactured according to the

same high quality standards used in Honda vehicles.

■Vehicle Safety

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 474 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

475

Continued

Maintenance

Maintenance Minder

If the vehicle has maintenance items due within 30 days, you will see the

Maintenance Minder messages appear on the driver information interface every

time you set the power mode to ON. The messages notify you when to bring your

vehicle to an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer for indicated

maintenance services.

To Use Maintenance Minder

1. Set the power mode to ON.

2. Press the (display/ information) button.

3. Press the / button to select the icon, and press the ENTER button.

■Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information

1Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information

Based on the engine operating conditions and engine

oil conditions, the system calculates the remaining

days before the next service is to be performed.

There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you

can view on the driver information interface.

2Maintenance Service Items P. 477

/ Button

Maintenance Item Code(s)

Button

ENTER Button

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 475 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

476

uuMaintenance Minder

uTo Use Maintenance Minder

Maintenance

The system message indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.

■Warning Message and Maintenance Minder Information on

the Driver Information Interface

Warning Message Maintenance Minder

Information

Explanation Information

Service Due Soon One or more of the service items are

required in less than 30 days. Press the

button to switch to another

display.

The remaining days will be

counted down per day.

Service Due Now One or more of the service items are

required in less than 10 days. Press the

button to switch to another

display.

Have the indicated service

performed as soon as

possible.

Service Past Due The indicated maintenance service is

still not done after the remaining time

reaches 0. Press the button to

switch to another display.

Your vehicle has passed the

service required point.

Immediately have the service

performed and make sure to

reset the Maintenance

Minder

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 476 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

477

uuMaintenance Minder

uTo Use Maintenance Minder

Continued

Maintenance

■Maintenance Service Items

1Maintenance Service Items

•Adjust the valves during services A, 0, 1, 2, or 3 if

they are noisy.

Maintenance Minder Message

System Message

Indicator

Sub ItemsMain Item

U.S. models

*1: If a Maintenance Minder message does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset,

change the engine oil every year.

# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.

CODE Maintenance Main Items

●

Replace engine oil

and oil filter

●

Inspect front and rear brakes

●

Check expiration date for Temporary Tire Repair Kit

●

Inspect these items:

•Tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots

•Suspension components

•Driveshaft boots

•Brake hoses and lines (including ABS/VSA)

•All fluid levels and condition of fluids

•Exhaust system

•Fuel lines and connections

•Stay RR, RR Subframe

•Under body battery cover

*2: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and

from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).

*3: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher transmission temperatures.

This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance

Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission fluid changed

every 47,500 miles (75,000 km) or 3 years.

*4: If a Maintenance Minder message does not appear more than 36 months after the display for item 7 is

reset, change the brake fluid every 3 years.

*5: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).

CODE Maintenance Sub Items

●

Rotate tires

●

Replace dust and pollen filter

●

Replace transmission fluid

●

Replace spark plugs

●

Inspect valve clearance

●

Replace engine coolant

●

Replace brake fluid

●

Replace air cleaner element

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 477 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

478

uuMaintenance Minder

uTo Use Maintenance Minder

Maintenance

1Maintenance Service Items

•Adjust the valves during services A, 9, 1, 2, or 3 if

they are noisy.

Canadian models

*1: If a Maintenance Minder message does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset,

change the engine oil every year.

*2: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and

from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 24,000 km (15,000 miles).

*3: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher transmission temperatures.

This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance

Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission fluid changed

every 75,000 km (47,500 miles) or 3 years.

*4: If a Maintenance Minder message does not appear more than 36 months after the display for item 7 is

reset, change the brake fluid every 3 years.

*5: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 24,000 km (15,000 miles).

# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.

CODE Maintenance Main Items

●

Replace engine oil

and oil filter

CODE Maintenance Sub Items

●

Rotate tires

●

Replace dust and pollen filter

●

Replace transmission fluid

●

Replace spark plugs

●

Inspect valve clearance

●

Replace engine coolant

●

Replace brake fluid

●

Replace air cleaner element

●

Service front and rear brakes

●

Check expiration date for Temporary Tire Repair Kit

●

Inspect these items:

•Tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots

•Suspension components

•Driveshaft boots

•Brake hoses and lines (including ABS/VSA)

•All fluid levels and condition of fluids

•Exhaust system

•Fuel lines and connections

•Stay RR, RR Subframe

•Under body battery cover

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 478 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

479

uuMaintenance Minder

uTo Use Maintenance Minder

Maintenance

Reset the maintenance minder information display if you have performed the

maintenance service.

1. Set the power mode to ON.

2. Press the (display/information) button.

3. Press the / button to select the icon, and press the ENTER button.

4. Press and hold the ENTER button for about 10 seconds to enter the reset mode.

5. Press / to select a maintenance item to reset, or to select All Due Items

(You can also select Cancel to end the process).

6. Press the ENTER button to reset the selected item.

7. Repeat from step 4 for other items you wish to reset.

■Resetting the Display

1Resetting the Display

NOTICE

Failure to reset the Maintenance Minder

display

after a maintenance service results in the system

showing incorrect maintenance intervals, which can

lead to serious mechanical problems.

The authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer

will reset the Maintenance Minder

display after

completing the required maintenance service. If

someone other than an authorized Honda Clarity

Plug-In Hybrid dealer performs maintenance service,

reset the Maintenance Minder

display yourself.

You can reset the Maintenance Minder

display

using the audio/information screen.

2Customized Features P. 306

/ / /

Button

ENTER Button

Button

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 479 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

480

Maintenance

Maintenance Under the Hood

Maintenance Items Under the Hood

Washer Fluid

(Black Cap)

12-Volt Battery

Brake Fluid

(Black Cap)

Inverter Coolant

Expansion Tank

Engine Coolant

Reserve Tank

Engine Oil Fill Cap

Radiator Cap

High Voltage

Battery System

Coolant

Expansion Tank

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 480 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

481

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood

Maintenance

Opening the Hood

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set

the parking brake.

2. Pull the hood release handle under the

driver’s side lower corner of the dashboard.

uThe hood will pop up slightly.

3. Push the hood latch lever (located under

the front edge of the hood to the center) to

the side and raise the hood. Once you have

raised the hood slightly, you can release the

lever.

4. Remove the support rod from the clamp

using the grip. Mount the support rod in

the hood.

When closing, remove the support rod, and

stow it in the clamp, then gently lower the

hood. Remove your hand at a height of

approximately 12 inches (30 cm) and let the

hood close.

1Opening the Hood

NOTICE

Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are

raised: The hood will strike the wipers, resulting in

possible damage to the hood and/or the wipers.

When closing the hood, check that the hood is

securely latched.

If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can

open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch

mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.

Pull

Hood Release Handle

Lever

Support Rod Grip

Clamp

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 481 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

482

uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil

Maintenance

Recommended Engine Oil

Oil is a major contributor to your engine's

performance and longevity. If you drive the

vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil,

the engine may fail or be damaged.

This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving

and that it meets the American Petroleum

Institute’s latest requirements.

Use a Genuine Honda Motor Oil or another

commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for

the ambient temperature as shown.

■Synthetic oil

You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal

and is the specified viscosity grade.

•Genuine Honda Motor Oil

•Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on

the container.

1Recommended Engine Oil

Engine Oil Additives

Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact,

they may adversely affect the engine performance

and durability.

Ambient Temperature

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 482 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

483

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check

Maintenance

Oil Check

We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel or you

charge the High Voltage battery.

Park the vehicle on level ground.

Turn off the power system. You can check the oil level without the engine having

run beforehand. If the engine has been running, wait approximately three minutes

before you check the oil.

1. Remove the dipstick (orange).

2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or

paper towel.

3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its

hole.

4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the

level. It should be between the upper and

lower marks. Add oil if necessary.

1Oil Check

If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly

add oil, being careful not to overfill.

Upper Mark

Lower Mark

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 483 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

484

uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil

Maintenance

Adding Engine Oil

1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap.

2. Add oil slowly.

3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten

it securely.

4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the

engine oil dipstick.

1Adding Engine Oil

NOTICE

Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark.

Overfilling the engine oil can result in leaks and

engine damage.

If any oil spills, wipe it away immediately. Spilled oil

may damage the engine compartment components.

Engine Oil Fill Cap

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 484 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

485

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

Continued

Maintenance

Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the

engine's lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.

Turning the power system on automatically starts the engine if the High Voltage

battery charge level gauge shows one segment or less.

2High Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge P. 123

To start the engine, the vehicle needs to be in HV Charge.

2HV Button P. 16

Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the driver

information interface.

1. Run the engine until it reaches normal

operating temperature, and then turn the

engine off.

uIf necessary, drive the vehicle until the

engine turns on.

2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil

fill cap.

3. Remove the slotted head screws by

turning 90° counterclockwise on the

undercarriage and remove the under

cover.

1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

NOTICE

You may damage the environment if you do not

dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are

changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of

the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take

it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away

into a garbage can or onto the ground.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 485 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

486

Maintenance

4. Remove the drain bolt and washer from

the bottom of the engine, and drain the

oil into a suitable container.

5. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the

remaining oil.

6. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to

the engine contact surface.

uIf it is stuck, you must detach it.

7. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the

contact surface of the engine block, and

install a new oil filter.

uApply a light coat of new engine oil to

the filter gasket.

8. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then

reinstall the drain bolt.

uTightening torque:

30 lbf∙ft (40 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m)

9. Pour the recommended engine oil into the

engine.

uEngine oil change capacity (including

filter):

3.5 US qt (3.3 L)

1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

You will need a special wrench to replace the oil

filter. You can buy this wrench from an authorized

Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

When installing the new oil filter, follow the

instructions supplied with the oil filter.

Drain Bolt

Washer

Oil Filter

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 486 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

487

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

Maintenance

10. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and

start the engine.

11. Run the engine for a few minutes, and

then check that there is no leak from the

drain bolt or oil filter.

12. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes,

and then check the oil level on the

dipstick.

uIf necessary, add more engine oil.

1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The

low oil pressure indicator should go off within five

seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check

your work.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 487 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

488

uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant

Maintenance

Engine Coolant

This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any

straight antifreeze or water.

We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel or you

charge the High Voltage battery. Check the reserve tank first. If it is completely

empty, also check the coolant level in the radiator. Add the engine coolant

accordingly.

1. Make sure the engine and radiator are

cool.

2. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve

tank.

uIf the coolant level is below the MIN

mark, add the specified coolant until it

reaches the MAX mark.

3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.

Specified coolant: Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2

■Reserve Tank

1Engine Coolant

NOTICE

Genuine Honda engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of

antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at

temperatures as low as about −31°F (−35°C). If your

vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures

below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the

coolant should be increased. Consult an authorized

Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer for details.

If Honda antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may

use another major brand of non-silicate coolant as a

temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality

coolant recommended for aluminum engines.

Continued use of any non-Honda coolant can result

in corrosion, causing the cooling system to

malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed

and refilled with Honda antifreeze/coolant as soon as

possible.

Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your

vehicle’s cooling system. They may not be compatible

with the coolant or with the engine components.

Reserve

Tank

MAX

MIN

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 488 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

489

uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant

Maintenance

1. Make sure the engine and radiator are

cool.

2. Turn the radiator cap 1/8 turn counter-

clockwise and relieve any pressure in the

cooling system.

3. Push down and turn the radiator cap

counter-clockwise to remove it.

4. The coolant level should be up to the base

of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.

5. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it

fully.

■Radiator

1Radiator

NOTICE

Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill

any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can

damage components in the engine compartment.

WARNING

Removing the radiator cap while the

engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray

out, seriously scalding you.

Always let the engine and radiator cool

down before removing the radiator cap.

Radiator Cap

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 489 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

490

uuMaintenance Under the HooduCooling System

Maintenance

Cooling System

Coolant is used to reduce the temperature of the high voltage battery and inverter

coolant. When checking the coolant level, make sure to follow the procedures listed

below. If the coolant level is below the MIN mark, have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

1. Check the fluid level in the tank.

2. If the coolant level has dropped below the

MIN level, have your vehicle serviced at an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer.

uOnly a properly trained technician can

refill the coolant and check the system

for leaks.

Specified coolant: Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2

■Checking the Inverter Coolant Level

1Cooling System

NOTICE

Genuine Honda engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of

antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at

temperatures as low as about −31°F (−35°C). If your

vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures

below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the

coolant should be increased. Consult an authorized

Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer for details.

Only use the genuine Honda coolant.

Expansion Tank

MAX

MIN

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 490 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

491

uuMaintenance Under the HooduCooling System

Maintenance

1. Check the fluid level in the tank from the

window.

2. If the coolant level has dropped below the

MIN level, have your vehicle serviced at an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer.

uOnly a properly trained technician can

refill the coolant and check the system

for leaks.

■Checking the Coolant Level for the High Voltage Battery

and Related Parts

MAX

MIN

Window

Expansion Tank

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 491 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

492

uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid

Maintenance

Transmission Fluid

Have an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer check the fluid level and

replace if necessary.

Do not attempt to check or change the transmission fluid yourself.

Brake Fluid

The fluid level should be between the MIN

and MAX marks on the side of the reserve

tank.

■Transmission Fluid

Specified fluid: Honda ATF DW-1 (automatic transmission fluid)

Specified fluid: Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3

■Checking the Brake Fluid

1Transmission Fluid

NOTICE

Do not mix Honda ATF DW-1 with other

transmission fluids.

Using a transmission fluid other than Honda ATF

DW-1 may adversely affect the operation and

durability of your vehicle’s transmission, and damage

the transmission.

Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that

is not equivalent to Honda ATF DW-1 is not covered

by Honda’s new vehicle limited warranty.

1Brake Fluid

NOTICE

Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your

vehicle’s braking system and can cause extensive

damage.

If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should

use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed

container as a temporary replacement.

Using any non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion

and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the

brake system flushed and refilled with Honda Heavy

Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.

If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,

have an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn brake

pads as soon as possible.

Brake Reserve Tank

MAX

MIN

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 492 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

493

uuMaintenance Under the HooduRefilling Window Washer Fluid

Maintenance

Refilling Window Washer Fluid

Check the amount of window washer fluid using the washer fluid level gauge on the

cap.

If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir.

If the washer fluid is low, the washer level

indicator comes on.

Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.

1Refilling Window Washer Fluid

NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water

solution in the windshield washer reservoir.

Antifreeze can damage your vehicle’s paint. A

vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield

washer pump.

Use only commercially available windshield washer

fluid.

Avoid prolonged use of hard water to prevent lime

scale build up.

Level Gauge

Canadian models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 493 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

494

Maintenance

Replacing Light Bulbs

Headlights

Headlights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer

inspect and replace the light assembly.

Front Turn Signal and Front Side Marker Lights

Front turn signal and front side marker lights are LED type. Have an authorized

Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Parking/Daytime Running Lights

Parking/daytime running lights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-

In Hybrid dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

1Headlights

The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not

need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry

heavy items in the trunk, have the aiming readjusted

at an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer

or by a qualified technician.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 494 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

495

uuReplacing Light Bulbs uTaillights/Rear Side Marker, Brake and Rear Turn Signal Lights

Maintenance

Taillights/Rear Side Marker, Brake and Rear Turn

Signal Lights

Taillights/rear side marker, brake and rear turn signal lights are LED type. Have an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer inspect and replace the light

assembly.

Taillights and Back-Up Lights

Taillights and back-up lights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In

Hybrid dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Rear License Plate Light

Rear license plate light is LED type. Have an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

High-Mount Brake Light

High-mount brake light is LED type. Have an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 495 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

496

Maintenance

Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades

Checking Wiper Blades

If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces

of the blade may scratch the window glass.

Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber

1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK).

2. While holding the wiper switch in the

MIST position, set the power mode to ON,

then to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

uBoth wiper arms are set to the

maintenance position as shown in the

image.

3. Lift both wiper arms.

1Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber

NOTICE

Avoid dropping the wiper arm onto the windshield, it

may damage the wiper arm and/or the windshield.

When you raise a wiper arm, you may inadvertently

alter the position of the arm by applying undue force.

If you notice that an arm is not in its proper return

position, active the wipers once and they will

automatically reset.

2Wipers and Washers P. 166

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 496 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

497

uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber

Continued

Maintenance

4. Press and hold the tab, then slide the

holder off the wiper arm.

5. Pull the end of the wiper blade in the

direction of the arrow in the image until it

is out of the holder’s end cap.

6. Pull the wiper blade in the opposite

direction to slide it out of the holder.

Tab

Holder

Wiper Arm

Wiper

Blade

End Cap at

the bottom

Holder

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 497 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

498

uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber

Maintenance

7. Insert the flat side of the new wiper blade

onto the bottom part of the holder. Insert

the blade all the way.

8. Install the end of the wiper blade into the

cap.

9. Slide the holder onto the wiper arm until it

locks.

10. Lower both wiper arms.

11. Set the power mode to ON and hold the

wiper switch in the MIST position until

both wiper arms return to the standard

position.

Cap

Wiper

Blade

Holder

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 498 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

499

Maintenance

Checking and Maintaining Tires

Checking Tires

To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in

good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.

■Inflation guidelines

Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort.

Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specifications page for the specified pressure.

Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and

are more likely to fail from overheating.

Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards,

and wear unevenly.

Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the

others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.

At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in

all tires. Even tires in good condition can lose 1–2 psi (10–20 kPa, 0.1–0.2 kgf/cm

)

per month.

■Inspection guidelines

Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems.

Look for:

•Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,

splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord.

•Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks.

•Uneven tread wear. Have an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer check

the wheel alignment.

•Excessive tread wear.

2Wear Indicators P. 504

•Cracks or other damage around valve stem.

1Checking Tires

Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This

means the vehicle has been parked for at least three

hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If

necessary, add or release air until the specified

pressure is reached.

If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as

4–6 psi (30–40 kPa, 0.3–0.4 kgf/cm

) higher than if

checked when cold.

Whenever tire pressure is adjusted, you must

calibrate the TPMS.

2TPMS Calibration P. 425

Have an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent vibration

while driving. New tires and any that have been

removed and reinstalled should be properly balanced.

WARNING

Using tires that are excessively worn or

improperly inflated can cause a crash in

which you can be seriously hurt or killed.

Follow all instructions in this owner’s

manual regarding tire inflation and

maintenance.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 499 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

500

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label

Maintenance

Tire and Loading Information Label

The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading

information.

Tire Labeling

The tires that came on your vehicle have a

number of markings. Those you should be

aware of are described as shown.

Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.

1Tire and Loading Information Label

The tire and loading information label attached to the

driver’s doorjamb contains:

The number of people your vehicle can carry.

The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not

exceed this weight.

The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare, if

equipped.

The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and

spare, if equipped.

Label

Example

Example Tire Size

Tire

Identification

Number (TIN)

Maximum

Tire Load

Maximum

Tire Pressure

Tire Size

■Tire Sizes

1Tire Sizes

Following is an example of tire size with an

explanation of what each component means.

235/45R18 94V

235: Tire width in millimeters.

45: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a

percentage of its width).

R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial).

18: Rim diameter in inches.

94: Load index (a numerical code associated with the

maximum load the tire can carry).

V: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the

maximum speed rating).

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 500 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

501

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling

Maintenance

The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like

the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.

Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at

least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).

Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given

inflation pressure.

Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can

hold.

Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum

permissible inflation pressure for that tire.

Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended

by the manufacturer.

Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves

designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.

■Tire Identification Number (TIN)

■Glossary of Tire Terminology

1Tire Identification Number (TIN)

DOT B97R FW6X 2209

DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all

requirements of the U.S. Department of

Transportation.

B97R: Manufacturer’s identification mark.

FW6X: Tire type code.

22 09: Date of manufacture.

Year

Week

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 501 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

502

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

Maintenance

DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety

Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction,

and temperature performance according to Department of

Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these

gradings.

Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall

between tread shoulder and maximum section width.

The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear

rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a

specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150

would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the

government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance

of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,

and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in

driving habits, service practices and differences in road

characteristics and climate.

■Uniform Tire Quality Grading

■Treadwear

1Uniform Tire Quality Grading

For example:

Treadwear 200

Traction AA

Temperature A

All passenger car tires must conform

to Federal Safety Requirements in

addition to these grades.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 502 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

503

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

Maintenance

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.

Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement

as measured under controlled conditions on specified

government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked

C may have poor traction performance.

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,

representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its

ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions

on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high

temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and

reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire

failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which

all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle

Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels

of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum

required by law.

■Traction

■Temperature

1Traction

Warning: The traction grade

assigned to this tire is based on

straight-ahead braking traction tests,

and does not include acceleration,

cornering, hydroplaning, or peak

traction characteristics.

1Temperature

Warning: The temperature grade for

this tire is established for a tire that is

properly inflated and not

overloaded. Excessive speed,

underinflation, or excessive loading,

either separately or in combination,

can cause heat buildup and possible

tire failure.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 503 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

504

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators

Maintenance

Wear Indicators

The groove where the wear indicator is

located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than

elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so

that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire.

Worn out tires have poor traction on wet

roads.

Tire Service Life

The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road

conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and

environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).

In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is

recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five

years old. All tires should be removed from service after 10 years from the date of

manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.

Example of a Wear

Indicator mark

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 504 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

505

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement

Maintenance

Tire and Wheel Replacement

Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and

maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a

different size or construction can cause certain vehicle systems such as the ABS and

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) system to work incorrectly.

It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the

front or rear tires in pairs.

Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels.

1Tire and Wheel Replacement

WARNING

Installing improper tires on your vehicle can

affect handling and stability. This can cause

a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or

killed.

Always use the size and type of tires

recommended in this owner’s manual.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 505 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

506

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation

Maintenance

Tire Rotation

Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the driver information

interface helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life.

■Tires without rotation marks

Rotate the tires as shown here.

■Tires with rotation marks

Rotate the tires as shown here.

1Tire Rotation

Tires with directional tread patterns should only be

rotated front to back (not from one side to the other).

Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation

indication mark facing forward, as shown below.

Whenever tires are rotated, you must calibrate the

TPMS.

2TPMS Calibration P. 425

Front

Direction Mark

Front

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 506 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

507

uuChecking and Maintaining Tires uWinter Tires

Maintenance

Winter Tires

If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires,

or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when

driving.

Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent

skidding.

Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.

When mounting, refer to the following points.

For winter tires:

•Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires.

•Mount the tires to all four wheels.

For tire chains:

•Install them on the front tires only.

•Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the

chains listed below:

•Follow the chain manufacturer’s instruction when installing. Mount them as

tightly as you can.

•Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension.

•Drive slowly.

Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1040

1Winter Tires

NOTICE

Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly

installed can damage your vehicle’s brake lines,

suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are

hitting any part of the vehicle.

When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain

manufacturer’s instructions regarding vehicle

operational limits.

If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be

aware that these tires are not designed for winter

driving conditions. For more information, contact an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

WARNING

Using the wrong chains, or not properly

installing chains, can damage the brake

lines and cause a crash in which you can be

seriously injured or killed.

Follow all instructions in this owner’s

manual regarding the selection and use of

tire chains.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 507 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

508

Maintenance

12-Volt Battery

Checking the 12-Volt Battery

Check the battery condition monthly. Look at

the test indicator window and check the

terminals for corrosion.

The battery condition is monitored by the

sensor on the negative terminal. If there is a

problem with the sensor, the warning

message on the driver information interface

will let you know. Have your vehicle checked

by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer.

If your vehicle’s battery is disconnected or goes dead:

•The audio system is disabled.

2Reactivating the audio system P. 206

•The clock resets.

2Clock P. 136

•The vehicle cannot be charged. After reconnecting the battery, turn the power

system on, then turn it off.

Confirm that charging is possible.

2Turning on the Power P. 376

2Charging P. 454

•

The immobilizer system needs to be reset.

2Immobilizer System Indicator P. 97

112-Volt Battery

WARNING: Battery post, terminals,

and related accessories contain lead

and lead compounds.

Wash your hands after handling.

The test indicator’s color information is on the battery.

When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals

by applying a baking powder and water solution.

Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel

dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to

help prevent future corrosion.

WARNING

The battery gives off explosive hydrogen

gas during normal operation.

A spark or flame can cause the battery to

explode with enough force to kill or

seriously hurt you.

When conducting any battery

maintenance, wear protective clothing and

a face shield, or have a skilled technician do

it.

Test Indicator Window

Canadian models only

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 508 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

509

uu12-Volt BatteryuCharging the 12-Volt Battery

Maintenance

Charging the 12-Volt Battery

Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle’s electrical system.

Always disconnect the negative (–) cable first, and reconnect it last.

112-Volt Battery

When replacing the battery, the replacement must be

of the same specifications.

Consult an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer for more information.

The indicators for the Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)

system, VSA® OFF, Collision Mitigation Braking

System

(CMBS

), and low tire pressure/Tire

Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) may come on

along with a message in the driver information

interface when you turn the power system on after

reconnecting the battery.

Drive a short distance at 12 mph (20 km/h). The

indicator should go off. If it does not, have your

vehicle checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-

In Hybrid dealer.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 509 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

510

Maintenance

Remote Transmitter Care

Replacing the Button Battery

If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.

1. Remove the built-in key.

2. Remove the upper half of the cover by

carefully prying on the edge with a coin.

uRemove carefully to avoid losing the

buttons.

uWrap a coin with a cloth to prevent

scratching the smart entry remote.

3. Make sure to replace the battery with the

correct polarity.

1Replacing the Button Battery

NOTICE

An improperly disposed of battery can damage the

environment. Always confirm local regulations for

battery disposal.

Replacement batteries are commercially available or

at an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

WARNING

CHEMICAL BURN HAZARD

The battery that powers the remote

transmitter can cause severe internal burns

and can even lead to death if swallowed.

Keep new and used batteries away from

children.

If you suspect that a child has swallowed

the battery, seek medical attention

immediately.

Battery type: CR2032

Battery

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 510 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

511

Maintenance

Climate Control System Maintenance

Air Conditioning

To ensure proper and safe operation, the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE

J2845) recommends that the refrigerant system only be serviced by trained and

certified technicians.

Never repair or replace the air conditioning evaporator (cooling coil) with one

removed from a used or salvaged vehicle.

New replacement mobile air conditioning evaporators must be certified (and

labeled) as meeting SAE Standard J2842.

1Climate Control System Maintenance

NOTICE

Vented refrigerant is harmful to the environment.

To avoid refrigerant from venting, never replace the

evaporator with one removed from a used or

salvaged vehicle.

Refrigerant in your vehicle’s air conditioning system is

flammable and can be ignited during servicing if

proper procedures are not followed.

The air conditioner label is found under the hood:

2Safety Labels P. 83

2Specifications P. 566

Canadian models

: Caution

: Flammable

Refrigerant

: Requires Registered

Technician to Service

: Air Conditioning

System

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 511 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

512

uuClimate Control System MaintenanceuDust and Pollen Filter

Maintenance

Dust and Pollen Filter

The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects

pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance Minder

messages will let

you know when to replace the filter.

We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your

vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.

1Dust and Pollen Filter

If the airflow from the climate control system

deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up

easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please

contact an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer for replacement.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 512 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

513

Continued

Maintenance

Cleaning

Interior Care

Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt.

Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.

Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts.

Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.

■Cleaning Seat Belts

1Interior Care

Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle. Electrical

devices and systems may malfunction if liquids are

splashed on them.

Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices

such as audio devices and switches. Doing so may

cause the items to malfunction or cause a fire inside

the vehicle.

If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on

electrical devices, consult an authorized Honda

Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

Depending on their composition, chemicals and

liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles,

and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles.

Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as

benzene or gasoline.

After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them

away using a dry cloth.

Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts

or textiles for long periods of time without washing.

Opening

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 513 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuCleaninguInterior Care

514

Maintenance

Wipe using a glass cleaner.

The front and rear floor mats hook over floor

anchors, which keep them from sliding

forward. To remove a mat for cleaning, turn

the anchor knobs to the unlock position.

When reinstalling the mat after cleaning, turn

the knobs to the lock position.

Do not put additional floor mats on top of

the anchored mats.

To properly clean leather:

1. Use a vacuum or soft dry cloth first to remove any dirt or dust.

2. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a solution comprised of 90%

water and 10% neutral soap.

3. Wipe away any soap residue with a clean damp cloth.

4. Wipe away residual water and allow leather to air dry in the shade.

■Cleaning the Window

■Floor Mats

1Cleaning the Window

Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window.

Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a

soft cloth so as not to damage them.

Be careful not to spill fluids, such as water or glass

cleaner, on or around the cover of the front sensor

camera.

2Front Sensor Camera P. 394

1Floor Mats

If you use any floor mats that were not originally

provided with your vehicle, make sure they are

designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and

are securely anchored by the floor anchors.

Position the rear seat floor mats properly. If they are

not properly positioned, the floor mats can interfere

with the front seat functions.

Unlock

Lock

■Maintaining Genuine Leather

1Maintaining Genuine Leather

It is important to clean or wipe away dirt or dust as

soon as possible. Spills can soak into leather resulting

in stains. Dirt or dust can cause abrasions in the

leather. In addition, please note that some dark

colored clothing can rub onto the leather seats

resulting in discoloration or stains.

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 514 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

515

uuCleaninguExterior Care

Continued

Maintenance

Exterior Care

Dust off the vehicle body after you drive. Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches

on painted surfaces. A scratch on a painted surface can result in body rust. If you

find a scratch, promptly repair it.

Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following

conditions:

•If driving on roads with road salt.

•If driving in coastal areas.

•If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.

•Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash.

•Fold in the door mirrors.

■Washing the Vehicle

■Using an Automated Car Wash

1Washing the Vehicle

Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can

cause a malfunction.

If you need to lift the wiper arms away from the

windshield, first set the wiper arms to the

maintenance position.

2Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber P. 496

Air Intake Vents

1Using an Automated Car Wash

When using an automated car wash that pulls the

vehicle through with a conveyor, make sure vehicle is

in car wash mode.

2If you want to keep the transmission in (N

position [car wash mode] P. 386

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 515 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuCleaninguExterior Care

516

Maintenance

•Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body.

•Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to

enter the vehicle interior.

•Do not spray water into the engine compartment.

A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the

elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the

elements, so reapply as necessary.

If you get gasoline, oil, coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they may be

stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and clean

water.

Wipe using a glass cleaner.

■Using High Pressure Cleaners

■Applying Wax

■Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts

■Cleaning the Window

1Applying Wax

NOTICE

Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage

the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe

away spills immediately.

1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts

Ask an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer about the correct coating material when you

want to repair the painted surface of the parts made

of resin.

1Cleaning the Window

When you raise a wiper arm, you may inadvertently

alter the position of the arm by applying undue force.

If you notice that an arm is not in its proper return

position, active the wipers once and they will

automatically reset.

2Wipers and Washers P. 166

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 516 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

517

uuCleaninguExterior Care

Continued

Maintenance

Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road

contaminants. When necessary, as early as possible use a sponge and mild detergent

to wipe away these contaminants. Do not use a stiff brush or harsh chemicals

(including some commercial wheel cleaners). These can damage the protective finish

on aluminum alloy wheels, resulting in corrosion. Depending on the type of finish,

the wheels also may lose their luster or appear burnished. To avoid water stains,

wipe the wheels dry with a cloth while they are still wet.

The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily

if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash.

Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant

enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to

vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural

processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights.

Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame

surfaces. This also is not a malfunction.

However, if you see large amounts of water accumulation, or large water drops

building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Honda

Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

■Maintaining Aluminum Wheels

■Fogged Exterior Light Lenses

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 517 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuCleaninguExterior Care

518

Maintenance

Refer to the temperature notice label affixed to the driver’s doorjamb before

painting the vehicle.

■Painting the Vehicle

1Painting the Vehicle

U.S. models

Canadian models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 518 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

519

Maintenance

Accessories and Modifications

Accessories

When installing accessories, check the following:

•Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and

delay your reaction to driving conditions.

•Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS Airbag, on the sides or backs

of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows. Accessories

installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the vehicle’s

airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags deploy.

•Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with

proper operation of your vehicle.

2Fuses P. 553

•Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact an authorized

Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer for assistance. If possible, have an authorized

Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer inspect the final installation.

1Accessories and Modifications

Honda Genuine accessories are recommended to

ensure proper operation on your vehicle.

WARNING

Improper accessories or modifications can

affect your vehicle’s handling, stability, and

performance, and cause a crash in which

you can be seriously hurt or killed.

Follow all instructions in this owner’s

manual regarding accessories and

modifications.

WARNING

Use of improperly designed, engineered or

manufactured high-voltage battery

assemblies could cause a fire in your

vehicle.

A vehicle fire could result in a crash or

injury.

Only use a genuine Honda high-voltage

battery assembly, or its equivalent, in your

vehicle.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 519 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

520

uuAccessories and ModificationsuModifications

Maintenance

Modifications

Do not modify your vehicle in a manner that may affect its handling, stability, or

reliability, or install non-genuine Honda parts or accessories that may have a similar

effect.

Even minor modifications to vehicle systems can affect overall vehicle performance.

Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and do not

make any modification to your vehicle or its systems that might cause your vehicle

to no longer meet federal, state, province, territory, and local regulations.

The on-board diagnostic port (OBD-II/SAE J1962 connector) installed on this vehicle

is intended to be used with automobile system diagnostic devices or with other

devices that Honda has approved. Use of any other type of device may adversely

affect the vehicle’s electronic systems or allow them to be compromised, possibly

resulting in a system malfunction, drained battery, or other unexpected problems.

Do not modify or attempt to repair your vehicle’s high-voltage hybrid power system

or otherwise modify vehicle electrical systems. Disassembling or modifying electrical

equipment can result in a crash or a fire.

If you ever need to replace your vehicle’s high-voltage battery assembly outside of

warranty coverage, we highly recommend that you only use a genuine Honda high-

voltage battery assembly. Genuine Honda high-voltage battery assemblies are

designed to work with your vehicle’s hybrid power system and have been designed,

engineered and manufactured to avoid overcharging situations. Non-genuine high-

voltage battery assemblies may not have been similarly designed, engineered and

manufactured, and installation of such assemblies could result in overcharging, fires,

loss of power, or other conditions that may increase the likelihood of a crash or

injury.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 520 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

521

Handling the Unexpected

This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.

If a Tire Goes Flat

Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire....... 522

Handling of the Jack......................... 534

Power System Won’t Start

Checking the Procedure................... 535

If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is

Weak..........................................537

Emergency Power System Off........... 538

Jump Starting.................................... 539

Overheating

How to Handle Overheating............. 542

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking

If the Low Oil Pressure Warning Appears .. 545

If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System

Indicator Comes On ....................... 546

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes

On or Blinks..................................... 547

If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes

On or Blinks ....................................... 548

If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System

Indicator Comes On........................... 549

If the Brake System Indicator (Red)

Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time

When the Brake System Indicator

(Amber) Comes On ...................... 550

If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator

Comes On or Blinks ....................... 551

If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks

along with the Warning Message .... 552

Fuses

Fuse Locations ................................. 553

Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 560

Emergency Towing........................... 561

When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill

Door................................................. 562

When You Cannot Open the Charge

Lid.................................................563

When You Cannot Open the Trunk.. 564

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 521 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

522

Handling the Unexpected

If a Tire Goes Flat

Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

If the tire has a large cut or is otherwise severely damaged, you will need to have the

vehicle towed. If the tire only has a small puncture, from a nail for instance, you can

use the temporary tire repair kit so that you can drive to the nearest service station

for a more permanent repair.

If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually

to reduce speed. Then stop in a safe place.

1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking

brake.

2. Change the gear position to (P.

3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK).

1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

The kit should not be used in the following situations.

Instead, contact an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In

Hybrid dealer or roadside assistance to have the

vehicle towed.

•The tire sealant has expired.

•More than one tire is punctured.

•The puncture or cut is larger than 3/16 inch (4 mm).

•The tire side wall is damaged or the puncture is

outside the contact area.

•Damage has been caused by driving with the tire

extremely under inflated.

•The tire bead is no longer seated.

•The rim is damaged.

Do not remove a nail or screw that punctured the

tire. If you remove it from the tire, you may not be

able to repair the puncture using the kit.

When the puncture is: Kit Use

Smaller than 3/16 inch

(4 mm) Yes

Larger than 3/16 inch

(4 mm) No

Contact

Area

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 522 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

523

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

Handling the Unexpected

■Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire

1Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire

Repair notification label and speed restriction label

are applied to the side of temporary tire repair kit.

When making a temporary repair, carefully read the

instruction manual provided with the kit.

Pressure Gauge

AIR

Power Plug

Pressure Relief Button

Repair Notification Label

Instruction Manual

Sealant/Air Hose

REPAIR

Inflator Switch

Speed Restriction Label

Selector Knob

U.S. Canada U.S. Canada

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 523 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

524

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

Handling the Unexpected

1. Remove the charging cable by releasing the

belt.

2. Pull the strap on the right side of the trunk

and open the lid.

3. Open the fastener and take the kit out of

the trunk.

4. Place the kit face up, on flat ground near

the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do not

place the kit on its side.

Charging Cable

Fastener

Strap

Lid

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 524 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

525

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

Handling the Unexpected

1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve

stem.

2. Remove the sealant/air hose from the

packaging.

3. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire

valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.

■Injecting Sealant and Air

1Injecting Sealant and Air

In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily.

In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before

using.

The sealant can permanently stain clothing and other

materials. Be careful during handling and wipe away

any spills immediately.

WARNING

Tire sealant contains substances that are

harmful and can be fatal if swallowed.

If accidentally swallowed, do not induce

vomiting. Drink plenty of water and get

medical attention immediately.

For skin or eye contact, flush with cool

water and get medical attention if

necessary.

Valve Stem

Valve Cap

Sealant/Air Hose

Valve Stem

Sealant/Air Hose

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 525 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

526

Handling the Unexpected

4. Plug in the compressor to the accessory

power socket.

uBe careful not to pinch the cord in a

door or window.

uDo not plug any other electronic

devices into other accessory power

sockets.

2Accessory Power Sockets P. 189

5. Turn the power system on.

uKeep the power system on while

injecting sealant and air.

6. Turn the selector knob to REPAIR

SEALANT/AIR

, PRODUIT ANTIFUITE/

AIR

*1: U.S. models

*2: Canadian models

1Injecting Sealant and Air

NOTICE

Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit

compressor for more than 15 minutes. The

compressor can overheat and become permanently

damaged.

There are two accessory power sockets:

•In the back of the console compartment

•In the console panel

2Accessory Power Sockets P. 189

WARNING

Running the engine with the vehicle in an

enclosed or even partly enclosed area can

cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon

monoxide.

Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can

cause unconsciousness and even death.

Only run the engine to power the air

compressor with the vehicle outdoors.

U.S.

Canada

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 526 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

527

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

Handling the Unexpected

7. Press the inflator switch to turn on the

compressor.

uThe compressor starts injecting sealant

and air into the tire.

uWhen the sealant injection is complete,

continue to add air.

8. After the air pressure reaches 36 psi (250

kPa), turn off the kit.

uTo check the pressure, occasionally turn

off the compressor, and read the

gauge.

9. Unplug the power plug from the accessory

power socket.

10. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire

valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.

11. Press the pressure relief button until the

gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).

OFF

Pressure Gauge

1Injecting Sealant and Air

Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure

shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than

actual. After the sealant injection is complete the

pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the

tire is inflated with air. This is normal. To accurately

measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air

compressor off only after the sealant injection is

complete.

If the required air pressure is not reached within 10

minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for

the kit to provide the necessary seal, and your vehicle

will need to be towed.

See an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer for a replacement sealant bottle and proper

disposal of an empty bottle.

Sealant/Air

Hose

Valve Stem

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 527 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

528

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

Handling the Unexpected

12. Apply the repair notification label to the

flat surface of the wheel.

uThe wheel surface must be clean to

ensure the label adheres properly.

1. Apply the speed restriction label to the

location as shown.

2. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes.

uDo not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).

3. Stop the vehicle in a safe place.

Repair Notification Label

U.S.

Canada

■Distributing the Sealant in the Tire

Speed Restriction Label

U.S.

Canada

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 528 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

529

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

4. Recheck the air pressure using the sealant/

air hose on the compressor.

5. Turn the selector knob to AIR

, AIR

ONLY

, AIR SEULEMENT

uDo not turn the air compressor on to

check the pressure.

2Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 531

6. If the air pressure is

•Less than 25 psi (175 kPa):

Do not add air or continue driving. The

leak is too severe. Call for help and have

your vehicle towed.

2Emergency Towing P. 561

•36 psi (250 kPa) or more:

Continue driving for another 10 minutes

or until you reach the nearest service

station, whichever is sooner. Do not

exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). If you have not

reached a service station after 10 minutes,

stop in a safe place and check the tire

pressure.

uIf the air pressure does not go down

after the 10 minute driving, you do not

need to check the pressure any more.

*1: U.S. models

*2: Canadian models

U.S.

Canada

Sealant/Air Hose

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 529 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

530

Handling the Unexpected

•Greater than 25 psi (175 kPa), but less

than 36 psi (250 kPa):

Turn the air compressor on to inflate the

tire until the tire pressure reaches 36 psi

(250 kPa).

2Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 531

Then drive carefully for 10 more minutes

or until you reach the nearest service

station, whichever is sooner. Do not

exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). If you have not

reached a service station after 10 minutes,

stop in a safe place and check the tire

pressure.

uYou should repeat this procedure as

long as the air pressure is within this

range.

7. Unplug the kit from the accessory power

socket.

8. Unscrew the air only hose from the tire

valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.

9. Press the pressure relief button until the

gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).

10. Repackage and properly stow the kit.

Pressure Relief Button

1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire

WARNING

Running the engine with the vehicle in an

enclosed or even partly enclosed area can

cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon

monoxide.

Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can

cause unconsciousness and even death.

Only run the engine to power the air

compressor with the vehicle outdoors.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 530 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

531

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

Handling the Unexpected

You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured under-inflated tire.

1. Open the trunk floor lid.

2Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair

the Flat Tire P. 523

2. Remove the kit from the case.

3. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near

the flat tire, away from traffic. Do not

place the kit on its side.

4. Remove the air only hose from the kit.

5. Remove the valve cap.

6. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire

valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.

■Inflating an Under-inflated Tire

1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire

NOTICE

Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit

compressor for more than 15 minutes. The

compressor can overheat and become permanently

damaged.

Sealant/Air Hose

Valve Cap

Valve Stem

Sealant/Air Hose

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 531 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

532

Handling the Unexpected

7. Plug in the kit to the accessory power

socket.

uBe careful not to pinch the cord in a

door or window.

uDo not plug any other electronic

devices into other accessory power

sockets.

2Accessory Power Sockets P. 189

8. Turn the power system on.

uKeep the power system on while

injecting air.

9. Turn the selector knob to AIR

, AIR

ONLY

, AIR SEULEMENT

10. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit.

uThe compressor starts to inject air into

the tire.

11. Inflate the tire to the specified air pressure.

*1: U.S. models

*2: Canadian models

1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire

WARNING

Running the engine with the vehicle in an

enclosed or even partly enclosed area can

cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon

monoxide.

Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can

cause unconsciousness and even death.

Only run the engine to power the air

compressor with the vehicle outdoors.

U.S.

Canada

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 532 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

533

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

Handling the Unexpected

12. Turn off the kit.

uCheck the pressure gauge on the air

compressor.

uIf overinflated, press the pressure relief

button.

13. Unplug the kit from the accessory power

socket.

14. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire

valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.

15. Press the pressure relief button until the

gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).

16. Repackage and properly stow the kit.

Pressure Relief Button

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 533 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

534

Handling the Unexpected

Handling of the Jack

Your vehicle has jacking points as shown.

When replacing your tires, consult an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer.

Jacking Points

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 534 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

535

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

Power System Won’t Start

Checking the Procedure

When the READY indicator does not come on and the Ready To Drive message

does not appear on the driver information interface, check the following items and

take appropriate action.

Checklist Condition What to Do

Check if the related

indicator or driver

information interface

messages come on.

The Remove Charger Connector message appears Removing a charge connector. Set the power

mode to ACCESSORY, then to ON.

The Low Battery Charge. Power Reduced. message appears Charge the High Voltage battery.

2Charging P. 454

The Temperature Is Too Cold For Vehicle To Operate

message appears.

2Driver Information Interface Warning and

Information Messages P. 103

The To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message

appears.

uMake sure the smart entry remote is in its operating range.

2POWER Button Operating Range P. 158

2If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak

P. 537

The POWER SYSTEM indicator comes on. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized

Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

The transmission system indicator blinks and Transmission

Problem Apply Parking Brake When Parked message

appears.

The power system can be activated as a

temporary measure.

2If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks

along with the Warning Message P. 552

Check the brightness

of the interior lights.

The interior lights are dim or do not come on at all. Have the 12-volt battery checked by an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

The interior lights come on normally. Check all fuses, or have your vehicle checked by

an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer.

2Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 560

1Checking the Procedure

If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an

assisting vehicle or booster battery to jump start it.

2Jump Starting P. 539

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 535 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

536

uuPower System Won’t StartuChecking the Procedure

Handling the Unexpected

Checklist Condition What to Do

Check the Security

System Alarm

indicator.

When the Security System Alarm indicator is blinking, the power

system cannot be turned on. 2Security System Alarm P. 153

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 536 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

537

uuPower System Won’t StartuIf the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak

Handling the Unexpected

If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak

If the beeper sounds, the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message

appears on the driver information interface, and the POWER button flashes, the

READY indicator does not come on.

Turn on the power system as follows:

1. Touch the center of the POWER button

with the H logo on the smart entry remote

while the indicator on the POWER button is

flashing. The buttons on the smart entry

remote should be facing you.

uThe POWER button flashes for about 30

seconds.

2. Depress the brake pedal and press the

POWER button within 10 seconds after the

beeper sounds and the POWER button

changes from flashing to on.

uIf you do not depress the pedal, the

mode will change to ACCESSORY.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 537 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

538

Power System Won’t Start

Emergency Power System Off

Handling the Unexpected

Emergency Power System Off

The POWER button may be used to turn the power system off due to an emergency

situation even while driving. If you must turn the power system off, do either of the

following operations:

•Press and hold the POWER button for about two seconds.

•Firmly press the POWER button three times.

The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the power system

disables the power assist the power system provides to the steering and braking

systems, it will require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow

the vehicle. Use both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop

immediately in a safe place.

The gear position automatically changes to (P after the vehicle comes to a complete

stop. Then, the power mode changes to VEHICLE OFF.

1Emergency Power System Off

Do not press the button while driving unless it is

absolutely necessary for the power system to be

turned off.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 538 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

539

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

Jump Starting

Turn off the power to electric devices, such as the audio and lights. Turn off the

power system, then open the hood.

1. Open the battery terminal cover.

2. Connect the first jumper cable to your

vehicle’s 12-volt battery + terminal.

3. Connect the other end of the first jumper

cable to the booster battery + terminal.

uIf you use a booster battery, only use a

12-volt booster battery.

uWhen using an automotive battery

charger, select a charging voltage lower

than 15-volts. Check the charger manual

for the proper setting.

4. Connect the second jumper cable to the

booster battery - terminal.

■Jump Starting Procedure

1Jump Starting

Securely attach the jumper cable clips so that they do

not come off when the power system vibrates. Also

be careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow

the cable ends to touch each other while attaching or

detaching the jumper cables.

12-volt Battery performance degrades in cold

conditions and may prevent the power system from

starting.

WARNING

A 12-volt battery can explode if you do not

follow the correct procedure, seriously

injuring anyone nearby.

Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking

materials away from the 12-volt battery.

Battery Terminal Cover

Booster Battery

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 539 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

540

uuJump Startingu

Handling the Unexpected

5. Connect the other end of the second

jumper cable to the power system

mounting bolt as shown. Do not connect

this jumper cable to any other part of the

vehicle.

6. If your vehicle is connected to another

vehicle, start the assisting vehicle’s engine,

and increase its rpm slightly.

7. Attempt to start your vehicle’s power

system. If it does not turn on, check that the

jumper cables have good metal-to-metal

contact.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 540 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

541

uuJump Startingu

Handling the Unexpected

Once your vehicle’s power system has started, remove the jumper cables in the

following order:

1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s ground.

2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery -

terminal.

3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s 12-volt battery + terminal.

4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery +

terminal.

Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or an authorized Honda

Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

■What to Do After the Power System Starts

1What to Do After the Power System Starts

The indicators for the Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)

system, VSA® OFF, Collision Mitigation Braking

System

(CMBS

), and low tire pressure/Tire

Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) may come on

along with a message in the driver information

interface when you turn the power system on after

reconnecting the battery.

Drive a short distance at 12 mph (20 km/h). The

indicator should go off. If it does not, have your

vehicle checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-

In Hybrid dealer.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 541 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

542

Handling the Unexpected

Overheating

How to Handle Overheating

Overheating symptoms are as follows:

•The High Temperature. Power Reduced. message appears on the multi-

information display.

•The Stop Driving When Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot message appears

on the multi-information display.

•Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.

The High Temperature. Power Reduced. message appears on the multi-

information display when the power system temperature is high.

2Driver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages P. 103

1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.

uChange the gear position to (P, and set the parking brake. Turn off all

accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights.

2. Keep the power mode in ON, and wait until the message disappears.

uIf the message does not disappear, have the vehicle inspected at an authorized

Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

■The High Temperature. Power Reduced. Message Appears

on the Multi-Information Display

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 542 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Continued

543

uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating

Handling the Unexpected

■First thing to do

1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.

2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights.

uNo steam or spray present: Keep the power system on and open the hood.

uSteam or spray is present: Turn off the power system and wait until it

subsides. Then open the hood.

■The Stop Driving When Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot

Message Appears on the Multi-Information Display

1The Stop Driving When Safe. Engine Temperature Too

Hot Message Appears on the Multi-Information Display

NOTICE

Continuing to drive with the Stop Driving When

Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot message on

the multi-information display may damage the

engine.

WARNING

Steam and spray from an overheated

engine can seriously scald you.

Do not open the hood if steam is coming

out.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 543 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating

544

Handling the Unexpected

■Next thing to do

1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and

turn the power system off once the Stop

Driving When Safe. Engine

Temperature Too Hot message

disappears.

uIf the cooling fan is not operating,

immediately turn the power system off.

2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect

the coolant level and check the cooling

system components for leaks.

uIf the coolant level in the reserve tank is

low, add coolant until it reaches the

MAX mark.

uIf there is no coolant in the reserve tank,

check that the radiator is cool. Cover the

radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open

the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to

the base of the filler neck, and put the

cap back on.

■Last thing to do

Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, turn the power system on.

If the Stop Driving When Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot message does not

appear, resume driving. If it appears again, contact an authorized Honda Clarity

Plug-In Hybrid dealer for repairs.

1The Stop Driving When Safe. Engine Temperature Too

Hot Message Appears on the Multi-Information Display

If the coolant is leaking, contact an authorized Honda

Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer for repairs.

Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only.

Have an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze as

soon as possible.

WARNING

Removing the radiator cap while the

engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray

out, seriously scalding you.

Always let the engine and radiator cool

down before removing the radiator cap.

Reserve Tank

MAX

MIN

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 544 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

545

Handling the Unexpected

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking

If the Low Oil Pressure Warning Appears

■Reasons for the Warning to appear

Appears when the engine oil pressure is low.

■What to do as soon as the warning

appears

1. Immediately park the vehicle on level

ground in a safe place.

2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights

on.

■What to do after parking the vehicle

1. Stop the engine and let it sit for

approximately three minutes.

2. Open the hood and check the oil level.

2Oil Check P. 483

3. Start the engine and check the low oil

pressure warning.

uThe warning disappears: Start driving

again.

uThe warning does not disappear within

10 seconds: Immediately stop the engine

and contact an authorized Honda Clarity

Plug-In Hybrid dealer for repairs.

1If the Low Oil Pressure Warning Appears

NOTICE

Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause

serious mechanical damage almost immediately.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 545 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

546

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking

If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System Indicator Comes On

Handling the Unexpected

If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System Indicator

Comes On

■Reasons for the indicator to come on

Comes on when the 12-volt battery is not being charged.

■What to do when the indicator comes on

Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical

systems, and immediately contact an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In

Hybrid dealer for repairs.

1If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System Indicator Comes On

If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the

power system. Restarting the power system may

rapidly discharge the battery.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 546 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

547

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

Handling the Unexpected

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or

Blinks

■Reasons for indicator lamp to come on or blink

•Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control

system, or the fuel fill cap is missing, or loose.

•Blinks when engine misfiring is detected.

■What to do when the indicator lamp comes on

Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

■What to do when the indicator lamp blinks

Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least

10 minutes or more with the power system stopped until it cools.

■The message appears on when:

An evaporative system leak is detected. This may be caused by the fuel fill cap being

loose or not being installed.

■What to do when the message appears:

1. Stop the power system.

2. Check if the fuel fill cap is fully installed.

uIf not, loosen the cap, and then retighten it until it clicks at least once.

3. Drive for several days of normal driving.

uThe message should go off.

■When the malfunction indicator lamp comes on

The malfunction indicator lamp comes on if the system continues to detect a leak of

gasoline vapor. If this happens, follow the procedures described earlier to check the

fuel fill cap.

■Tighten Fuel Cap Message

1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

NOTICE

If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on,

the emissions control system and the engine could be

damaged.

If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when

restarting the engine, drive to the nearest an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer at 31

mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle inspected.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 547 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

548

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking

If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks

Handling the Unexpected

If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or

Blinks

■Reasons for the indicator to come on

•The brake fluid is low.

•There is a malfunction in the brake system.

■What to do when the indicator comes on while driving

Depress the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure.

•If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop.

•If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, slow the vehicle

using the deceleration paddle selector.

■Reason for the indicator to blink

•There is a problem with the electric parking brake system.

■What to do when the indicator blinks

Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer immediately.

1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks

Have your vehicle repaired immediately.

It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there

is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop

immediately in a safe place. If necessary, downshift

the gears.

If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come

on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution

system is not working. This can result in vehicle

instability under sudden braking.

Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Honda

Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer immediately.

If the brake system indicator (red) blinks at the same

time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes

on, the parking brake may not work.

Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle

checked by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In

Hybrid dealer immediately.

2If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes

On or Blinks at the Same Time When the

Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On

P. 550

U.S.

Canada

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 548 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

549

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On

Handling the Unexpected

If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator

Comes On

■Reasons for the indicator to come on

•Comes on when there is a problem with the EPS system.

•If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the motor

speed while the motor is idling, the indicator comes on, and

sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.

•Comes on when the EPS steering angle center point memory is lost.

This could be due to a number of problems including: battery

disconnection, main fuse blow, low battery causing the reset of the

EPS system, wire damage to EPS harness. Vehicle Stability Assist

(VSA®), VSA® OFF, Collision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

and low tire pressure/TPMS indicators come on along with a message

in the driver information interface.

■What to do when the indicator comes on

•Stop the vehicle in a safe place, turn off the power system, and turn

on the power system again.

If the indicator re-appears and stays on, immediately have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

•If VSA® indicator, VSA® OFF indicator, CMBS

indicator, and low tire

pressure/TPMS indicator come on along with a message in the driver

information interface, you need to calibrate the VSA and EPS systems.

Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h) to calibrate the

VSA and EPS systems.

If the indicators come on and stay on, park your vehicle in a safe

place, turn off and turn on the power system, then repeat the above

operation.

If the indicators still come on and stay on, immediately have your

vehicle inspected by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 549 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

550

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking

If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On

Handling the Unexpected

If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or

Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System

Indicator (Amber) Comes On

■If the brake system indicator (red) comes on or blinks at the

same time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes on,

release the parking brake manually or automatically.

2Parking Brake P. 431

•If the brake system indicator (red) continuously comes on or blinks at

the same time the brake system indicator (amber) comes on, stop the

vehicle in a safe place, and have it inspected by an authorized Honda

Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer immediately.

uPrevents the vehicle from moving gear position to (P.

•If only the Brake System Indicator (Red) is turned off, avoid using the

parking brake, and have your vehicle checked by an authorized

Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer immediately.

If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same

Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On

If you apply the parking brake, you may not be able

to release it.

If the brake system indicator (red) and the brake

system indicator (amber) come on at the same time,

the parking brake is working.

If the brake system indicator (red) blinks at the same

time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes

on, the parking brake may not work because it is

checking the system.

U.S.

Canada

U.S.

Canada

(Red)

(Amber)

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 550 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

551

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking

If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks

Handling the Unexpected

If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or

Blinks

■Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink

A tire pressure is significantly low, or the TPMS has not been calibrated.

If there is a problem with the TPMS, the indicator blinks for about one

minute, and then stays on.

■What to do when the indicator comes on

Drive carefully and avoid abrupt cornering and hard braking.

Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the

pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on

the driver’s side doorjamb.

uCalibrate the TPMS after the tire pressure is adjusted.

■What to do when the indicator blinks, then remains on

Have the tire inspected by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer as soon as possible.

1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks

NOTICE

Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause

it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always

inflate your tires to the prescribed level.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 551 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

552

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking

If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message

Handling the Unexpected

If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along

with the Warning Message

■Reasons for the indicator to blink

The transmission is malfunctioning.

■What to do when the indicator blinks

•Immediately have your vehicle inspected by

an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer.

•Change the gear position to (N when you

turn the power system on.

uCheck if the (N position in the

instrument panel and the indicator on

the (N button light/blink.

uThe power system cannot be turned on

unless the parking brake is set.

2Turning on the Power P. 376

1If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the

Warning Message

You may not be able to turn on the power system.

Make sure to set the parking brake when parking

your vehicle.

Call a professional towing service if you need to tow

your vehicle.

2Emergency Towing P. 561

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 552 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

553

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

Fuses

Fuse Locations

If any electrical devices are not working, set

the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK),

and check to see if any applicable fuse is

blown.

There are three fuse boxes in the engine

compartment.

Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box

cover. Locate the fuse in question by the

fuse number and box cover number.

■Fuse box A

Located near the windshield washer

reservoir. Push the tabs to open the box.

■Engine Compartment Fuse

Box

Tab

■Circuit protected and fuse rating

Circuit Protected Amps

1BATTERY 175 A

EPS 70 A

ESB 40 A

IG MAIN (SMART) 30 A

ABS/VSA MOTOR 40 A

WIPER MOTOR 1 30 A

ABS/VSA FSR 40 A

−30 A

Engine EWP 30 A

SUB FUSE BOX 2-1 30 A

SUB FUSE BOX 3-2 30 A

IG MAIN 2 30 A

4 IG COIL 15 A

5H/L LO MAIN 15 A

6EVTC 20 A

7DTWP 10 A

8 DBW 15 A

9VBU 10 A

10 STOP LIGHT 7.5 A

11 IGP 15 A

FUSE BOX MAIN 1 60 A

FUSE BOX MAIN 2 40 A

FUSE BOX MAIN 3 50 A

H/L HI MAIN 30 A

SMALL MAIN 20 A

SUB FUSE BOX 4 (30 A)

−30 A

WIPER MOTOR 2 30 A

−30 A

13 HEATER MOTOR 40 A

14 REAR DEFROSTER 40 A

15 − −

16 BATT SNSR 7.5 A

17 ES EWP 15 A

18 A/C MAIN/DRL 10 A

19 ES VLV 7.5 A

20 HORN 10 A

21 BACK UP 10 A

22 AUDIO 15 A

23 IGPS (LAF) 10 A

24 R H/L LO 7.5 A

25 L H/L LO 7.5 A

26 IGPS 10 A

Circuit Protected Amps

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 553 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

554

uuFusesuFuse Locations

Handling the Unexpected

■Fuse box B

Tab

Pull up the cover on the + terminal, then

remove it while pulling out the tab as

shown.

Replacement of engine compartment fuses

should be done by an authorized Honda

Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer.

■Circuit protected and fuse rating

Circuit Protected Amps

aMAIN 200 A

bRB MAIN 1 70 A

cRB MAIN 2 80 A

dGLOW 60 A

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 554 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

555

uuFusesuFuse Locations

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

■Fuse Box C

Located near the fuse box B.

Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box

cover. Locate the fuse in question by the

fuse number and box cover number.

Tab

■Circuit protected and fuse rating

Circuit Protected Amps

1RFC1 30 A

2RFC2 30 A

3P-ACT 30 A

4IGB RFC1 7.5 A

5IGB RFC2 7.5 A

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 555 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

556

uuFusesuFuse Locations

Handling the Unexpected

There are four fuse boxes on the driver’s

side.

■Fuse Box A

Located under the dashboard.

Fuse locations are shown on the label on

the under panel.

Locate the fuse in question by the fuse

number and label number.

■Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box

Fuse Label

Fuse Box A

■Circuit protected and fuse rating

Circuit Protected Amps

1ACC 7.5 A

2 − −

3VB SOL 10 A

4SHIFTER 7.5 A

5OPTION MAIN 15 A

6SRS OPTION 7.5 A

7METER 10 A

8FUEL PUMP 15 A

9OPTION 7.5 A

10 CTR ACC SOCKET 20 A

11 − −

12 R SIDE DOOR LOCK 10 A

13 L SIDE DOOR UNLOCK 10 A

14 RR L P/W 20 A

15 AS P/W 20 A

16 DOOR LOCK 20 A

17 P-DRV 7.5 A

18 − −

19 WASHER 15 A

20 − −

21 ACG 7.5 A

22 DRL 7.5 A

23 −10 A

24 FR SENSOR CAMERA 5A

25 DR DOOR LOCK 10 A

26 R SIDE DOOR UNLOCK 10 A

27 RR R P/W 20 A

28 DR P/W 20 A

29 FR ACC SOCKET 20 A

30 INTERIOR LIGHT 7.5 A

31 DR P/SEAT REC 20 A

32 FR SEAT HEATER 20 A

33 DR P/SEAT SLI 20 A

34 ABS/VSA 7.5 A

35 SRS 10 A

36 − −

37 LID ACT 10 A

38 L SIDE DOOR LOCK 10 A

39 DR DOOR UNLOCK 10 A

Circuit Protected Amps

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 556 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

557

uuFusesuFuse Locations

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

■Fuse Box B

Located under the fuse box A.

Fuse locations are shown on the label on

the under panel.

Locate the fuse in question by the fuse

number and label number.

Fuse Label

Fuse Box B

■Circuit protected and fuse rating

Circuit Protected Amps

cQC CNT (10 A)

dR H/L HI 7.5 A

eL H/L HI 7.5 A

fIGC 10 A

gHAZARD 10 A

hIGB 15 A

iSMART 10 A

jIGA 10 A

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 557 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

558

uuFusesuFuse Locations

Handling the Unexpected

■Fuse Box C

Located on the right side of fuse box B.

Fuse locations are shown on the label on

the under panel.

Locate the fuse in question by the fuse

number and label number.

Fuse Label

Fuse Box C

■Circuit protected and fuse rating

Circuit Protected Amps

kAS P/SEAT REC (20 A)

lAS P/SEAT SLIDE (20 A)

mILLUMI 7.5 A

n SMALL 7.5 A

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 558 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

559

uuFusesuFuse Locations

Handling the Unexpected

■Fuse Box D

Located inside the driver’s side outer panel.

Replacement of fuses in the driver’s side

outer panel should be done by an

authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid

dealer.

Fuse Box D

■Circuit protected and fuse rating

Circuit Protected Amps

pCOMBO (10 A)

qIGMG (7.5 A)

rSHIFTER 7.5 A

sP-ACT DRV 7.5 A

t − −

u EPP (7.5 A)

vOPTION 7.5 A

w ESB 7.5 A

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 559 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

560

Fuses

Inspecting and Changing Fuses

Handling the Unexpected

Inspecting and Changing Fuses

1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK). Turn headlights and all accessories

off.

2. Check the fuses on the battery in the

engine compartment.

uIf the fuse is blown, have it replaced by

an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In

Hybrid dealer.

3. Remove the fuse box cover.

4. Check the large fuse in the engine

compartment.

uIf the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head

screwdriver to remove the screw, and

replace it with a new one.

5. Inspect the small fuses in the engine

compartment and the vehicle interior.

uIf there is a blown fuse, remove it with

the fuse puller, and replace it with a new

one.

1Inspecting and Changing Fuses

NOTICE

Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating

greatly increases the chances of damaging the

electrical system.

Replace the fuse with a spare fuse of the same

specified amperage.

Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on

P. 553 to 559.

There is a fuse puller on the back of the cover of the

engine compartment fuse box A.

12-Volt Battery

Blown Fuse

Fuse Puller

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 560 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

561

Handling the Unexpected

Emergency Towing

Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.

■Flat bed equipment

The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a flat bed truck.

This is the only way you can safely transport your vehicle.

Any other towing method will damage the vehicle’s drive system.

1Emergency Towing

NOTICE

Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will

cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed

to support the vehicle's weight.

NOTICE

Improper towing, such as towing behind a

motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the

transmission.

Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain.

It is very dangerous since ropes or chains may shift

from side to side or break.

Do not use the hook on the rear of your vehicle for

the towing of other vehicles or emergency removal of

your vehicle. The hook may break.

If your vehicle needs to be towed backward, contact

an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer or a

professional towing service.

Hook

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 561 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

562

Handling the Unexpected

When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door

■What to Do When Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door

If you cannot open the fuel fill door, use the following procedure.

1. Open the trunk and pull off the left inside

cover.

2. Pull the release lever towards you.

uThe release lever opens the fuel fill door

when it is pulled.

3. Slowly remove the fuel fill cap by turning it

to the left. If you hear a release of pressure,

wait until it stops, then continue to slowly

remove the fuel fill cap.

2How to Refuel P. 452

4. Add fuel very slowly.

uThe automatic fuel tank vent valve does

not operate when the fuel fill door is

opened manually. Trying to add fuel too

rapidly when the vent valve is closed will

cause fuel vapors to be pushed out the

filler pipe and can cause a small amount

of liquid fuel to be spilled onto the

ground.

1When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door

The automatic fuel tank vent does not operate when

using the manual fuel door release. Gradually release

pressure by slowly turning the fuel fill cap to the left.

If you hear a release of fuel vapors, wait until it stops,

then continue to slowly remove the fuel fill cap.

The malfunction indicator lamp may come on when

driving after you have refueled by manually opening

the fuel fill door.

2If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes

On or Blinks P. 547

After taking these steps, contact an authorized

Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer to have the

vehicle checked.

WARNING

Gasoline vapors in tank are under pressure.

•If using the manual fuel door release,

open the cap slowly to gradually release

pressure.

•Stop the engine, and keep all sparks,

heat, and flame away.

Release Lever

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 562 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

563

Handling the Unexpected

When You Cannot Open the Charge Lid

If you cannot open the charge lid, use the following procedure:

1. Pull the release lever under the lower left

corner of the dashboard.

uThe lid will pop up slightly.

■What to Do When Unable to Open the Charge Lid

1When You Cannot Open the Charge Lid

After taking this step, contact an authorized Honda

Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer to have the vehicle

checked.

Release Lever

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 563 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

564

Handling the Unexpected

When You Cannot Open the Trunk

If you cannot open the trunk, use the following procedure:

1. Insert the built-in key into the cylinder and

turn the key clockwise (as shown).

uThe trunk unlocks and opens.

■What to Do When Unable to Open the Trunk

1When You Cannot Open the Trunk

Following up:

After taking these steps, contact an authorized

Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid dealer to have your

vehicle checked.

Built-in Key

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 564 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

565

Information

This chapter includes your vehicle’s specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other

information required by regulation.

Specifications.................................... 566

Identification Numbers

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),

Engine Number, Motor Number, and

Transmission Number..................... 568

Devices that Emit Radio Waves....... 569

Reporting Safety Defects................. 571

Emissions Testing ............................. 572

Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 572

Warranty Coverages ........................ 573

Authorized Manuals......................... 576

Customer Service Information......... 577

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 565 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

566

Information

Specifications

■Vehicle Specifications

■Air Conditioning

■Engine Specifications

Model CLARITY PLUG-IN HYBRID

No. of Passengers:

Front 2

Rear 3

Total 5

Weights:

Gross Vehicle Weight

Rating

U.S.: 4,965 lbs (2,252 kg)

Canada: 2,252 kg

Gross Axle Weight

Rating (Front)

U.S.: 2,579 lbs (1,170 kg)

Canada: 1,170 kg

Gross Axle Weight

Rating (Rear)

U.S.: 2,460 lbs (1,116 kg)

Canada: 1,116 kg

Refrigerant Type HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf)

Charge Quantity 13.9 – 15.7 oz (395 – 445 g)

Lubricant Type SE-A2 (POE)

Quantity 8.54 – 10.4 cu-in (140 – 170 cc)

Displacement 91.4 cu-in (1,498 cm

)

Spark Plugs NGK DILZKAR7C11H

■Fuel

■Washer Fluid

Type Unleaded gasoline, Pump octane number

of 87 or higher

Fuel Tank Capacity 7.0 US gal (26.5 L)

Tank Capacity 1.43 US qt (1.35 L)

■Light Bulbs

Headlights (Low Beam) LED

Headlights (High Beam) LED

Front Turn Signal Lights LED

Front Side Marker Lights LED

Parking/Daytime Running Lights LED

Taillights/Rear Side Marker Lights LED

Brake Lights LED

Taillights LED

Back-Up Lights LED

Rear Turn Signal Lights LED

High-Mount Brake Light LED

Rear License Plate Light LED

Interior Lights

Front and Rear Map Lights LED

Front and Rear Ambient Lights LED

Vanity Mirror Lights 1.4 W

Center Console Light LED

Glove Box Light LED

Front Foot Lights

LED

Trunk Light LED

Charge Indicator Light LED

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 566 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

567

uuSpecificationsu

Information

■Brake Fluid

■Transmission Fluid

■Engine Oil

■Engine Coolant

Specified Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3

Specified Honda Automatic Transmission Fluid

ATF DW-1

Capacity Change 2.23 US qt (2.11 L)

Recommended ·Genuine Honda Motor Oil 0W-20

·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil

Capacity Change 3.3 US qt (3.1L)

Change including filter 3.5 US qt (3.3L)

Specified Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2

Ratio 50/50 with distilled water

Capacity

1.31 US gal (4.97 L)

(change including the remaining

0.14 US gal (0.52 L) in the reserve tank)

■High Voltage Battery System Coolant

■Inverter Coolant

Specified Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2

■Tire

Regular

Size 235/45R18 94V

Pressure

psi (kPa [kgf/cm

]) 36 (250 [2.5])

Wheel Size Regular 18 x 8J

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 567 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

568

Information

Identification Numbers

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number,

Motor Number, and Transmission Number

Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your

vehicle for warranty purposes, for licensing, and insuring your vehicle.

The locations of your vehicle’s VIN, engine number, motor number, and

transmission number are shown as follows:

1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, Motor

Number, and Transmission Number

The vehicle identification number (VIN) is located

under the cover.

Cover

Vehicle Identification Number

Transmission

Number

Certification Label/

Vehicle Identification Number

Motor Number

Engine Number

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 568 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

569

Continued

Information

Devices that Emit Radio Waves

The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in

operation.

Each of the above complies with the appropriate requirements or the required

standards of FCC (Federal Communications Commission) and Industry Canada

Standard, described below:

As required by the FCC:

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is

subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not

cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any

interference received, including interference that may cause

undesired operation.

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to

operate the equipment.

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

Audio System

Bluetooth® Audio

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

Charging Cable

Collision Mitigation Braking System

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver

Immobilizer System

Smart Entry System

Wi-Fi

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 569 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

570

uuDevices that Emit Radio Wavesu

Information

This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).

Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause

interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference

that may cause undesired operation of the device.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 570 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

571

Information

Reporting Safety Defects

In the U.S.

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you

should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to

notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists

in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved

in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-

9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,

Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://

www.safercar.gov.

In Canada

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you

should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.

If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety

defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada

cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.

To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For

more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/

roadsafety.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 571 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

572

Information

Emissions Testing

Testing of Readiness Codes

Your vehicle has readiness codes as part of the onboard self diagnostic system.

Some states use these codes for testing to verify whether your vehicle’s emissions

components are working properly.

The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the 12-volt

battery has gone dead or been disconnected.

To check if they are set, set the power mode to ON, without turning the power

system on. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it

then goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes

are not set.

If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready,

prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:

1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full.

2. Park the vehicle and leave the power system off for 6 hours or more.

3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 95°F (4°C and 35°C).

4. Turn the power system on.

5. Use the HV button to select HV or HV Charge.

2HV Button P. 16

6. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed

of 50 mph (80 km/h) over for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in (D

with SPORT mode. Do not use cruise control.

7. Drive in city or suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions

allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal

or the brake pedal.

8. Park the vehicle and leave the power system off for 40 minutes.

1Testing of Readiness Codes

The readiness codes are erased when the 12-volt

battery is disconnected, and set again only after

several days of driving under a variety of conditions.

If a testing facility determines that the readiness

codes are not set, you may be requested to return at

a later date to complete the test.

If the testing facility determines the readiness codes

are still not set, see an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-

In Hybrid dealer.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 572 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

573

Continued

Information

Warranty Coverages

■U.S. Owners

Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:

New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the

emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and

workmanship.

Powertrain Limited Warranty – the powertrain in your new Honda is covered by

a limited warranty. The duration of warranty coverage may vary. Please read your

warranty booklet for details.

High Voltage Battery Capacity Warranty – gradual capacity loss of the high

voltage battery is expected and not covered under warranty. Greater than normal

degradation is covered and can be determined by an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-

In Hybrid dealer. Please read your warranty booklet for details.

Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance

Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems.

Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for

exact information.

Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered

by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.

Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered against

rusting from the inside out for the specified time period, regardless of mileage.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 573 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

574

uuWarranty Coveragesu

Information

Accessory Limited Warranty – Honda accessories are covered under this

warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other

factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details.

Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Honda replacement parts

against defects in materials and workmanship.

Replacement 12-Volt Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage

for a replacement battery purchased from an authorized Honda Clarity Plug-In

Hybrid dealer.

Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as

long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.

Tire Warranty – the original tires are warranted by their manufacturer. Your Honda

automobile dealer will be glad to assist you in contacting the tire’s manufacturer, if

needed. Please read your warranty booklet for details.

Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Honda

warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on

warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer.

Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 574 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

575

uuWarranty Coveragesu

Information

■Canadian Owners

Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.

■EPA Contact Information

An owner may obtain further information concerning emission warranties or report

violations of the terms of the emission warranties by contacting:

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency

Office of Transportation and Air Quality

Compliance Division, Light-Duty Vehicle Group

Attn: Warranty Complaints

2000 Traverwood Drive

Ann Arbor, MI 48105

Email: complianceinfo@epa.gov

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 575 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

576

Information

Authorized Manuals

■Service Express

For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to

Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options.

■For U.S. Owners

Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by

phone at 1 (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.

■For Canadian Owners

Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require.

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 576 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

577

Continued

Information

Customer Service Information

Honda dealership personnel are trained professionals who should be able to deal

with any problems you may encounter with your vehicle. If, however, you are faced

with a problem that they cannot resolve to your satisfaction, contact Honda

Customer Services.

U.S. Owners

American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

Honda Automobile Customer Services

Mail Stop 100-5E-8A

1919 Torrance Blvd.

Torrance, CA 90501-2746

Tel: 1 (800) 999-1009

Canadian Owners

Honda Canada Inc.

Customer Relations 180 Honda Boulevard

Markham, ON

L6C 0H9

Tel: 1-888-9-HONDA-9

Fax: 1-877-939-0909

E-mail: Honda_cr@ch.honda.com

1Customer Service Information

When you call or write, please give us the following

information:

•Vehicle Identification Number

2Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),

Engine Number, Motor Number, and

Transmission Number P. 568

•Date of purchase

•Odometer reading of your vehicle

•Your name, address, and telephone number

•A detailed description of the problem

•Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 577 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

578

uuCustomer Service Informationu

Information

Requirements to access Pandora®

•Latest version of the Pandora app

installed on your Android, Blackberry, or

iPhone.

•Registered Pandora account (you can

create a free account at

www.pandora.com <http://

www.pandora.com/> or on your

smartphone)

•Connection to the internet via Wi-Fi or

cellular data network.

■Disclaimer of Pandora®

Limitations

•Access to Pandora requires an active

internet connection

•Ability to access Pandora through this

system is subject to change without

notice

•Certain functionality of Pandora service is

not available when accessing the service

through this system including, but not

limited to, creating new stations, deleting

stations, emailing current stations,

buying tracks, viewing additional text

information, logging in to Pandora, and

adjusting Cell Network Audio Quality.

Pandora internet radio is a music service

not affiliated with HONDA. More

information is available at http://

www.pandora.com <http://

www.pandora.com/>. Pandora, the

Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade

dress are trademarks or registered

trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used

with permission.

•Mobile access requires a smartphone

with an active data plan. Standard data

rates may apply.

•Pandora is only available in the United

States.

* Not available on all models

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 578 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

Index

579

Index

Numbers

120V AC (AC Level 1) ............................... 456

12-Volt Battery Charging System

Indicator ................................................... 90

240V AC (AC Level 2) ............................... 459

ABS (Anti-lock Brake System).................. 437

Accessories and Modifications ................ 519

Accessory Power Sockets ......................... 189

Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System............ 393

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low

Speed Follow (LSF) ................................. 400

Indicator ................................................. 100

Additives

Coolant .................................................. 488

Engine Oil ............................................... 482

Washer ................................................... 493

Additives, Engine Oil ............................... 482

Adjusting

Armrest .................................................. 182

Front Seats.............................................. 175

Head Restraints....................................... 178

Mirrors.................................................... 173

Steering Wheel ....................................... 172

Temperature ........................................... 126

Agile Handling Assist............................... 424

Air Conditioning System (Climate Control

System).................................................... 193

Changing the Mode................................ 195

Defrosting the Windshield and

Windows ............................................... 197

Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 512

Sensors.................................................... 201

Synchronized Mode................................. 198

Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 193

Air Pressure ....................................... 500, 567

Airbags ........................................................ 54

Advanced Airbags ..................................... 60

Airbag Care............................................... 68

Driver’s Knee Airbag .................................. 61

Event Data Recorder .................................... 0

Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 57

Indicator.............................................. 66, 94

Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator ......... 67

Sensors...................................................... 54

Side Airbags .............................................. 63

Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 65

AM/FM Radio ............................................ 243

Android Auto............................................ 280

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 437

Indicator.................................................... 93

Apple CarPlay ........................................... 277

Armrest ..................................................... 182

Audio Remote Controls............................ 207

Audio System .................................... 204, 210

Adjusting the Sound................................ 236

Audio/Information Screen ........................ 211

Changing the Home Screen Icon Layout .. 219

Changing the Screen Interface................. 233

Closing Apps ........................................... 235

Customizing the Meter............................ 219

Display Setup .......................................... 237

Error Messages........................................ 284

General Information ................................ 288

Home Screen........................................... 225

Limitations for Manual Operation ............ 238

Menu Customize..................................... 234

MP3/WMA/AAC...................................... 264

Reactivating ............................................ 206

Recommended Devices............................ 290

Remote Controls ..................................... 207

Security Code.......................................... 206

Selecting an Audio Source....................... 238

Status Area ............................................. 232

Theft Protection ...................................... 206

USB Flash Drives...................................... 290

USB Port.................................................. 205

Voice Control Operation.......................... 239

Wallpaper Setup...................................... 223

Audio/Information Screen ....................... 211

Authorized Manuals ................................ 576

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking................. 149

Automatic Brake Hold ............................. 435

Indicator............................................ 87, 435

Automatic Brake Hold System

Indicator............................................ 87, 435

Automatic Lighting .................................. 163

Average Fuel Economy ............................ 126

Average Fuel Economy Records .............. 129

Average Speed ......................................... 127

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 579 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

580

Index

Battery....................................................... 466

12-Volt.................................................... 508

12-Volt Battery Charging System

Indicator .......................................... 90, 546

Charging (12-Volt Battery) ....................... 509

Charging (High Voltage Battery) .............. 454

High Voltage ........................................... 466

Jump Starting .......................................... 539

Maintenance (Checking the 12-Volt

Battery).................................................. 508

Maintenance (Replacing).......................... 510

Belts (Seat) .................................................. 47

Beverage Holders...................................... 187

Bluetooth® Audio ..................................... 267

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®..................... 335

Booster Seats (For Children)....................... 81

Brake System............................................. 431

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ................... 437

Automatic Brake Hold.............................. 435

Brake Assist System ................................. 438

Fluid ........................................................ 492

Foot Brake ............................................... 433

Indicator (Red) ......................................... 550

Parking Brake .......................................... 431

Brake System (Amber)

Indicator.................................................... 88

Brake System (Red)

Indicator...................................... 86, 87, 548

Bulb Replacement .................................... 494

Front Turn Signal and Front Side Marker

Lights .................................................... 494

Headlights............................................... 494

High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 495

Parking/Daytime Running Lights .............. 494

Rear License Plate Lights.......................... 495

Taillights and Back-Up Lights ................... 495

Taillights/Rear Side Marker, Brake and

Rear Turn Signal Lights .......................... 495

Bulb Specifications ................................... 566

Carbon Monoxide Gas ............................... 82

Carrying Cargo ................................. 371, 373

Certification Label.................................... 568

Changing Bulbs ........................................ 494

Charge Connector ............................ 457, 460

Charge Lid......................................... 457, 460

Charge Lid Release Button .............. 456, 459

Charge Timer Setting ............................... 467

Charging (High Voltage Battery) ............ 454

120V AC (AC Level 1).............................. 456

240V AC (AC Level 2).............................. 459

Cannot Start Charging ............................ 463

Charge Connector........................... 457, 460

Charge Indicator (vehicle side) ................. 465

Charge Lid ...................................... 457, 460

Control Box............................................. 461

High Voltage Battery ............................... 466

Timer ...................................................... 467

Charging System Indicator ...................... 546

Child Safety ................................................ 69

Childproof Door Locks ............................ 148

Child Seat ................................................... 69

Booster Seats ............................................ 81

Child Seat for Infants ................................ 71

Child Seat for Small Children .................... 72

Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder

Seat Belt ................................................. 76

Larger Children ......................................... 80

Rear-facing Child Seat............................... 71

Selecting a Child Seat ............................... 73

Using a Tether .......................................... 78

Childproof Door Locks............................. 148

Cleaning the Exterior............................... 515

Cleaning the Interior ............................... 513

Climate Control System ........................... 193

Changing the Mode................................ 195

Defrosting the Windshield and

Windows .............................................. 197

Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 512

Sensors ................................................... 201

Using Automatic Climate Control............ 193

Clock ......................................................... 136

CMBS

(Collision Mitigation Braking

System

)................................................ 439

Coat Hook ................................................ 190

Collision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)................................................. 439

Console Compartment............................. 186

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 580 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

581

Index

Control Box .............................................. 461

Controls .................................................... 135

Coolant (Engine) ...................................... 488

Adding to the Radiator ........................... 489

Adding to the Reserve Tank .................... 488

Overheating............................................ 542

Creeping (Transmission) .......................... 381

Cup Holders.............................................. 187

Customer Service Information ................ 577

Customized Features ....................... 133, 306

Daytime Running Lights .......................... 165

Dead Battery (12-Volt)............................. 539

Deceleration Paddle Selector .................. 390

Deceleration Paddle Selector Indicator....... 91

Defrosting the Windshield and

Windows................................................. 197

Devices that Emit Radio Waves............... 569

Dimming

Headlights .............................................. 162

Rearview Mirror ...................................... 173

Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................ 483

Directional Signals (Turn Signal)............. 161

Display Button.......................................... 211

Door Mirrors............................................. 174

Doors ........................................................ 137

Auto Door Locking.................................. 149

Auto Door Unlocking .............................. 149

Door Open Message ................................. 46

Keys ........................................................ 137

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the

Inside............................................... 25, 146

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the

Outside.................................................. 139

Lockout Prevention System ...................... 145

DOT Tire Quality Grading ........................ 502

Drive Cycle Score/Lifetime Points ............ 131

Driver Information Interface ................... 124

Driver’s Knee Airbag .................................. 61

Driving....................................................... 369

Braking.................................................... 431

Shifting Gear ........................................... 382

Transmission............................................ 381

Turning on the Power.............................. 376

Driving Position Memory System............. 170

Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 512

Eco Assist® System ...................................... 20

Eco Drive Display ...................................... 130

ECON Mode .............................................. 388

Elapsed Time............................................. 127

Electric Power Steering (EPS) System

Indicator.................................................... 94

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ............. 422

Emergency ................................................ 561

Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes) ....... 572

Energy Flow Screen .................................. 215

Engine

Coolant................................................... 488

Oil........................................................... 482

Engine Coolant......................................... 488

Adding to the Radiator............................ 489

Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 488

Overheating ............................................ 542

Engine Oil ................................................. 482

Adding.................................................... 484

Checking................................................. 483

Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 482

EPS (Electric Power Steering) System ........ 94

EV Indicator ................................................ 89

Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide).. 82

Expanded View Driver’s Mirror ............... 174

Exterior Care (Cleaning)........................... 515

Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 174

Features .................................................... 203

Filters

Dust and Pollen....................................... 512

Oil........................................................... 485

Flat Tire..................................................... 522

Floor Mats................................................. 514

Fluids

Brake ...................................................... 492

Engine Coolant ....................................... 488

Transmission ........................................... 492

Windshield Washer ................................. 493

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 581 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

582

Index

FM/AM Radio ............................................ 243

Foot Brake................................................. 433

Front Airbags (SRS)..................................... 57

Front Seat Heaters.................................... 191

Front Seats ................................................ 175

Adjusting................................................. 175

Front Sensor Camera ................................ 394

Fuel...................................................... 33, 451

Fuel Economy and CO

Emissions............. 469

Gauge ..................................................... 121

Instant Fuel Economy............................... 127

Range...................................................... 121

Recommendation .................................... 451

Refueling................................................. 451

Requirement............................................ 566

Fuel Economy and CO

Emissions ............ 469

Fuel Fill Cap......................................... 33, 452

Fuel Fill Door....................................... 33, 452

Fuses .......................................................... 553

Inspecting and Changing......................... 560

Locations ......................................... 553, 556

Gasoline (Fuel)

Economy ................................................. 469

Information ............................................. 451

Refueling................................................. 451

Gauges....................................................... 121

Gear Position Indicator....................... 91, 384

Gear Shift Positions

Transmission ........................................... 382

Glass (care)........................................ 514, 516

Glove Box.................................................. 185

Handling the Unexpected........................ 521

HandsFreeLink® (HFL)............................... 335

Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook

and Call History ..................................... 348

Displaying Messages................................ 362

HFL Buttons............................................. 335

HFL Menus .............................................. 338

HFL Status Display ................................... 337

In Case of Emergency.............................. 366

Limitations for Manual Operation ............ 337

Making a Call.......................................... 356

Options During a Call .............................. 359

Phone Setup............................................ 343

Phonebook Phonetic Modification ........... 352

Receiving a Call ....................................... 359

Receiving a Text Message/E-mail.............. 360

Ring Tone................................................ 347

Selecting a Mail Account ......................... 361

Speed Dial............................................... 349

To Set Up Text Message/E-mail Options... 346

Hazard Warning Button .............................. 6

HD Radio

................................................ 243

Head Restraints ........................................ 178

Headlights ................................................ 162

Aiming.................................................... 494

Automatic Operation .............................. 163

Dimming......................................... 162, 165

Operating ............................................... 162

Heated Door Mirror Button .................... 169

Heaters (Seat)........................................... 191

HFL (HandsFreeLink®).............................. 335

High Beam Indicator.................................. 97

High Voltage Battery............................... 466

Charging ................................................ 454

High Voltage Battery Charge Level

Gauge ..................................................... 123

Hill Start Assist System............................. 379

Home Screen ............................................ 225

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ........... 332

Honda App License Agreement .............. 291

Honda Sensing

........................................ 34

HondaLink®.............................................. 269

HV Button................................................... 16

HV Charge .................................................. 17

HV Charge Indicator .................................. 89

HV Indicator ............................................... 89

Identification Numbers

Motor, and Transmission......................... 568

Vehicle Identification............................... 568

Immobilizer System.................................. 153

Indicator ................................................... 97

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 582 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

583

Index

Indicators.................................................... 86

12-Volt Battery Charging System ...... 90, 546

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with

Low Speed Follow (LSF) ................. 100, 400

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................... 93

Automatic Brake Hold....................... 87, 435

Automatic Brake Hold System ........... 87, 435

Collision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

) ...................................... 101, 102

Deceleration Paddle Selector ..................... 91

ECON Mode ............................................. 98

Electric Power Steering (EPS) System ......... 94

EV............................................................. 89

Gear Position ............................................ 91

High Beam................................................ 97

HV ............................................................ 89

HV Charge................................................ 89

Immobilizer System ................................... 97

Lane Keeping Assist System

(LKAS)........................................... 101, 417

Lights On .................................................. 97

Low Fuel ................................................... 91

Low Tire Pressure/TPMS ............ 96, 425, 427

Malfunction Indicator Lamp ...................... 90

Parking Brake and Brake System

(Amber) .......................................... 88, 550

Parking Brake and Brake

System (Red) ..................... 86, 87, 548, 550

POWER SYSTEM ....................................... 88

READY...................................................... 90

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) ............. 99

Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 49, 93

Security System Alarm ............................... 98

SPORT Mode ..................................... 98, 389

Supplemental Restraint System ............ 66, 94

System Message ........................................ 98

Transmission System.................................. 92

Turn Signal and Hazard Warning ............... 97

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)

System............................................. 95, 422

VSA® OFF .......................................... 95, 423

Information............................................... 565

Instant Fuel Economy ............................... 127

Instrument Panel ........................................ 85

Interior Lights ........................................... 183

Interior Rearview Mirror .......................... 173

iPod ........................................................... 255

Jacking Points ........................................... 534

Jump Starting ........................................... 539

Key Number Tag....................................... 138

Keyless Lockout Prevention ..................... 145

Keys ........................................................... 137

Lockout Prevention.................................. 145

Number Tag ............................................ 138

Rear Door Won’t Open ............................ 148

Remote Transmitter ................................. 143

Types and Functions................................ 137

Kickdown.................................................. 381

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)......... 415

LaneWatch

............................................ 429

Language (HFL) ........................................ 337

LATCH (Child Seats).................................... 74

Lights................................................. 162, 494

Automatic............................................... 163

Bulb Replacement ................................... 494

Daytime Running Lights........................... 165

High Beam Indicator.................................. 97

Interior.................................................... 183

Light Switches......................................... 162

Lights On Indicator .................................... 97

Turn Signals ............................................ 161

Load Limits................................................ 373

Locking/Unlocking.................................... 137

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking.................. 149

Childproof Door Locks............................. 148

From Inside ............................................. 146

From Outside .......................................... 139

Keys........................................................ 137

Using a Key ............................................. 144

Lockout Prevention System ..................... 145

Low Battery Charge (12-Volt).................. 546

Low Fuel Indicator...................................... 91

Low Smart Entry Remote Signal

Strength .................................................. 138

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 583 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

584

Index

Lower Anchors............................................ 74

Luggage (Maximum Load Limit).............. 373

Maintenance ............................................. 471

12-Volt Battery ........................................ 508

Brake Fluid............................................... 492

Cleaning.................................................. 513

Climate Control System ........................... 511

Coolant ................................................... 488

Maintenance Minder

............................ 475

Oil ........................................................... 483

Precautions.............................................. 472

Radiator................................................... 489

Remote Transmitter ................................. 510

Replacing Light Bulbs............................... 494

Safety...................................................... 473

Service Items............................................ 477

Tires ........................................................ 499

Transmission Fluid.................................... 492

Under the Hood....................................... 480

Malfunction Indicator Lamp ...................... 90

Map Lights ................................................ 184

Maximum Load Limit................................ 373

Meters, Gauges......................................... 121

Mirrors....................................................... 173

Adjusting................................................. 173

Door........................................................ 174

Exterior.................................................... 174

Interior Rearview...................................... 173

Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 519

Motor ........................................................ 568

Jump Starting.......................................... 539

MP3 ........................................................... 264

Multi-View Rear Camera.......................... 449

Numbers (Identification).......................... 568

Odometer ................................................. 126

Oil (Engine)............................................... 482

Adding.................................................... 484

Checking................................................. 483

Displaying Oil Life.................................... 475

Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 482

Viscosity .................................................. 482

Warning.................................................. 545

Open Source Licences............................... 305

Opening

Trunk ...................................................... 564

Opening/Closing

Hood....................................................... 481

Power Windows ...................................... 156

Trunk ...................................................... 150

Operating the Switches Around the

Steering Wheel ....................................... 158

Outside Temperature Display.................. 126

Overheating.............................................. 542

Pandora®.................................................. 262

Panic Mode............................................... 155

Parking ..................................................... 447

Parking Brake........................................... 431

Parking Brake and Brake System

Indicator (Red)........................................ 550

Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator....... 67

Passing Indicators..................................... 162

Playing Bluetooth® Audio ....................... 267

POWER Button ......................................... 158

Power Flow Monitor................................ 132

Power System

Turning on.............................................. 376

POWER SYSTEM Indicator ......................... 88

Power Windows ....................................... 156

POWER/CHARGE Gauge .......................... 122

Precautions While Driving

Rain ........................................................ 380

Pregnant Women....................................... 52

Puncture (Tire) ......................................... 522

Radiator.................................................... 489

Radio (FM/AM) ......................................... 243

Radio (SiriusXM®)..................................... 247

Radio Data System (RDS) ......................... 245

Range................................................ 121, 129

RDS (Radio Data System) ......................... 245

Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ...... 572

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 584 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

585

Index

READY Indicator ........................................ 90

Rear Defogger Button ............................. 169

Rear Seats ................................................. 181

Rearview Mirror ....................................... 173

Refueling .................................................. 451

Fuel ........................................................ 566

Fuel Gauge ............................................. 121

Gasoline ................................................. 451

Regulations ...................... 427, 464, 502, 569

Remote Transmitter................................. 143

Replacement

Battery.................................................... 510

Bulbs ...................................................... 494

Fuses .............................................. 553, 556

Tires........................................................ 505

Wiper Blade Rubber ................................ 496

Reporting Safety Defects......................... 571

Resetting a Trip Meter............................. 126

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) ......... 396

On and Off ............................................. 398

Safe Driving................................................ 41

Safety Checklist .......................................... 46

Safety Labels .............................................. 83

Safety Message ............................................ 4

Seat Belts .................................................... 47

Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor ................. 51

Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners ................. 49

Checking .................................................. 53

Fastening................................................... 50

Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder

Seat Belt .................................................. 76

Pregnant Women ...................................... 52

Reminder............................................. 49, 93

Warning Indicator................................ 49, 93

Seat Heaters.............................................. 191

Seats .......................................................... 175

Adjusting................................................. 175

Front Seats .............................................. 175

Rear Seats ............................................... 181

Seat Heaters ............................................ 191

Security System ......................................... 153

Immobilizer System Indicator ..................... 97

Security System Alarm Indicator................. 98

Selecting a Child Seat................................. 73

Setting the Clock ...................................... 136

Shift Button ........................................ 31, 382

Operation ................................................ 384

Shifting (Transmission)....................... 31, 382

Shoulder Anchor......................................... 51

Side Airbags ................................................ 63

Side Curtain Airbags................................... 65

Siri Eyes Free ............................................. 276

SiriusXM® Radio................................ 247, 288

Smart Entry System................................... 139

Snow Tires................................................. 507

Song By Voice

(SBV) .............................. 258

Specifications ............................................ 566

Specified Fuel.................................... 451, 566

SPORT HYBRID i-MMD Plug-in (Intelligent

Multi-mode Drive Plug-in) ....................... 11

SPORT Mode ............................................. 389

SPORT Mode Indicator ....................... 98, 389

SRS Airbags (Airbags)................................. 57

Status Area ............................................... 232

Steering Wheel

Adjusting ................................................ 172

Stopping ................................................... 447

Summer Tires ............................................ 507

Sunglasses Holder..................................... 192

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)........ 57

Switches (Around the Steering

Wheel)............................................. 6, 7, 158

Synchronization Mode............................. 198

System Message Indicator.......................... 98

Telematics Control Unit ........................... 133

Temperature Sensor................................. 201

Temporary Tire Repair Kit ....................... 523

Time (Setting)........................................... 136

Timer ......................................................... 467

Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS) ..................................................... 425

Indicator............................................ 96, 551

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 585 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

586

Index

Tires ........................................................... 499

Air Pressure ..................................... 500, 567

Chains..................................................... 507

Checking and Maintaining....................... 499

Flat Tire (Puncture)................................... 522

Inspection................................................ 499

Labeling................................................... 500

Regulations.............................................. 502

Rotation .................................................. 506

Summer................................................... 507

Temporary Tire Repair Kit......................... 523

Wear Indicators ....................................... 504

Winter..................................................... 507

Towing a Trailer........................................ 375

Towing Your Vehicle ................................ 375

Emergency............................................... 561

TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring

System) .................................................... 425

Transmission................................ 31, 381, 382

Creeping ................................................. 381

Fluid ........................................................ 492

Gear Position Indicator....................... 91, 384

Indicator.................................................... 92

Number................................................... 568

Operating the Shift Button................. 31, 384

Shifting.................................................... 382

Warning Message.................................... 552

Trip Meter ................................................. 126

Troubleshooting ....................................... 521

Blown Fuse...................................... 553, 556

Brake Pedal Vibrates .................................. 37

Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door.......... 37

Cannot Start Charging ............................ 463

Emergency Towing.................................. 561

Flat Tire/Puncture .................................... 522

Noise When Braking.................................. 39

Overheating ............................................ 542

Power System Won’t Start....................... 535

Rear Door Won’t Open...................... 37, 148

Unable to Open the Charge Lid ............... 563

Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door.......... 562

Warning Indicators .................................... 86

Trunk......................................................... 150

Lid........................................................... 150

Light Bulbs .............................................. 566

Unable to Open....................................... 564

Turn Signals .............................................. 161

Indicators (Instrument Panel) ..................... 97

Turn-by-Turn Directions........................... 127

Turning on the Power.............................. 376

Does Not Activate ................................... 535

Jump Starting.......................................... 539

Under-Floor Storage Area ....................... 190

Unlocking the Doors ................................ 139

Unlocking the Front Doors from the

Inside ................................................. 25, 146

USB Flash Drives ............................... 264, 290

USB Ports................................................... 205

Using the Smart Entry with Push Button

Start System............................................ 139

Vanity Mirrors .............................................. 9

Vehicle Identification Number ................ 568

Vehicle Monitoring System ......................... 3

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)................. 422

Off Button .............................................. 423

Off Indicator ..................................... 95, 423

System Indicator ............................... 95, 422

Viscosity (Oil)............................................ 482

Voice Control Operation ......................... 239

Audio Commands................................... 241

Climate Control Commands.................... 242

General Commands ................................ 242

Music Search Commands........................ 242

On Screen Commands ............................ 242

Phone Commands .................................. 241

Useful Commands .................................. 241

Voice Portal Screen ................................. 240

Voice Recognition ................................... 239

VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist) ................. 422

Wallpaper................................................. 223

Warning and Information Messages ...... 103

Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 545

Warning Labels .......................................... 83

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 586 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

587

Index

Warranties (Warranty Manual provided

separately) .............................................. 573

Watts ........................................................ 566

Wear Indicators (Tire) .............................. 504

Wi-Fi Connection ..................................... 274

Window Washers ..................................... 166

Adding/Refilling Fluid .............................. 493

Switch .................................................... 166

Windows (Opening and Closing) ............ 156

Windshield

Cleaning ......................................... 514, 516

Defrosting/Defogging ............................. 197

Washer Fluid........................................... 493

Wiper Blades........................................... 496

Wipers and Washers ............................... 166

Winter Tires

Snow Tires .............................................. 507

Tire Chains.............................................. 507

Wipers and Washers ................................ 166

Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades..... 496

WMA......................................................... 264

Worn Tires ................................................ 499

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 587 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

18 CLARITY PHEV CSS-31TRW6000.book 588 ページ２０１７年８月３１日　木曜日　午後２時４９分

owners.honda.com (U.S.)

myhonda.ca (Canada)

2018 Honda Clarity Plug-In Hybrid Owner’s Manual

31TRW600

OM-06704

00X31-TRW-6000 Printed in U.S.A.

2018 Claritypluginhybrid

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation